Description
Our paper about zurich university of applied sciences school of management and law.
Zurich University of Applied Sciences
School of Management and Law
Courses taught in English
Academic Year 2015/16
2
Courses taught in English
Fall Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Acti ve Investment Management
Investment management, especially with regard to alternative investments
6
Banking Management
Organization, management, and financial accounting & reporting in banking operations
6
Consolidated Financial Statements
Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting
6
Introduction Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
Management Accounting and Financial Management
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Management of an Insurance Company
Structure & processes; compliance, risk management, controlling, quality management
6
Public & NPO Financial Management
Financial management in the pubic & non-profit sector; public-private partnerships
6
Quantitative Methods
Mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Strategic Management
Evaluation of advanced tools & frameworks for challenges in the context of strategic corporate mgmt.
6
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Consumer behavior as an individual and as part of a group; management of marketing communication
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Human Capital Management
Solving problems by means of scientific concepts on the basis of HCM concepts
3
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
International Strategic Management
Analysis of the international strategic position of a company and creation of a competitive strategy
6
Introduction to Business Studies
The study of business administration as a systemic management approach
6
Management Consulting (Elective)
Identify and describe strategic positions of consulting companies, transfer of knowledge about MC
3
Managing People in an International Context
Apply theories models and concepts of human resource management to people
management problems in international business environments.
6
3
Marketing
General basic Marketing knowledge
6
Market Research, Market Efficiency & Effecti veness
Market research methods and managing market performance
6
Mathematics 1
Applying basic mathematical instruments in formalizing, modeling, and solving quantitative problems of
business administration and economics
3
Operations & Process Management
Supply Chain Management, Efficient Consumer Response, Lean Management & Quality Management
6
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility
Good management practices and responsibility for business impact on society
3
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Information Management **
Information technologies in business management
6
Web Engineering
The use of web-based application systems
6
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Principles and language of the US legal system; legal methodology, constitutional law and civil procedure
6
Business Law
Knowing main standards and principles of the Swiss law of persons, contract, liability and property law
6
Public & Private International Law
Understanding the basic principles and the systematic order of international law
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Business in Emerging Markets (Elective)
Understanding the largest Emerging Markets, their sourcing power & the potential of their growing market
3
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions (Elective)
Key international institutions and organizations in the field of foreign affairs
3
Economic Globalization (Elective)
The process of globalization and its impact on the world economy and business
3
Economics in Emerging Markets (Elective)
Independently analyze the problems of fast growing economies
3
European Affairs (Elective)
Analysis of the political and economic institutions of Europe and implications of European Integration
3
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders
6
International Business
Managing business across borders
6
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
6
International Political Economy (Elective)
The influence of international trade on companies and the role of the WTO
3
4
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
Business English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
Business English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
Business English Advanced 1
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
Business English Advanced 2
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
Legal English 1
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEFR Level B2+
3
Legal English 2
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEFR Level B2++
3
Legal English Advanced 1
Develop active & passive use of Anglo-American legal language & understanding of the US legal system
3
* All courses can be subject to student demand
** Course descriptions available in a later point in time
Spring Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Introduction to Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Consolidated Financial Statement
Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Credit Management **
The credit business of banks and managing risk
3
Financial Accounting
Basics for understanding financial management
6
Financial and Asset Management
Asset liability management in the insurance industry
3
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
International Accounting & Finance (Elective)
Understanding of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
3
Management Accouting
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Mergers & Acquisitions (Elective)
Understand ing the risky world of international mergers & acquisitions
3
Turnaround Management (Elective)
Diagnosing financial difficulties & developing a financial turnaround plan
3
Wealth Management and Compliance **
acquire specialist & methodological knowledge to analyze client situations in wealth management, and
develop a solution
6
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Marketing **
Understandingthe three key analytical directions: Customer perspective, relationships and performance
6
Advanced Strategic Management
Analysis of strategic position and creation of competitive strategy
6
Business & Human Rights (Elective)
Multinational companies and their practices regarding human rights
3
Economics 3
Application of microeconomic models to national economic & business management interactions
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Human Capital Management
Solving problems by means of scientific concepts on the basis of HCM concepts
3
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
Macroeconomics
Explaining economic interrelations analytically, graphically &verbally using macroeconomic models
6
Mathematics 2
Mastering the basic set of tools of mathematical analysis in the area of differentiation and integration
3
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Managing projects and people
6
Skills for Business Studies **
Students acquire the tools they need to produce academic work
6
6
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
Strategic Management (for Incomings)
Strategic positioning, strategic choices and implementing
6
Strategic Project Management **
Managing projects and people
3
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Business Information Management
Information technologies in business management
6
Enterprise Information Systems **
Developing specific solution concepts for corporate issues
6
Information Management
Information technologies in business management
6
Web Engineering
The use of web-based application systems
6
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Principles and language of the US legal system, tort, contract & company law
6
Public & Private International Law
Understanding the basic principles and the systematic order of international law
6
European Law **
Understanding of European Law and EU Law in a historical, current, and dynamic context
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Brand Management (Elective)
Products and services in the perception of consumers
3
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions (Elective)
Key international institutions and organizations in the field of foreign affairs
3
Doing Business in Asia Pacific (Elective)
Managing successfully in Asia
3
Doing Business in Eastern Europe (Elective)
Managing successfully in Eastern Europe
3
Doing Business in the Middle East (Elective)
Managing successfully in the Middle East
3
Doing Business in Latin America (Elective)
Course Descriptions are not available yet
3
Economics in Emerging Markets (Elective)
Independently analyze the problems of fast growing economies
3
European Affairs
Analysis of the political and economic institutions of Europe and implications of European Integration
3
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders
6
International Business
Managing business across borders
6
7
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
3
International Trade and Policy (Elective)
World Trade and its Institutions
3
Luxury Goods Management (Elective)
Understand and develop successful luxury strategies
3
War, Economics and Business (Elective)
Course Descriptions are not available yet
3
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
Business English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
Business English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
Business English Advanced 1
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
Business English Advanced 2
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
Legal English 1
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEF Level B2+
3
Legal English 2
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEF Level B2++
3
Legal English Advanced 1
Develop active & passive use of Anglo-American legal language & understanding of the US legal system
3
Legal English Advanced 2 **
Develop the active & passive use of legal language; acquire a basic knowledge & understanding of legal
topics
3
* All courses can be subject to student demand
** Course descriptions available in a later point in time
Index of Course Descriptions
Active Investment Management ......................................................................................................... 10
Advanced Strategic Management ...................................................................................................... 13
Anglo-American Law and Language 1 ............................................................................................... 16
Anglo-American Law and Language 2 ............................................................................................... 19
Banking Management ........................................................................................................................ 22
Brand Management ........................................................................................................................... 26
Business and Human Rights .............................................................................................................. 29
Business English 1 ............................................................................................................................. 32
Business English 2 ............................................................................................................................. 36
Business English Advanced 1 ............................................................................................................ 40
Business English Advanced 2 ............................................................................................................ 45
Business in Emerging Markets; China and India ............................................................................... 48
Business Information Management ................................................................................................... 52
Business Law ..................................................................................................................................... 54
Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................................................... 58
Consumer behavior and communication ........................................................................................... 61
Corporate Finance & Risk Management ............................................................................................ 64
Credit Management ........................................................................................................................... 67
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions ................................................................................................... 70
Doing Business in Asia Pacific ........................................................................................................... 73
Doing Business in Eastern Europe .................................................................................................... 76
Doing Business in Latin America ....................................................................................................... 79
Doing Business in the Middle East .................................................................................................... 82
Economic Globalization ..................................................................................................................... 85
Economics 3 ...................................................................................................................................... 88
Economics in Emerging Markets ....................................................................................................... 91
European Affairs ................................................................................................................................ 94
Financial Accounting .......................................................................................................................... 96
Financial and Asset Management ...................................................................................................... 99
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory ..................................................................................... 102
German Beginners ........................................................................................................................... 105
German Intermediate ....................................................................................................................... 109
Global Marketing Management for Incomings ................................................................................. 113
Human Capital Management ........................................................................................................... 116
Innovation & Entrepreneurship ........................................................................................................ 120
Intercultural Management for Incomings .......................................................................................... 123
9
International Accounting and Finance .............................................................................................. 126
International Business ...................................................................................................................... 129
International Negotiation for Incomings ........................................................................................... 132
International Political Economy ........................................................................................................ 135
International Strategic Management ................................................................................................ 138
International Trade and Policy ......................................................................................................... 142
Introduction to Business Studies ...................................................................................................... 145
Introduction Banking & Finance ....................................................................................................... 148
Legal English 1 ................................................................................................................................ 152
Legal English 2 ................................................................................................................................ 156
Legal English Advanced 1 ............................................................................................................... 160
Luxury Goods Management ............................................................................................................. 164
Management Accounting and Financial Management ..................................................................... 167
Management Consulting .................................................................................................................. 171
Management of an Insurance Company .......................................................................................... 174
Managing People in an International Context .................................................................................. 176
Market Research, Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness .............................................................. 179
Marketing ......................................................................................................................................... 182
Mathematics 2 .................................................................................................................................. 190
Mergers and Acquisitions ................................................................................................................. 194
Operations and Process Management ............................................................................................ 197
Project Management and Organizational Behavior ......................................................................... 200
Public & Private International Law ................................................................................................... 203
Public & NPO Financial Management .............................................................................................. 207
Quantitative Methods ....................................................................................................................... 210
Statistics ........................................................................................................................................... 213
Strategic Management for Incomings .............................................................................................. 216
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility .............................................................................................. 219
Turnaround Management ................................................................................................................ 222
War, Economics and Business ........................................................................................................ 225
Web Engineering ............................................................................................................................. 228
10
Active Investment Management
Module description Active Investment Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1AIM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZAI
Module responsibility Regina Anhorn (anho)
Deputy Peter Schwendner (scwp)
Prerequisites Assessment (all modules)
Aims The students gain an insight into theoretical basics and practical application of active
investment management, especially within alternative investments. They become qualified
to design and control corresponding processes.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Acquire the basics of rational investment decisions according to modern finance theory.
They can interpret common market anomalies and their approaches of explanation.
(SPK, PAC)
? Know the latest insights on Behavioral Finance and can do concrete applications in case
studies. (PC, REC, CC)
? Know and understand different investment styles for stocks and can identify the
investment strategy of a manager through style analysis. (PC, REC)
? Are able to explain performance attribution as a reverse engineered investment process.
(PC, REC, SC)
? Know the basics of active portfolio management. They are able to apply the analytical
methods to identify mispriced assets due to market inefficiencies and can apply
strategies in concrete questions regarding the exploitation of anomalies. (CI, SC, PC)
Learning content •Securities and investment process – theory and practical implementation
•Performance measurement and its challenges in active investment management
•Procedure of performance attribution in portfolio management (applications, example)
•Behavioral Finance und market anomalies
•Theoretical aspects of active portfolio management
•Alternative investments (hedge funds, trading strategies, private equity, commodities,
ABS)
•Business ethics (CFA approach)
•Case study, in cooperation with an external portfolio manager (equity valuation)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Content:
Equities, bonds, derivatives
11
Management
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Quantitative methods
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: guest speaker
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 h 56 h 68 h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Written paper(s) optional
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature BODIE/KANE/MARCUS (2013), Essentials of Investments, ISBN-13 9780077148249,
Ninth International Edition
Mostowfi, M.; Meier, P.; 2013, Alternative Investments
Waring, M.B.; Siegel, L.B.; 2006, The Myth of the Absolute-Return Investor
Berk, J .B.; 2004, Five Myths of Active Portfolio Management
J orion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Hedge Funds with Position Information
J orion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Event-Driven Funds
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
12
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Advanced Strategic Management
Module description Advanced Strategic Management – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1ASM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS ECTS
6 6
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Stefan Schuppisser
Deputy Gunther Kucza
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management (w.BA.XX.1PrSTM.XX)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis (w.BA.XX.1FinAcc.XX)
Aims Students develop and present solutions for normative and strategic corporate issues in a
typical strategic management process. They thus deepen their knowledge on practical
concepts and tools in the field of corporate development in order to quantify strategic
plans, evaluate business models and portfolios and not least implement strategic
decisions in organizations.
Learning goals
2
Students
? Assess and evaluate strategies and strategic projects using capital-oriented evaluation
principles (SPK, PC)
? Analyse business portfolios and define recommendations for improvement (PAC, REC)
? Evaluate existing business models and develop alternative solutions independently (PC,
REC)
? Analyse and evaluate different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances) (SPK, PAC)
? Develop strategy maps and scorecards (SPK, PC)
? Evaluate aspects of corporate governance, ethics and corporate social responsibility as
an element of effective and sustainable corporate management (PC, PAC, REC, SSC,
CI, EC)
Learning content ? Value-based corporate management using capital-oriented key figures (e.g. EVA,
WACC, ROIC)
? Evaluation of strategic options and projects based on risk-return considerations (NPV-
calculations, scenario analysis and simulation)
? Corporate level management (portfolio analysis, diversification, parenting, synergies)
? Analysis and evaluation of different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances)
? Implementation of strategies using strategy maps and balanced scorecards
? Mechanisms and systems of corporate governance, ethics, corporate social
responsibility
14
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Principles of Strategic Management
(w.BA.XX.1PrSTM.XX)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis
(w.BA.XX.1FinAcc.XX)
Strategy processes/portfolio management
Financing: Business/corporate valuation
and investment budgeting
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 39
Seminar/exercises 28 45 40
Practical work
Total 56 45 79
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
4 Oral presentation(s) 90 (in total)
Written paper(s)
2 Other(s): case study report
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Script with Case Studies
various scientific or semi-scientific articles published on Moodle
Additional literature J ay B. Barney / William S. Hesterly: Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage,
3ed ed. Pearson 2010
Robert M. Grant: Contemporary Strategy Analysis, 7th ed. Wiley 2010
Simon Benninga: Principles of Finance with Excel, Oxford University Press 2006
Robert Kaplan / David Norton: The Strategy-Focused Organization: How Balanced
Scorecard Companies Thrive in the New Business Environment, 1
st
ed. Harvard Business
Press 2000
Remarks
15
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
16
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 1: Fundamentals
Module code
w.BA.XX.1ALL1.XX-BL
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit
Institute of Business Law
Module responsibility
Richard Norman
Deputy
Judi Macmillan (mcmi)
Prerequisites
w.1SuR1 and 2
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the US legal system, with emphasis
on constitutional and procedural law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
3
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? know the history, structure, sources and unique characteristics of US law and can
compare it to the legal systems used in continental Europe, especially that of Swiss law
(SPK, REC, CI, IMC, EC)
? have a good command of the concept of common law and can link legal issues to the
various sources of law (eg. case law, legislation, federal and state law); can understand,
summarize, analyze and identify the wider consequences of the decisions of US courts
(SPK, PC, SC, PAC, REC, IMC)
? have a basic knowledge of the US legal, governmental and judicial system and of the
key areas of constitutional and procedural law (SPK)
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand basic legal concepts and terms (SPK, PC, CC, IMC)
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law (SPK, PC, CC, IMC)
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court (SC, PAC, REC, CI)
? write essays arguing constitutionally related topics (PC, PAC, CC)
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues (SPK, PC, CC, IMC)
Learning content Anglo-American Law
17
? history of the US and the US legal system; methods, sources and unique characteristics
of US law
? structure and branches of the system of government, judicial review, relationship
between federal government and state governments (federalism)
? basic rights, in particular equal protection, due process, freedom of speech, freedom of
religion
? civil procedure, in particular jurisdiction and stages of civil litigation
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of essay writing skills, stating and supporting opinions
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions and peer teaching in course-related
contexts
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Public Law 1
Moot Court
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Anglo-American Business Law / legal
English
Constitutional law (comparative law)
Procedural law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
peer teaching
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 16 h
Seminar/exercises 48 h
Practical work
Total 64 h 58 h 58 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
1* Paper(s) 60
1* Other(s): peer teaching 45
Language of instruction English
Course materials and Printed copy of lecture slides
18
required reading Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
12. Communicative competence (CC)
8. Leadership competence (LC)
9. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
10. Ethical competence (EC)
*This requirement is a prerequisite for the admission to the final exam.
19
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 2: Business Law
Module code
w.BA.XX.1ALL2-BL.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Departement Business Law
Module responsibility J onathan Black-Branch
Deputy Philipp Sieber
Prerequisites Languages and Law 1&2 (CEF B2+)
Private Law 1, 2 and 3
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of US business law, with emphasis on
tort, contract and company law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
4
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? have an overview of central areas of US business law, are able to identify the relevant
legal questions when addressing cases concerning US business law, and can compare
issues of US business law with the corresponding issues in Swiss business law
? have a good command of the basic concepts of US business law, in particular of tort,
contract and company law
? are capable of solving specific questions of US tort, contract and company law, taking
into account the proper legal sources and the correct methodological approach and can
analyze, evaluate and discuss US court decisions on business law issues
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand advanced legal concepts and terms
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
? give presentations on important legal cases
? write legal memoranda on specific legal questions
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues
20
Learning content Anglo-American Law
? basic concepts of US tort law (including relevant issues of civil procedure, such as class
actions)
? basic concepts of US contract law
? basic concepts of US company law (including securities regulation)
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of writing skills through memoranda
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of presentation skills through group tasks
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Private Law 1
Private Law 2
Private Law 3
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Fundamentals of Anglo-American law / legal
English
Tort law (comparative law)
Contract law (comparative law)
Company law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14
Seminar/exercises 49
Practical work
Total 63 58 59
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s)* 15
1 Paper(s)* 45
Other(s):
21
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Amy Krois-Lindner and Translegal, International Legal English, 2006, Cambridge
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks *This requirement is a prerequisite for the admission to the final exam.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
22
Banking Management
Module Title w.BA.XX.1BSt-PiE.XX
Degree program and
field of study
BA – General Management
BA – General Management Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Legal framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations bachelor 09 dated by 12.05.2009, appended on
04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory Module
Deepening Module
Compulsory Choice
Optional Choice
Module level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Studies
Assessment
Main Study
ECTS 6
Responsible OE Centre for Banking & Finance, ZBF
Module Responsibility Dr. Hans Brunner, brnh
Deputy Module
Responsibility
Dr. Christoph Kley, kley
Required knowledge
Introduction to Banking & Finance: All topics
Course Objectives of the
students
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions of the
module to the course
objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? Overview about the topic bank steering (i.e. bank management)
? Knowing and understanding the central concepts and challenges of bank steering
(including the institutional and regulatory frameworks)
? Knowing and understanding of processes and functions with regard to bank
management
? Knowing and understanding the key technical terms with regard to bank management
(also in German)
Applying knowledge and understanding (high):
? Applying the central concepts for bank steering
? Applying the technical know-how on practical problems with regard to bank
management
? Analyzing typical problems regarding bank steering
? In-depth application through exercises and a term presentation
Ability to make judgments (high):
? Evaluation of typical analysis reports
? Making decisions considering side effects
23
? Developing creative options for taking action
Communication skills (intermediate):
? to be able to present and explain acquired knowledge and developed solutions in
receiver-friendly language and form
? to make a presentation
Self-learning skills (high):
? To be able to independently continue to deal with the technical and methodological
development of the discipline.
? Promoting autonomous learning by autonomous and guided self-study.
Indicative target of the
Module
The students understand the goals, functional and organizational functionality and
interdependencies of the different management information systems in banking and their
operational foundations. They acquire the ability to interpret the information from these
systems and to use them for decision making. Students are prepared to participate in
projects addressing controlling issues in banks.
Learning objectives of
the module
? Introduction to bank management
? Financial Accounting in Swiss banks
? Valuation and booking guidelines for banks
? Capital and liquidity requirements Bank controlling as management tool
? Managing securities trading and foreign exchange
? Forecasting, planning and budgeting
? IT in banking
? Center steering and profit center accounting
? ALM / TreasuryRisk and capital steering
? Final lecture / steering of trading
Detailed objectives of the
module (competency-
based learning
objectives)
Students can ...
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? …provide an overview about the topic bank steering (i.e. bank management)
? … know and understand the central concepts and challenges of bank steering
(including the institutional and regulatory frameworks)
? … know and understand the key processes and functions with regard to bank
management
? … know and understand the key technical terms with regard to bank management
(also in German)
Applying knowledge and understanding (high):
? … apply the central concepts for bank steering
? … apply the technical know-how on practical problems with regard to bank
management
? … analyze typical problems regarding bank steering
Ability to make judgments (high):
? … evaluate typical analysis reports
? … make decisions considering side effects
? … develop creative options for taking action
Communication skills (intermediate):
? … are able to present and explain acquired knowledge and developed solutions in
receiver-friendly language and form
24
? ….make a presentation
Self-learning skills (high):
? … independently continue to deal with the technical and methodological development
of the discipline.
? … develop the capability for autonomous learning in the area of bank management
Linking to other modules The module has a link to the following / following module (s):
Module Contents
•Introduction to banking and finance Financial Instruments & Portfolio Management: All
topics
•Quantitative Methods: all topics
•Wealth Management & Compliance: All topics
•Corporate Finance & Risk Management: all topics
•Active Investment Management: all topics
•Integration BF: all topics
Teaching Method Contact Studies
Lecture
Discussion
Exercise
Talk
Presentation
Group work
Case Studies
Study of literature
Simulation
Others:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Partner work
Group work
Contact time in contact
study
No compulsory presence
Teaching outline Contact Study
(1 Lecture à 45 Min. =1 h
workload)
Guided self-study
(1 Lecture à 45 Min. =1 h
workload)
Autonomous self-study (1
Lecture à 45 Min. =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h
Small Class 28 h
Group Lessons
Practical Study
Seminar
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Assessment Type Number Duration
(min)
Assessment
Written Test (s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/Fail
Oral Examination(s)
Grade
Pass/Fail
Presentation / Oral
1 Grade
25
Presentation (s) Pass/Fail
Written work (s),
Partner term paper
Grade
Pass/Fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/Fail
Type Weight Form
Written Test (s) 100% open book
specified documents
closed book
Oral Examination (s)
Presentation /Oral
Presentation (s)
Written work (s), Partner
term paper
Others:
Tools (according to Directive SML Intranet Tests / Certificates)
free choice of pocket calculator
ZHAW pocket calculator
not programmable pocket calculator
Dictionary
Others: 4 pages of handwritten notes (in student hand writing)
Language of instruction
and examination
German English French
Course materials Slides
Script
Electronic aids: Excel templates
Others:
Required reading - Reader with various articles
Additional literature
Comments
26
Brand Management
Module description Brand Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1BM-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week)
3 2
Organizational unit International Business
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Cary Steinmann
Deputy
Prerequisites Advanced Business English 1 and 2
Aims Objective: The students develop a detailed understanding for comprehensive brand
management. They realize that products and services are not only commodities and
functions, but also mental constructions and knowledge in the perception of the
consumers.
Learning goals
5
The students learn the instruments of an integral and professional brand management –
from building the brand identity to positioning and putting it into action through strategy,
portfolio and development.
The students:
? Determine the meaning of a professional brand management in the current competitive
environment
? Can describe the process of identity-oriented brand construction
? Know the challenges of closing the gaps between brand perception and brand identity
? Apply the essential positioning approaches and the process for personality-oriented
brand positioning to practical examples
? Learn brand architectures and develop different brand strategic options
? Evaluate chances and risks in the context of brand transfer
? Develop the success factors of brand communication, multi-sensual and integrated
branding as well as brand profiling through personal and interactive communication
Learning content ? Brand Identity
? Brand Positioning
? Brand Architecture
27
? Strategies in Brand Management
? Brand Extension
? Brand Communication, Multi-sensual and Integrated Branding
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 10.5 40
Seminar/exercises 10.5 29
Practical work
Total 21 29 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) (70%) 15-20
1 Written paper(s) (30%)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Literature according to semester plan
Kapferer, J .-N. (2012) The New Strategic Brand Management, Kogan Page, London
Additional literature ? Kotler, P. / Keller, K.L. / Brady, M. / Goodman, M. / Hansen, T. (2012): Marketing
Management, Harlow
? Esch, F.-R. (2005): Strategie und Technik der Markenführung, Wiesbaden
? Aaker, D. A. (2002): Building Strong Brands, Simon&Schuster Ltd.
Keller, K. L. (2002): Strategic Brand Management, Prentice Hall
Remarks
28
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
29
Business and Human Rights
Module description Business and Human Rights
Module code w.BA.XX.BHR.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Herbert Winistörfer
Deputy Katharina Hetze
Prerequisites Fundamentals of business administration
Aims Students understand the significance of the respect for human rights for multinational
companies and are able to assess a company’s documented practice against current
standards.
Learning goals
6
Students…
? are familiar with the history and background of the current catalogue of human rights
(SPK)
? know the main institutions that govern and implement human rights frameworks at the
European and at the global level (SPK, IMC)
? understand how and to what degree enterprises are held responsible for respecting
human rights (CI, IMC, EC)
? are able to argue the opportunities and limitations of private companies‘ responsibility
to respect human rights (REC, CC, EC)
? are able to distinguish between the main voluntary standards for companies related to
the respect for human rights (SPK)
? know how companies implement a preventive approach for the respect of human
rights (human rights due diligence) (PAC, PC)
? are able to assess a company’s human rights approach based on publicly available
information (PAC, PC)
Learning content ? General concept of human rights
? International institutions and covenants governing human rights
? The global human rights situation today
? Private companies as actors in human rights protection.
? The UN framework for business and human rights
? Voluntary standards for companies related to the respect for human rights
? The business case for companies to respect human rights
30
? The NGO perspective on companies’ responsibility to respect human rights
? Example: the human rights approach of a Swiss-based multinational company
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
At least 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 46
Seminar/exercises 14 16
Practical work
Total 28 16 46
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Language of instruction German
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Selected book chapters and articles
Remarks
31
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
32
Business English 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BusE1.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Pat Fischli (fchp)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
NN
Prerequisite Knowledge Evidence of English language competence at the B2 Level of the Common European
Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), e.g.:
? Baccalaureate (Matura) or vocational baccalaureate (Berufsmatura), including
English
? Cambridge First Certificate in English, Grade B or C
? Cambridge BEC Vantage, Grade B or C
? TOEFL: IBT >54 points, CBT >157 points, paper-based >480 points
? BULATS: taken at a certified center; B2 Level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To develop a broad knowledge base in current and internationally oriented business
administration through business-oriented language analysis
? To acquire fundamental language knowledge of business English with its productive
and receptive skills
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business and academic
contexts
? To be able to analyze issues of business administration in organizations and public
administrations and to respond successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully, make
33
correct judgments, and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making, act responsibly, and be able to justify an
approach and results using appropriate arguments
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and with various target
groups and situations (business and academic setting)
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To develop effective self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises
? To experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on instructor
feedback
Primary Module Aim Students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to their
Business English topics and to their core degree subjects. Through active participation in
discussions and simulated meetings, students can express their opinions fluently and
convincingly, contributing ideas and responding to them, using vocabulary and grammatical
structures at the B2+Level of the Common European Framework of References for
Languages. Students are able to successfully structure their thoughts into a paragraph (i.e.,
topic sentence, supporting sentences, concluding sentence). By applying the writing skills
practiced in the classroom, students generate an online portfolio of their own writing which
includes paragraphs on contrasting ideas as well as summaries based on various sources
such as discussions, meetings, interviews, or articles and other written texts.
Module Content ? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book and texts
from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from the
students’ core degree subject material
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly paragraph and summary
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures (online and in class)
? Development of speaking skills through simulations of meetings, role play, and
discussions in business-related contexts
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? …develop and apply effective study techniques for learning vocabulary including core
subject vocabulary
? …understand how the Business English module is designed to support their access to
their core topics (from a language perspective)
? …relate their Business English knowledge to their core degree subjects
Application of knowledge and understanding
? …conduct simple business discussions
? …produce well-structured summaries based on various sources and also structure a
paragraph successfully
? …understand a wide range of typical business texts, correspondence, and reports
? …apply what they learn in this module to their work and study outside the Business
English classroom
Ability to make judgments
? …understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews
which are delivered at natural speed
Communication skills
? …actively take part in discussions and express their opinions fluently and convincingly
? …take part in a meeting by contributing ideas and responding to the ideas of others
Self-learning skills
? …improve their knowledge and use of grammar through self-study and classroom work
? …use a monolingual dictionary effectively
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following core topics/modules
34
Module: Content:
Marketing: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., sports marketing)
Innovation: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., process/product innovation)
Production: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., entering a new market)
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: simulated Meeting
Guided Self-Study
Individual work (e.g. online quizzes)
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Compulsory attendance for compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h h
Small Class 28 h 36 h 26 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
tasks
CT1: Online writing task
Grade
Pass/fail
35
CT2: Simulated Meeting
CT3: Online grammar tests
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Skillful – Reading & Writing, Student’s Book 3, by J ennifer Bixby & J aimie Scanlon,
Macmillan
Business Grammar Builder, Intermediate to Upper-Intermediate (2nd ed.) by Paul
Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
36
Business English 2
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09, dated 4.3.2014
Appendix of Academic Regulations Bachelor 09, dated 4.3.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Kristine De Curtis ([email protected])
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Agnes Zumthor (zumt)
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2BusE1.XX OR
English language competence at C1 level of the Common European Framework of
Reference for Languages (CEFR), e.g.:
? Cambridge First Certificate FCE/BEC Vantage, Grade A
? Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English (CAE/BEC Higher), Grade C
? TOEFL Internet-based, 74 points
? BULATS taken at a certified center, C1 level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To acquire fundamental productive and receptive English language skills as used in a
business environment
? To develop a broad knowledge base and a clear understanding of how language is
used in different business contexts by studying and discussing a wide range of current
business/economics topics
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply business communication skills in various business contexts
? To have the linguistic ability to analyze business/economics issues and respond to
them successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To use English language skills effectively to interpret situations in order to form
37
reasoned opinions or take decisions
? To be able to justify an opinion or decision and its consequences using appropriate
arguments and to demonstrate awareness of issues of corporate responsibility
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and with various target
groups
Self-learning skills (high)
? To develop self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow students
to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on teacher
feedback
Primary Module Aim w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX follows on from w.BA.XX.2BusE1.XX
Students are able to read, understand, and analyze a wide variety of texts which are related
to their Business English topics as well as their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work and in their five-minute presentations on business-related topics, students
can express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases, and
grammatical structures at the B2++level of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. Students are able to write short business reports, using formats
and language appropriate to text type and according to task. Students can understand the
most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews which are delivered at
natural speed.
Module Content ? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book as well as
texts from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from
students’ core degree subject material
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly typical business report
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business-related
contexts
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? …understand a wide range of typical business/economics texts, correspondence, and
reports.
? …apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately.
? …understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews
delivered at a natural speed.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? …apply what they learn in this module to their work and study outside the Business
English classroom.
? …prepare and give a well-structured five-minute presentation on a business-related
topic.
? …conduct short negotiations.
? …write basic business reports.
Ability to make judgments
? …express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner.
? …voice their opinions, analyze, and defend their own points of view in a competent
manner.
38
Communication skills
? …express themselves convincingly, both formally and informally, adapting their style to
their audience.
Self-learning skills
? …develop effective self-study techniques for grammar learning and vocabulary
consolidation.
? …develop and apply effective study techniques for learning vocabulary, including core
subject vocabulary.
? …relate their knowledge of Business English to the core subjects of their degree
program and understand how they can apply what they have learned.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Marketing: Core Subject Link texts in text bank
Macroeconomics: Core Subject Link texts in text bank
HR: Core Subject Link texts in text bank
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Compulsory attendance for compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h h
Small Class 28 h 36 h 26 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
39
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
Tasks
CT1: Report writing task
CT2: 5-min presentation
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Business Result Upper-Intermediate Student’s Book by Michael Duckworth and Rebecca
Turner (OUP)
Business Grammar Builder, Intermediate to Upper-Intermediate (2nd ed.) by Paul
Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
40
Business English Advanced 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BusEA1.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit SWR
Module Coordinator Pat Fischli (fchp)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
NN
Prerequisite Knowledge
? w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX
? Cambridge Proficiency, Grade C
? Cambridge Advanced English or Cambridge BEC Higher, Grade B
? TOEFL: IBT 110
? BULATS: taken at a certified center, C1-C2 Level
? Any other internationally accredited English language certificate at the C1-C2
Level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR)
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
41
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To further develop a knowledge base in current and internationally oriented business
administration through business-oriented language analysis of increasingly complex
authentic business material
? To acquire advanced language knowledge of business English with its productive and
receptive skills
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business and academic
contexts with a close focus on authentic business situations
? To be able to analyze issues of business administration in organizations and public
administrations and to respond successfully by adopting different roles (focus on written
and spoken form)
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply advanced communication skills to interpret a communicative context
successfully, make correct judgments and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making and be able to justify an approach and
results using appropriate arguments (taking the role of various stakeholders in
organizations)
Communication skills (high)
? To develop advanced communication skills in English
? To be able to communicate successfully to various target groups and situations
(business and academic setting)
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To further develop self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises
? To experience and experiment with the learning strategies developed in the
assessment year
Primary Module Aim w.BA.XX.2BusEA1.XX follows on from w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX
Students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to their
Business English topics and to their core degree subjects. Through frequent discussion
work in class, students can express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using
vocabulary, phrases, and grammatical structures at the C1 Level of the Common European
Framework of References for Languages. Students are able to write detailed business
reports, using layout and language appropriate to the task (including language for
interpreting graphs and expressing trends). Students are also able to recognize and
produce appropriate register according to context. Students can understand most points
made in discussions, meetings, and interviews which are delivered at natural speed.
Module Content ? Development of reading skills through a variety of business texts topics such as:
project management, entrepreneurship, and political/economic problems
? Writing workshops: development of report writing skills
? Development of listening skills through authentic and semi-authentic audio material
? Development of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and set expressions related to
business and academic English
? Revision and practice of advanced business vocabulary and grammar (online and in
class)
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business-related
contexts
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? …understand a wide range of business texts
Application of knowledge and understanding
42
? …apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately
? …express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner
Ability to make judgments
? …write full business reports that are appropriate to context
? …adapt their style according to their audience (business and academic focus)
Communication skills
? …voice their opinions and defend their points of view in a competent and convincing
manner
? …understand points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews which are
delivered at a natural speed
Self-learning skills
? …generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
? …develop effective self-study techniques for language-learning and consolidation
? …apply what they learn in the classroom to their work and study outside the Business
English module
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following topics/modules
Module: Content:
Project Management: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., event management)
Entrepreneurship: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., risk management)
Political/Economic Problems: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., overpopulation)
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Compulsory attendance for compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h h
Small Class 28 h h h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
43
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
tasks
CT1: Online writing task
CT2: Group presentations
CT3: Online grammar tests
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading ? Skillful – Reading and Writing, Student’s Book 4, by Mike Boyle & Lindsay
44
Warwick, Macmillan
? Business Grammar Builder, Intermediate to Upper-Intermediate (2nd ed.) by Paul
Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
45
Business English Advanced 2
Modulbezeichnung Advanced Business English 2
Modulcode w.BA.XX.1EBO4.XX
Studiengang und
Studienrichtung
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Gültigkeit PO Prüfungsordnung Bachelor 09 vom 29.01.2009
Gültigkeit Anhang Anhang vom 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Verantwortliche OE Kommunikation & Mathematik in Wirtschaft & Recht
Modulverantwortung Renata Schuh (scea)
Stellvertretung Katharina Bernoulli (beka)
Erforderliche
Vorkenntnisse
w.BA.XX.1EBO3.XX
Richtziel w.BA.XX.1EBO4.XX folgt auf das Modul w.BA.XX.1EBO3.XX
Die Studierenden lesen, hören, kommentieren und analysieren eine breite Palette von
wirtschaftsrelevanten Texten im Zusammenhang mit den Themen, die in diesem und in
ihren anderen Modulen besprochen werden. Im Unterricht werden diese Themen
ausführlich diskutiert. In kurzen „Negotiation Meetings“ wenden die Studierenden
Verhandlungstechniken adressatengerecht und u.a. gemäss Harvardkonzept an. Sie
drücken sich dabei klar und detailliert aus legen ihre Ansichten fliessend und überzeugend
dar. Dazu verwenden sie Terminologie, Ausdrücke und grammatikalische Strukturen auf
dem sprachlichen Niveau C1 des Gemeinsamen Europäischen Referenzrahmens für
Sprachen.
Die Studierenden verfassen Kurzberichte und interpretieren unter anderem Kurven- und
Balkendiagramme. Sie wenden dabei die für das Genre üblichen stilistischen, formellen
und sprachlichen Strukturen korrekt an.
Schliesslich identifizieren, kommentieren und analysieren sie die Kernaussagen von unter
realen Verhältnissen und bei normaler Geschwindigkeit stattfindenden Diskussionen,
Besprechungen und anderen Gesprächen.
Lernziele
7
Die Studierenden:
- führen Sitzungen in kleinen Gruppen. (PHK, KK)
- beteiligen sich konstruktiv an einer Diskussion und schliessen sich dabei einer
Meinung anzuschliessen bzw. vertreten ihre eigene Meinung auf kompetente und
überzeugende Weise (PHK, FW, KK)
- führen Verhandlungen nach der Harvard-Methode (PHK)
- passen ihre Formulierungen den jeweiligen Gesprächspartnern an (PHK)
- lesen, kommentieren und analysieren eine breite Palette von geschäftlichen Texten,
46
einschliesslich Korrespondenz und Berichten (FW, PHK, KK)
- identifizieren, kommentieren und analysieren die Kernaussagen in Diskussionen,
Besprechungen und anderen Gesprächen in realen Situationen (normale
Geschwindigkeit) (PAK, SSK, KK)
- entwickeln eigene Vokabellisten als Lerninstrumente für das individuelle Lernen (FW,
KK, SSK)
- wenden den erworbenen Wirtschaftswortschatz sicher und situationsbezogen korrekt
an (SPK)
- entwickeln eigene Methoden für das Lernen und Konsolidieren von Wissen im
effektiven Selbststudium (PAK, RUK, KK)
- verfassen Kurzberichte, welche dem Kontext gerecht werden und ihren Zweck erfüllen
(FW, KK, KI)
- übertragen das im Unterricht Erlernte auf ihre Arbeit und auf ihre anderen Fächer
während des Studiums (SSK, KK)
Lerninhalte
- Entwicklung des Leseverständnisses anhand von verschiedenen Wirtschaftsthemen
wie Finanzen und Banking, Consulting, Strategie und Projektmanagement.
- Schreibwerkstätten: Beschreiben und Interpretieren von Kurven- und
Balkendiagrammen.
- Aufbau des Hörverständnisses mittels authentischer und semi-authentischer Hörtexte
- Erweiterung des Wortschatzes einschliesslich idiomatischer Ausdrücke und fester
Ausdrücke im Geschäftsleben
- Verfestigung und Übung des erweiterten Geschäftswortschatzes und der Grammatik
- Verfeinerung des mündlichen Ausdrucks durch Rollenspiel und durch Diskussionen
über wirtschaftliche Themen
Verknüpfung zu Das Modul weist eine Verknüpfung zu folgendem / folgenden Modul(en) auf:
anderen Modulen Modul: Inhalte:
w.BA.XX.1PrSTM.XX
w.BA.XX.1BWL1.XX
Strategic Management
Business Administration
Unterrichtsverfahren Kontaktstudium
Vorlesung / Lehrgespräch
Simulation
Projektunterricht
Case Study
Weitere Formen:
Geleitetes Selbststudium
Einzelarbeit
Partnerarbeit
Gruppenarbeit
Präsenzverpflichtung
im Kontaktstudium
Präsenzverpflichtung für Compulsory Tasks (obligatorische Übungen) gemäss
Semesterprogramm. Empfohlen: 80% Präsenzzeit
Unterrichtsgliederung Kontaktstudium (SWS / h) Geleitetes Selbststudium Autonomes
Selbststudium
Vorlesung 21 39 30
Übung
Praktikum
Total 21 39 30
Leistungsnachweise Anzahl Art des Leistungsnachweises Dauer (Min.)
1 Schriftliche Prüfung(en) 60
1 Mündliche Prüfung(en) 20
Referat/mündliche
Präsentation(en)
1 Schriftliche Arbeit(en) 45
1 Weitere: 20
47
Unterrichtssprache Englisch
Unterrichtsunterlagen
und Pflichtliteratur
Folienskript
Skript
Market Leader Advanced Coursebook (3rd edition) by Iwonna Dubicka and Margaret
O’Keeffe (Pearson Longman) ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
Market Leader Advanced Practice File (3rd edition) with CD by J ohn Rogers (Pearson
Longman) ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
Ergänzende Literatur Emmerson, P. (2002). Business Grammar Builder (2nd ed.). Oxford: Macmillan ISBN: 978-0-
2307-3254-4
Bemerkungen
1
Ausweis des Bezuges zu den übergeordneten Studiengangszielen: Förderung folgender Kompetenzen:
a. Kompetenzen gemäss Dublin Descriptors
Fachkompetenz
1. Fachwissen (FW)
2. Praxis- und Handlungskompetenz (PHK)
3. Wissenschaftliche Kompetenz (WK)
Methodenkompetenz
4. Problemlösungs- und Analysekompetenz (PAK)
5. Reflexions- und Urteilskompetenz (RUK)
6. Sozial- und Selbstkompetenz (SSK)
Kontextkompetenz
7. Kontextfokussierung und Interdisziplinarität (KI)
b. Studiengangspezifische Kompetenzen
8. Kommunikationskompetenz (KK)
9. Führungskompetenz (FK)
10. Internationales Denken / Multikulturelle Kompetenz (IMK)
11. Ethische Kompetenz (EK)
48
Business in Emerging Markets; China and India
Modulbezeichnung Business in Emerging Markets / main Focus: China and India
Modulcode w.BA.XX.1BusEM.XX
Studiengang und
Studienrichtung
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Gültigkeit PO Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Gültigkeit Anhang Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Verantwortliche OE Department International Business
Modulverantwortung Dr. Markus Braun (brau), Head of Business Development SML
Stellvertretung Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini (pnas), Head of Competence Center Asia Business
Erforderliche Vorkenntnisse Strategic Management / International Management
Richtziel The students understand the two largest Emerging Markets in the world regarding their
sourcing power as well as the potential of the world’s growing market – how can 2.4 billion
people be served!
Die Studierenden verstehen die wirtschaftlichen Potentiale der zwei neuen Märkte China
und Indien – wie können 2.4 Billionen potentielle Kunden bedient werden.
Lernziele
8
The students
? Are able to understand the present situation based on the historical, philosophical and
religious background of the two countries – intercultural Management (SPK, IMC. CI)
Verstehen die gegenwärtige Situation sowie die historischen und religiösen
Hintergründe.
? Know how large MNE entered the Chindia market and how they expand their market
share – key success factors (SPK, REC, CI).
Verstehen, wie grosse MNE in diese Märkte eindringen und wie sie
Wettbewerbsvorteile aufbauen.
? Know the national key players in selected industries and understand, why and how
large companies from China and India go global – entering the home markets of the
Western MNIE (SPK, SC).
Kennen der grossen lokalen Unternehmungen und wie diese sich international
ausbreiten.
? Are aware how these two countries shape the future world economy (SPK, IMC)
Verstehen, wie die zwei Länder sich entwickeln und die globale ökonomische
Marktsituation beeinflussen.
? Can evaluate the potential of Chindia for sourcing products and services (PAC, IMC)
Können das Einkaufspotential und Servicemöglichkeiten abschätzen.
? Are individually able to develop a market entry strategy for midsize companies
49
adapted to the specific industries and markets (PC, IMC, EC)
Können für ein schweizerisches KMU eine Entry-Strategie entwickeln.
Lerninhalte ? The historical developments of the two countries
Historische Entwicklung der beiden Länder.
? The potential of the Chinese and the Indian markets (present and future; when will
they peak)
Ökonomische Potentiale der beiden Märkte.
? The development of the buying power of the middle class – market size and spending
power.
Die Entwicklung der Mittelschicht der beiden Länder und deren Kaufkraft.
? Market entry - barriers, pitfalls, laws and regulations
Eintrittsbarrieren und Schwierigkeiten sowie gesetzliche Regelungen.
? Market entry strategy for midsize companies
Markteintritt-Strategien für KMUs.
? IP protection
Schutz des geistigen Eigentums
? FDI
? Branding and marketing
Markenführung
? The future role of the two countries as the home of large MNE’s who will conquer the
Western world.
Der Heimmarkt von MNE, die systematisch ihre Präsenz im globalen Markt aus-
bauen.
Verknüpfung zu The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
anderen Modulen
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging markets
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Asia Pacific
Intercultural Management
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on other developing nations
Behavioral aspects
Unterrichtsverfahren Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
1. Group work
Präsenzverpflichtung im
Kontaktstudium
80%
Unterrichtsgliederung Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Vorlesung 28 h 42 h 20 h
Übung
50
Praktikum
Total 28 h 42 h 20 h
Leistungsnachweise No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 20 minutes per group
plus 20 minutes Q&A
and discussion with the
class
1 Written paper(s) Term paper of 20 pages
Other(s):
Unterrichtssprache English
Unterrichtsunterlagen und
Pflichtliteratur
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Ergänzende Literatur See handout in class
Bemerkungen The students should be interested in the present international scope of business and
especially the future developments of the two large markets – openness to see the market
potential of Chindia!
Die Studenten sollten daran interessiert sein, wie sich Chindia entwickelt.
The module w.1BuSEM is linked to the module Business in Emerging Markets – Field Trip
(w.1EMFT). Students who want to participate in the Field Trip (China) need to participate
in the module w.1BuSEM. The students will receive the opportunity to be in the planning
and preparing committee for the field trip.
Studenten, die den Fieldtrip mitmachen möchten (w.1EMFT), müssen dieses Module
besuchen – Pflichtfach!
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
51
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
52
Business Information Management
Module description Business Information Management – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1InfM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Integration Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IWI
Module responsibility Robert Rohrkemper
Deputy Matthias Litzke
Prerequisites Basic knowledge in Business Administration as well as basic knowledge in Information
Systems.
Aims The students …
? can explain selected information technologies
? use the theoretically acquired knowledge practically
? understand, analyze and commentate on media reports with a strong focus on
information systems and information technologies
? use a virtual (class) learning environment.
Learning goals
9
The students …
? show their knowledge in information and communication systems (SPK)
? explain the technical basis of information systems (SPK, PC)
? use knowledge tools in their daily work (PC)
? analyze business cases.(PAC)
Learning content ? See detailed plan.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
53
? Introduction in Business Administration ? All content
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance will be communicated separately.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 60
Seminar/exercises 28 64
Practical work
Total 56 64 60
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Video presentation variable
1 Software program or tool variable
2 Presentation(s) variable
2 Paper(s) variable
8 Others: Online tasks variable
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
"Management Information Systems. Managing the digital firm" by Kenneth C. Laudon /
J ane P. Laudon (No need to buy before class starts) (Multimedia-) documents in
„Moodle“
Additional literature
Remarks
54
Business Law
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BL-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations of 2009 dated 29 J anuary 2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009, last modification dated 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main Study Period
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department of Business Law
Module Coordinator Philipp Sieber, siee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Dennis Scheidegger, scde
Prerequisite
Knowledge
None
Program Objectives
(relevant to module)
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Comprehensive overview of system and key terminology of private law
? Understanding of legal methodology and argument
? Mastering the basic principles of the law of persons and of contract, liability, and
property law
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Practical implementation of knowledge of legal terminology of different legal areas in
dealing with legal cases
? Application of methodological know-how to complex facts and circumstances and
development of appropriate solutions
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? Identification of applicable legal provisions of private law and their interpretation in the
context of legal cases
? Use of legal questions to arrive at independent opinions and application of legal
reasoning
Communication Skills (Low)
? Use of verbal legal argument in an appropriate and convincing manner
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Developing a readiness to learn more about state political issues and questions of
administrative law
? Conducting autonomous and supervised self-study to deal with legal cases
55
Primary Module Aim Students are given an overview of the system and the key issues of private law and learn to
categorize relevant legal problems. They know the main standards and principles of the
Swiss law of persons and of contract, liability, and property law and are able to apply these
to practical cases in a methodologically correct manner. Students gain an overview of the
important types of contracts of specific contract law.
Module Content ? Foundations: structure of legal system; hierarchy of legal sources; key terminology of
private law; overview of business-related legal areas
? Methodology of solving cases: claim method; norm analysis;
? Extra-contractual liability law: system of liability, culpability, damage, causality, iniquity,
strict liability
? General contract law: contract formation; contract defects; contract performance;
defaults
? Specific contract law: purchase agreement, contract for work and services, order
? Property law: property and ownership in connection with the sale of goods law
? Preservation measures: right of lien, lien, mortgages, penalties
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? …explain the fundamental terminology of private law
? …name the fundamental principles and key norms of the law of persons and of
contract, liability, and property law
? …explain the principles of legal methodology and their practical significance in solving
legal cases
? …list the key preservation measures
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? …understand business-related facts and circumstances of legal practice with regard to
issues of private law and relate them to the applicable legal provisions
? …apply the key principles and norms of the law of persons and of contract, liability,
and property law to legal cases
? …analyze important problems using the sale of goods law, mandate law, and the law
of contracts for work and services and propose effective solutions
? …determine the appropriate preservation measure for the facts of a case and provide
reasons
Ability to Make Judgments
? …use their methodological know-how to effectively analyze the norms of various areas
of private law with regard to their factual elements
? …use convincing arguments to defend their case solutions using applicable legal
provisions
? …develop and evaluate the interrelationships between the various bases for a claim in
private law in the context of complex facts and circumstances
Communication Skills
? …convincingly explain their legal arguments in verbal discussions and communicate
clearly
Self-Learning Skills
? …autonomously deal with legal cases of private law and develop effective solutions
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
? Corporate and Tax Law: Company law and the Debt Enforcement and
Bankruptcy Act
Teaching method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lecture
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project(s)
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group project(s)
56
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
No
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 56 h h 96 h
Small Class h h h
Group Instruction h 28 h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h 28 h 96 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100 % Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources (according to the guidelines on the use of examination
aids/resources ("Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse")
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others: Unmarked Swiss Civil Code in accordance with the guidelines; without
annotations.
57
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Course Materials Lecture slides
Script
Electronic resources
Others
Compulsory Reading
Recommended Reading - Münch Peter/Bortolani-Slongo Margherita/Müller Roger, Praxisorientierte Einführung
ins Privatrecht, 4th edition. Zürich 2012
- Böhringer Peter/Müller Roger/Münch Peter/Waltenspühl Alex (ed.), Prinzipien des
Vertragsrechts. 2nd edition. Zürich 2010
Comments
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
58
Consolidated Financial Statements
Module description Consolidated Financial Statements
Module code w.BA.XX.2CFS.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Oliver Vögele (voeg)
Deputy
Prerequisites Successful completion of the assessment
Aims Students apply basic principles of Financial Accounting by means of complex questions
and problems. They establish a relation between their insights and their greater
correlation. They produce actively consolidated financial statements and judge these
applying a framework which was developed. Students understand current norms and
guidelines and can apply them on actual situations.
Learning goals
10
Students
? Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting (SPK)
? Can consolidate financial statements, income statements, cash flow statements (SPK,
SC)
? Will be able to handle goodwill and can apply in accordance to rules and standards
(SPK, CI, PC)
? Know the principles of deferred taxes and foreign exchange calculations in consolidation
accounting (SPK, PC, SC)
? Interpret consolidated accounts of listed companies in different branches (SPK, CI,
PAC, REC)
? Can approach implementation concepts in a holistic way and connect them to other
areas of problems (CI, REC).
Learning content ? Principles of Consolidated Financial Statements
? Selected topics: Accounting for non-controlling interests, Equity Accounting, Deferred
taxes, Foreign Exchange, Profit elimination, Cashflow Statements
? Goodwill Accounting & Purchase Price Allocation
? Consolidated Financial Statements Analysis
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Corporate Finance & Valuation Valuation
59
Financial Accounting
Consolidated financial accounts
(enhancement of the basics)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: weblecture
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
none
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56h 40h 84h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 40h 84h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Conrad Meyer, Consolidated Financial Statements, 2009
Additional literature Behr, Giorgio; Leibfried, Peter: Rechnungslegung, 2. Auflage, Zürich 2009
Gianini, Franz et. Al: Konzernrechnung und Konzernrechnungslegung, 3. Auflage, Zürich
2009
Boemle, Max / Lutz, Ralf: Der J ahresabschluss, 5. Auflage, Zürich 2008
Remarks
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
60
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
61
Consumer behavior and communication
Module description Consumer behavior and communication
Module code w.BA.XX.1KvK-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IMM
Module responsibility Sandro Graf (graa)
Deputy Linda Miesler (miel)
Prerequisites Principles of Marketing
Aims The students are aware of the importance of getting to know their customers in order to
derive specific marketing measures from this. They scientifically deal with consumer
behaviour as an individual as well as part of a group and are able to put methods and
tools into practice. They understand the meaning of marketing communication in corporate
management and are able to analytically capture, classify and pragmatically solve tasks
related to marketing communication.
Learning goals
11
The students
- are able to describe the changes in consumer behaviour and the market (PC,
PAC, REK)
- understand the fundamentals of consumer behaviour and the implications for the
development of a communication strategy (REK, CC)
- know the most important external and internal factors of consumer behaviour
(PC, PAC, REK),
- gain an overview over the most important communications channels which have
an impact on consumer behaviour (PC)
- understand the impact of media and how media effectiveness is being measured
(PAC, REC)
- are able to plan and steer communication measures (PC)
Learning content Consumer behaviour
- psychology of buying
- processing of information by the consumer: buying as a process
- perception and learning of customers
- motivation and emotion of customers
- typology of customers
62
- the customer as a decision maker: individual decisions, situational influences,
bandwagon effect
Communication
- Mass media and their impact on consumer behaviour
- Impact of media on attitudes
- Determinants of media effectiveness
- Measurement of media effectiveness
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Strategic Management
Principles of Marketing
Market research, marketing efficiency and
effectiveness
Corporate strategy
Marketing concept / marketing mix
Market research, marketing controlling
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Practical
presentations
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
2. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 40 84
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s)
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Michael R. Solomon / Gary Bamossy / Soren Askegaard / Margaret K. Hogg (2013).
Consumer Behaviour – A European Perspective. 5th Edition.Harlow: Pearson Education /
FT Prentice Hall.
Additional literature Related elated scientific articles/academic papers
Remarks The exercise course focuses on selected topics and is not directly connected to the main
lectures.
63
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
64
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Module description Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1CFRM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4 per week / 56 per semester
Organizational unit FCP
Module responsibility Dr. Daniel Hoechle (hoec)
Deputy Dr. Peter Manz (mape)
Prerequisites Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis;
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Aims The students are proficient in the methodologies that are required to analyze investments,
corporate finance strategies, instruments for financing and the dividend policy. They
understand the regulatory framework for and the key principles of good risk management
and are able to assess the quality of a bank’s risk management.
Learning goals
12
The students
? value cash flows (PV, NPV) to analyse the performance of key financial instruments
and investments. (PC, PAC)
? understand the critical judgments required in formulating a corporate finance strategy
and a dividend policy. They are able to analyse and solve related cases. (SPK, PAC)
? apply their knowledge to develop solutions in liquidity management, M&A, and
international financial management. (SPK, PAC)
? understand key risk categories for banks and key principles of modern risk
management. (SPK, CI)
? are proficient in applying VaR when analysing portfolio returns. (PC, PAC)
? are able to assess the quality of a bank’s risk management. (REC, CI)
Learning content 1. Valuation methods
2. Financial instruments and their valuation (bonds, equities, and options)
3. Capital budgeting (analysis, valuation, sensitivity analysis)
4. Corporate financing and market efficiency
5. Opportunity cost of capital (WACC)
6. Capital structure and the company’s cost of capital
7. Risk management regulation for banks
8. Risk governance and asset-liability management of banks
9. Market risk and operational risk management
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
65
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Management
Content:
Financial instruments, CAPM
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56 h 56 h 68 h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 56h 68h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90 (80% of final grade)
Oral exam(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Evaluation of guided self-
study work
20% of final grade
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Brealey, Myers, Marcus (2012). Fundamentals of Corporate Finance; 7th revised edition.
McGraw-Hill.
Crouhy, Galai, Mark (2014). The Essentials of Risk Management; 2
nd
edition. McGraw-Hill.
Additional literature Bodie, Kane, Marcus (2013). Essentials of Investments; Global Edition. McGraw-Hill.
Volkart, Wagner (2014). Corporate Finance: Grundlagen von Finanzierung und Investition;
6. Auflage. Zürich: Versus.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
66
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
67
Credit Management
Module description Credit Management – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1KM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Titus Spirig
Deputy Suzanne Ziegler, Horst Bienert
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w.BA.XX.1BWL1.XX, (Part: Financial Sector))
Aims Students gain an understanding of the credit business of banks and understand other
options for corporate finance. They understand the client needs, the credit products, the
Swiss credit market, the mortgage business, lending to Private Banking clients, the credit
process, regulations and the methods of credit risk management. In addition students
should be able to adapt models and concepts to specific credit business questions and
solve specific questions. Students also gain an overview of credit risk management and
understand the most important concepts.
Learning goals
13
The students
? Get an overview of the financing markets in general and the Swiss credit market
(SPK, REC)
? Have a good understanding of client needs, competitive environment, processes and
regulations (SPK, REK)
? Know the credit products, with a focus on mortgages and Lombard loans (SPK)
? Do understand the concept credit risk management (SPK, REC)
? Analyse current topics based on theoretical models (SPK, PC, PAC, REC)
? Research the relevant expert literature (SPK, SC, REC)
? Apply their research knowledge based on specific questions and write a short group
work (guided study). (SPK, SC, REC)
Learning content Content lecture:
? Basics of credit business
? The theory of asymmetric information
? The credit process
68
? The Swiss credit market
? Mortgage business
? Mortgage backed security
? Micro finance
? Lending in Private Banking
? Credit Risk Management
o Basics and Overview
o Rating systems and probability of loss of single credits
o Portfolio models
o Tools for portfolio steering
o Implementation, interfaces and discussion
? Group works with annual reports of banks
? Group works with specific topics
? Guest lecture to specific topics
Self study (conducted)
? Group work: Analysis of the credit business of a Swiss Bank, including research, to
be presented in class
Self study (individual)
a. Given literature, assignments
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills Practice of the Research knowledge -
Business Administration (BWL) Swiss Banking Management
Mathematics Basic knowledge
Business Law Contract law, regulation law
Economics Function of the Central bank, basics of
micro- and macroeconomics
Corp. Finance and Risk Management Risk Management
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
In general: none
Individual lectures can be made compulsory. This will be announced at the beginning of
the semester. Such lectures are then a prerequisite for participation in the module exam.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 32 30
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 (80%)
Oral exam(s)
1 Group Presentation 20%
69
1 Guided self-study in a group pass/fail
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script
Selected articles will be distributed
Additional literature -
Remarks 20% group work and presentation of a selected topic
80% written end of module exam (60 minutes), (content: lecture notes, presentation and
study of literature)
Guided self-study in a group (pass/fail)
? A fail leads to mark 1 for the module
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
70
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions
Module description Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions
Module code w.BA.XX.1DDI.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit AIB-IMI-CEB
Module responsibility Florian Keller
Deputy Dominique Ursprung
Prerequisites
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Understand the mechanism of international relations
? Have an overview over the key international institutions and organisations
? Know the structure and functioning of Embassies and consulates
? Analyse current events in the field of foreign affairs
Learning goals
14
After completing the module students should be able to:
? have a basic knowledge of diplomacy (PC)
? understand the role of the UN System and its specialized agencies (REC)
? know the role and influence of new international actors (REC)
? assess the benefits and challenges of a life as a diplomat (SPK)
? understand the value of a diplomatic exchange for real-life situations (PC)
Learning content ? Different types of diplomacy
? Diplomatic problems and solutions
? Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations
? Ministries of Foreign Affairs
? Embassies and Consulates
? The UN System
? Specialised UN Agencies, such as ILO, IMF, UPU, WHO, WIPO
? The World Trade Organisation WTO in Geneva
? International Organisations in Switzerland
? Etiquette and manners for an diplomatic environment
71
? Today’s international landscape and its challenges
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
3. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 20 42
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Background paper on the
presentation (2 pages)
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Textbook:
? Berridge, G.R. (2010). Diplomacy: Theory and Practice (4
th
edition). Basingstoke:
Palgrave Macmillan
? Heywood, Andrew (2014), Global Politics, Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan
Additional literature
Remarks
72
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
73
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module description Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusAP.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit CIB
Module responsibility René Rüttimann; Petra Barthelmess; J uan Wu
Deputy Markus Prandini
Prerequisites Strategic Management
Aims The students understand the large market of the Asia Pacific Area (4 billion inhabitants) -
the historical developments, the present situation and the expected growth (next five to
ten years).
Die Studierenden verstehen den asiatischen Markt mit seine 4 Billionen Einwohner.
The focus lies on the one hand on the potential for sourcing for Western companies, but
on the other hand increasingly on doing business there – exploring the potentials of the
local markets for Swiss/Western companies.
Fokus liegt in den Potentialen für westliche Unternehmungen.
Learning goals
15
The students:
? Acquire the basics to evaluate and understand the different countries if the Asia
Pacific Regions with regard to their market, their political and social situation, the
standard of the business relevant infrastructure and the potential for foreign products.
(PC, PAC, CI)
Haben ein Grundverständnis der unterschiedlichen Länder u.a. die politischen und
sozialen Unterschiede sowie geschäftsrelevante Einzelheiten.
? Know the underlying philosophical, ethical and religious background which permeates
most of these countries business behavior. (SPK, SC, CI)
Kennen die philosophischen, religiöse und ethische Besonderheiten, die bei
Geschäftskontakten relevant sind.
? Are able to develop a business relevant framework for the whole area as well as for
individual countries. (PAC)
Können eine einfache Geschäftsmodelle für den Markteintritt entwickeln entweder für
die gesamte Region oder für einzelne Länder.
74
? Know the basic analytical steps to enter the Asia Pacific area and develop strategies
for the most important countries (Asian Tigers, South Korea and J apan). In this class
China and India are excluded since they are dealt specifically in the class “Business
in Emerging Markets.” (SPK, PAC)
Kennen die konkreten Schritte um in die AP-Märkte einzusteigen (China und Indien
liegen nicht im Fokus und werden kaum behandelt).
? Explore, what implications the growing markets have for Swiss/Western companies
who cater mainly to regional markets. (PAC)
Verstehen das Potential dieses wachsenden Marktes.
? Are able independently explore the potential of the Asian Pacific Countries for
potential expansion plans for midsize companies. (SPK, PAC, CI)
Haben die Fähigkeit erworben, selbständig vertieft diese Märkte zu bearbeiten.
Learning content ? Key issues which determine the business dealings
Schlüssel Fakten die geschäftsrelevant sind.
? Philosophical background of the business ethic
Philosophischer und ethischer Hintergrund.
? Theoretical concept to develop a company strategy to either source in the Asia Pacific
Area or to do business there
Schlüsselaspekte für eine Markteintrittsstrategie.
? Case studies based on current research activity or with guest speakers.
Fallstudien.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging Markets
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two large market
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Emerging Markets
Intercultural Management.
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on China and India
Behavioral aspects.
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
>80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30 per group plus 15
75
exploring the findings
with the class
1 Written paper(s) Background of the oral
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature The latest books and periodicals will be discussed and the reading part will be adjusted
according the current topics in the APR.
Remarks The students should be interested in the international scope of business now and
especially in the future. The class will deal with economical, as well as educational and
cultural issues.
Exploration of the new markets stands in the foreground, especially from the standpoint of
Swiss/Western companies – strategic concepts.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
76
Doing Business in Eastern Europe
Module description Doing Business in Eastern Europe
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusEE-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit AIB
Module responsibility Dr. Anna Nikoulina
Deputy Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Prerequisites None
Aims This module deals with issues that companies face today when doing business in the
transitional economies of Eastern Europe (EE). Frameworks and methods will be
presented that help managers in assessing the attractiveness of foreign markets and
designing an appropriate market entry strategy as well as a marketing strategy for EE
markets. Furthermore, strategies are analyzed from a foreign and local company
perspective. Attention is also given to the design of organizational structures for the EE
business and the management of EE activities. The course expands on the models and
knowledge of earlier international business and management courses. This module aims
to:
? Develop students’ understanding of the current issues foreign (and local)
companies face when entering /operating in East European markets
? develop students’ appreciation of the recent and continuing process of transition
from a centrally planned to a market-based economy and its implications for
doing business in the region
? present business logic that drives foreign companies in EE and how they
approach the region (sub-regions) and manage their business in EE
? highlight how local firms can respond to “superior” foreign competitors entering
their home markets
? Give an overview of how MNCs manage and organize their operations in EE,
exposing their strategies
Learning goals
16
By the end of the module, students are able to:
• Evaluate the characteristics of economies and markets in EE (SPK, SC)
• Evaluate selected EE markets and economies and be able to reflect on the process of
transition from a centrally planned to a market-based economy and its implications for
doing business in the region (SPK)
• Critically evaluate the motivation and strategic considerations which guide the
77
expansion of foreign companies to EE and the ways in which MNCs manage and
organize their operations in EE (REC, SPK, PAC)
• Examine business issues through different eyes (Western versus local EE
perspective; academic versus managerial perspective) (REC, SSC, CI, EC, IMC)
• Identify and assess data/information from a variety of sources (SC, PAC)
• Evaluate decisions in emerging markets in the context of a diverse and dynamic
environment (SPK, PAC, EC, IMC, REC)
• Structure decisions related to the choice of the appropriate country market selection
and entry strategy into EE (SPK, PAC, IMC, LC, EC)
• Communicate orally as individuals and as members of a team (PC, CC, LC)
• Structure complex management issues in a multifaceted business environment
• Plan in a cross-cultural context (PC, CC, LC, EC, IMC)
Learning content
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
• International Strategic Management
• Corporate and Cross Culture
• International Business & Management
• International Environment of Business
Content:
? elements of business and
managerial decision making
? elements of strategic management
? elements of international and cross-
cultural management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 12 50
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30
1 Written paper(s) 10 pages
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script and reader
Additional literature Brenner, B. (2009): Management Control in Central and Eastern European Subsidiaries,
Palgrave Macmillan
Bakacsi, g., Takacs, S., Karacsonyi, A. & Imrek, V. (2002): Eastern European cluster:
tradition and transition, J ournal of World Business, Vol.37, pp.69-80.
78
Dawar, N. & Frost, T. (1999): Competing with giants – Survival strategies for local
companies in emerging markets, Harvard Business Review, March-April, pp.119-129.
Kets de Vries, M. (2000): A journey into the Wild East: Leadership style and organizational
practices in Russia, Organizational Dynamics, Vol.28, No.4, pp.67-81.
Marinov, M., Marinova, S., Manrai, L. & Manrai, A. (2001): Marketing Implications of
Communist Ideological Legacy in Culture in the Context of Central and Eastern Europe: A
Comparison of Bulgaria, Romania, and Ukraine, J ournal of Euromarketing, Vol.11, No.1,
pp.7-35.
Meyer, K. (2002): Management Challenges in Privatization Acquisitions in Transition
Economies, J ournal of World Business, Vol.37, pp.266-276.
Schien, N., Puck, J . (2010): The internationalization of Austrian firms in Central and
Eastern Europe, J ournal for East European Management Studies 15.3, pp.237-259.
Schuh, A. & Holzmüller H. (2003): Marketing Strategies of Western Consumer Goods
Firms in Central and Eastern Europe? In: Stüting, Dorow, Classen & Blazejewski (eds.):
Change Management in Transition Economies, Palgrave Macmillan, New York, pp.176-
188.
Schuh, Arnold (2007): Brand Strategies of Western MNCs as Drivers of Globalization in
Central and Eastern Europe. European J ournal of Marketing 41 (3/4): 274-291.
Schuh, A. (2012): Strategy Review for Central and Eastern Europe: Strategic Responses
of Foreign Multinational Corporations to the Recent Economic and Financial Crisis,
J ournal of East-West Business, 18, pp.185:1-207.
Warner, M., Edwards, V., Polonsky, G., Pucko, D. & Zhu, Y. (2005): Management in
Transitional Economies, Routledge Curzon, London 2005, pp.1-106
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals; development of the following competences:
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinary (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
79
Doing Business in Latin America
Module description Doing Business in Latin America
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusLA.XX.
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit Department International Business
Module responsibility Peter Qvist-Sorensen
Deputy -
Prerequisites -
Aims Doing Business in South America addresses the different economic situations in South
America, specifically of the Pacific Alliance countries and Brazil. It also concerns the
impact of the growing middle classes.
Furthermore, the module deals with issues that Swiss companies face today when doing
business in the Pacific Alliance countries and Brazil. It highlights the importance of the
region in terms of opportunities and risks and evaluates the best possible strategies for
doing business in these areas and what lessons have to be learned.
The module also deals with the benefits of the FTAs (Free Trade Agreements) between
Switzerland and certain Latin American countries.
It shows the cultural differences and the impact of this culture on how to do business in
this region, including the perception of Switzerland and Swissness.
Moreover, the course takes a look at the relevant legal aspects for foreign companies.
The course expands on the models and knowledge of earlier international business and
management courses and will make ample use of work cases during class.
Learning goals
17
By the end of module, students are able to:
? Evaluate the characteristics of economics and markets in Brazil, Mexico, Columbia,
Chile and Peru (SPK, SC).
? Evaluate the different political, sociocultural and legal aspects for doing business in the
mentioned countries (PC, PAC, CI).
? Understand the impact of the growing middle class in this area (SPK).
80
? Critically evaluate the motivation and strategic consideration which guide the
expansion of foreign companies to PA-countries and Brazil as well as the ways in
which MNE’s and SME’s manage and organise their operations (REC, SPK, PAC).
? Develop a business model for entering the region or one of the countries (SPK, PAC).
? Understand what implications the growing markets have for Swiss/Western companies
(PAC).
? Apply the learned elements in specific business situations (PC).
? Identify and assess data/information from a variety of sources (SC, PAC).
? Be communicative individually and as a member of a team (PC, CC, LC).
Learning content ? Introduction of the PA-countries and Brazil
? Political, economic, social, technological, ecological and legal aspects of the PA-
countries and Brazil
? Market entry strategy to enter the PA-countries and/or Brazil
? Integration of practical examples (also through external guest lectures)
? Practical application of the newly learned knowledge by doing a case study
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
? International Business and Management
? International Environment of Business
? Corporate Culture and Cross-Cultural
Management
? Economics
? International Strategic Management
? International Business
? Operations- and Process Management
? Principles of Strategic Management
Content:
? Elements of business and managerial
decision making
? Elements of strategic management
? Elements of international and cross-
cultural management
? Corporate decision to go international
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 12 50
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 12 50
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30 (Incl. 10 min. class
discussion)
1 Written paper(s) 10 pages
Other(s):
81
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature -
Remarks -
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Doing Business in the Middle East
Module description Doing Business in the Middle East
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusME.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit Abteilung Internationales Business
Module responsibility Khaldoun Dia-Eddine
Deputy
Prerequisites
Aims The students are aware of the importance of the region in term of opportunities and risks
in way to evaluate the best possible strategy for doing business in this region. The
students will also be aware of the cultural differences and the impact of this culture on the
consumer behavior, ways of getting in touch with the locals, manner of establishing
business and developing relationship. Students will get key knowledge about the culture
and the different environments
Learning goals
18
The students
? Understand the basic elements of the culture in ME (SPK)
? Understand the environment of business in the ME (SPK, CI)
? Understand the importance of and develop skill for adequate communication (CC)
? Understand and be able to evaluate the business consequences of cultural
differences (PAC, IMC)
? Apply these learned elements in specific business situations (PC)
? Develop an integrated vision about opportunities and risks for business to guide them
for the establishment or development of a business in/with the region (SPK, CI)
? Understand the basic of Islamic Ethics, Economy, Finance and consumer behavior
(SPK)
Understand the changes happening in the Arab World (SPK, REC)
Learning content ? Introduction about the region:
? Geography and position,
? Economy: Characteristics, opportunities, risks, regional and global integration
? Political systems and the changes in Arab World, strategic issues for development
and world relation
? Demography and human development
? Historical time line, analysis of three key historical periods
? Sources of values, religion and its impact
? Islamic economy and finance
? Islamic consumer behavior
83
? Cultural dimensions of Arabs compared with others
? Arab mind and the influencing elements
Business behavior and business interaction with people of ME
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Strategic Management
Principles of Marketing
Corporate decision to go international
Market entry, influence of culture on marke-
ting mix
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 12 50
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 12 50
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
84
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
85
Economic Globalization
Module description Economic Globalization
Module code w.BA.XX.1EG.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit FWP
Module responsibility Maria Rueda (rued)
Deputy Christian Berger (bere)
Prerequisites w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, w.1VWL3 (for Business Law: w.1VWL1_BL, w.1VWL2_BL)
Aims The students
? explain the various aspects of economic globalization as an ongoing process using
economic tools
? explain the historical roots of economic globalization in the context of current
developments
? recognize, consider, and evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of economic
globalization (in general and in relation to rich and poor countries)
Learning goals
19
The students…
? are able to identify the various globalization processes and analyze these from an
economic perspective (PAC, REC, SC).
? are able to explain the historical development of economic globalization and are able
to understand current developments and issues and put these into a context (SPK,
SC).
? are able to identify the advantages and disadvantages, and also winners and losers,
of economic globalization (SPK, REC, SSC)
? are able to critically debate arguments for and against economic globalization (REC,
CI, CC).
Learning content ? Global trade in goods and services, direct investments
? The role of the WTO and of regional integration blocks
? Historical development since 1500
? Measuring globalization (various concepts)
? Industrialization and internationalization strategies of emerging countries
? Criticism of globalization
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Module(s):
86
w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2 (resp. w.1VWL1-BL,
w.1VWL2-BL)
Customs and Contingents
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance required in 80% of the in class sessions; if the required attendance is not met
due to acceptable reasons; the lecturer will define an extra assignment (pass/fail) so that
the student can completed the module.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1/14 21
Seminar/exercises 1/14 20 21
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s) 20 min
Written paper(s) 15-20 pages by groups
of 2 students
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Le Monde diplomatique, (2009). Atlas der Globalisierung. Berlin: TAZ
Additional literature Brakman, Garretsen, van Marrewijk, van Witteloostuijn (2006) Nations and Firms in the
Global Economy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Osterhammel J ürgen, Petersson Niels (2004) Geschichte der Globalisierung:
Dimensionen, Prozesse, Epochen, Edition 2.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
87
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
88
Economics 3
Module description Economics 3 – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1VWL3-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit FWP
Module responsibility Maria Rueda
Deputy Christian Berger
Prerequisites w.BA.XX.1VWL1.XX, w.BA.XX.1VWL2.XX, Mathematic 1+2
Aims Students are able to
? graphically, analytically and verbally explain economic phenomena using simple
macroeconomic models;
? understand the most important statistical concepts in economics as well as their
interpretation and limits;
? assess, analyse and evaluate current events as well as economic policy measures
within a broad economic context.
The module imparts general economic knowledge and addresses several links between
macroeconomics and business administration (e.g. exchange rates, interest rates,
inflation, business cycles and business cycle policy)
Learning goals?? Students
? comprehend the goals of economic policy and their interrelations (SPC, PC)
? explain and interpret statistical economic data. (SPC, SC, PAC)
? relate long-run economic development to the economy's production function. (SPC,
PAC)
? analyze the significance of financial markets. (SPC, CI)
? describe the three functions of money and the causes of inflation and deflation as well
as the tasks and instruments of central banks. (SPC, PC)
? explain the determination of exchange rates under different regimes. (SPC)
? discern causes of business cycles and unemployment (SPC, PAC)
? assess the development of prices and interest rates. (REC)
? evaluate aims and instruments of fiscal and monetary policy and their interrelations.
(SPC, REC)
89
Learning content ? economic policy: goals, measurement and control
? statistical concepts in economics (BNP, consumer price index, unemployment rate,
balance of payments)
? economic growth and its sources
? savings and investments – credit markets in closed and open economies
? money, inflation and its economic costs, monetary policy, the monetary concept of the
Swiss central bank
? labor markets, natural rate of unemployment, international trade, international capital
flows, currency markets, exchange rates, financial crises
? business cycles and business cycle policy, IS-LM / AD-AS-model, Phillips curve
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Business Administration and Marketing:
? Economic environment (long- and
short-run development)
? Banking +Finance: Economic
environment (long- and short-run
development), embedding of financial
markets into the overall economy,
currency markets, financial crises
The module is required for the following
modules:
? w.BA.XX.1VWL4.XX (Economics and
Politics)
? Emerging markets
? Economic Globalisation
? European Integration
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work (e-learning)
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28
Seminar/exercises 28 44 52
Practical work
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Mankiw, N. Gregory, Taylor, Mark P. (2011), Economics, 2
nd
edition, London, Cengage
Learning
Remarks
90
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
91
Economics in Emerging Markets
Module description Economics in Emerging Markets
Module code w.BA.XX.1EEM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit FWP
Module responsibility Maria Rueda (rued)
Deputy Christian Berger (bere)
Prerequisites w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, w.1VWL3
Aims The students are able to analyze independently the problems of fast growing economies
Learning goals
21
The students…
? are able to apply economic key figures and their development in the practical
analysis (FK, WK, PAK, RUK, KI, KK, IMK)
? are able to assess independently from the viewpoint of a potential investor the
macroeconomic risk of an investment in an emerging market
Learning content In groups of three persons the actual development of certain countries has to be
described and the risk of investments in these countries has to be evaluated (country risk
assessment).
The following economic context is in the foreground:
? Framework conditions (politics, demography, economic structure, economic
system including degree of liberalization and market interventions)
? Real sector (GNP, investment and savings behavior, labor market, productivity,
economic cycle and growth)
? Public finance and fiscal policy (budget, public debt, structure of government
expenditure, tax system)
? Monetary constitution and policy (money in circulation, development of prices,
nominal and real interest, exchange rate regime and reserves)
? External sector (current account, trade system, foreign debt, foreign
investment)
92
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
w.1VLW1
w.1VWL3
English
w.1EG
Politology
Content:
Efficiency of markets
Business cycles, growth, monetary policy
Language of the lecture
Economic Globalization
Development of institutions
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance required in 80% of the in class sessions; if the required attendance is not met
due to acceptable reasons; the lecturer will define an extra assignment (pass/fail) so that
the student can completed the module.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 2 / 28 20 42
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 2 / 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature P. Krugman, M. Obstfeld, International Economics, Theory and Politics, 7
th
ed. Pearson
2006
St. Husted, M. Melvin, International Economics, 7
th
ed. Pearson 2007
Remarks
93
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
94
European Affairs
Module description European Affairs
Module code w.BA.XX.1EuA.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Dominique Ursprung
Deputy Michael Kendzia
Prerequisites
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Describe, explain, and analyse the political and economic institutions of Europe,
mainly the EU, EFTA, and bilateral Swiss-EU relations
? Examine case-studies illustrating the implications of European integration
Learning goals
22
After completing the module students should be able to:
? Explain the key features of Europe's history and the evolution of modern Europe
(SPK, REC)
? Understand the role of the European single market (PAC, SPK)
? Describe the foreign trade relations of Switzerland, EFTA and the EU (SPK)
? Discuss the evolution and current challenges of Swiss-EU bilateral relations (PC)
Learning content ? The foundations and history of modern Europe
? Structure and functioning of the EU
? European Labor Market
? The Euro-Crisis
? Swiss-EU relations
? European Free Trade Association (EFTA)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
95
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
4. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam (55%) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation (45%) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Background paper on the
presentation (2 pages)
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
? Baldwin, Richard and Wyplosz, Charles (2015), The economics of European
integration, Chapter 1-3, 8, 10.1, 12.
? Federal Department of Foreign Affairs (2014), Switzerland and the European Union.
Additional literature ? Schweizer, Max und Ursprung, Dominique (2015), Integration am Ende? Die Schweiz
im Diskurs über ihre Europapolitik, Chronos Verlag, Zürich
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
96
Financial Accounting
Module Code w.BA.XX.2FinAcc-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module Coordinator Urs Streichenberg (strs)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Gheorghita Streiff (stif)
Prerequisite Knowledge Foundations of accounting at vocational baccalaureate level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High):
? Gaining an overview of the principles of financial accounting (legal framework as well
as norms of standard setters)
? Systematic analysis of financial statements
? Understanding the cash flow statement and topics of consolidation
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Ability to use accounting techniques
? Ability to do an analysis of key figures
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? Evaluating the financial situation of companies using their financial statements
Communication Skills (Medium)
? Ability to discuss and present the evaluation of business results with confidence
Self-Learning Skills (High)
? Study, understand, and apply theoretical principles through autonomous and guided
self-study.
Primary Module Aim Students understand the techniques of external accounting and are able to place the
financial data they evaluate within the overall context of business administration. They deal
with diverse issues of bookkeeping and data analysis and understand the underlying
accounting and reporting standards. They are able to critically analyze evaluations and
draw logically correct conclusions.
Module Content •The nature and purpose of financial accounting
•Accounting and reporting standards: law of obligations, national and international
97
standards
•Booking techniques
•Cash flow statements and Financial analysis
•consolidated financial statements
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students …
Knowledge and Understanding – Professional Competence
? … are able to describe the fundamental principles of financial accounting from a legal
and a private law perspective and look up specific cases
? … are given the ability to distinguish between single and consolidated accounts and
transfer specific situations to one of the two types of accounts
? … apply the fundamental techniques of financial accounting and apply selected areas
of accounting
? … analyze external annual statements of different industries and companies by
established key figures and systems of key figures
? can set up cash flow statements
Application of Knowledge and Understanding – Problem-Solving Competence
? … are able to solve case studies on aspects of external accounting; find their own use
information materials (business reports, media releases, or professional articles
? … are able to analyze specific financial situations using the theoretical knowledge
acquired
Application of Knowledge and Understanding – Methodological Competence
? ... are able to apply and critically evaluate accounting rules
? … are able to apply scientific methods
? … are able to interpret financial results and cash flow statements
Communication Skills – Communication Competence
? … are able to defend a point of view
? … can work effectively and collaboratively in a group
Self-Learning Skills – Self-Competence
? … develop an interest in dealing with issues of business administration and acquire
more knowledge on advanced issues
? … are able to consider different perspectives in order to evaluate specific situations of
financial accounting
Links to Other Modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
-
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
98
Large Class 28 h 34 h
Small Class 28 h 56 h 34 h
Group Instruction
Practical Work
Seminar
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Gianini, Franz: Finanzbuchhaltung 1, 13th ed., Zürich 2013
- Gianini, Franz: Finanzbuchhaltung 4, 8th ed., Zürich 2014
Recommended Reading
Comments
99
Financial and Asset Management
Module description Financial and Asset Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1FAM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Risk and Insurance (CRI)
Module responsibility Daniel Greber
Deputy Hans-Fredo List
Prerequisites All previous modules of the CRI major
Aims The students gain an overview of asset management in the insurance industry.
Learning goals
23
The students
? calculate bond prices, option prices, and return and the risk of different investment
vehicles (SPK)
? evaluate stocks and bonds or depots (SPK)
? understand the basic strategies of portfolio theory and implement this knowledge in
concrete issues (SPK)
? differentiate between the insurance-specific elements of asset management (SPK, PAC)
? apply relevant investment regulations of the insurance supervisory law and the
insurance contract law (SPK, PC)
Learning content ? Basics of asset management, portfolio theory, and fixed capital
? Specifics of asset liability management in insurance (AHV, i.e., old age and survivors’
insurance; IV, i.e., disability pension; individual life insurance; non-life insurance;
collective insurance)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.1MatBO1.XX
w.BA.XX.1MatBO2.XX
w.BA.XX.1Stat.XX
Basic mathematics
Basic mathematics
Basic knowledge
100
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28 34
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 28 34
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 20
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
101
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
102
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory
Module description Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Module code w.BA.XX.1FIPT-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBF
Module responsibility Anita Sigg (sian)
Deputy Thomas Gramespacher (grat)
Prerequisites w.1MaBO1, w.1MaBO2, w.1Stat, w.1BF
Aims The students understand the risk and return profile of different financial instruments as
components of a successful investment process. They know the importance of the
concept of portfolios compared to single asset strategies. They understand the use of a
reasonable implementation of diversified portfolios and its effect on risk and return.
Learning goals
24
The students…
? compute bond prices (SPK, PC)
? determine the risk of bonds using duration (SPK, PAC)
? know the importance of the term structure of interest rates for the valuation of bonds
(SPK, REC, CI)
? value equity returns ex-post and ex-ante (SPK)
? name the relevant factors for option prices (SPK, PC)
? compute option prices using the formula of Black and Scholes (SPK, PAC)
? show basic option strategies (SPK, PAC)
? understand the execution and pricing of futures (SPK, PAC)
? define complete portfolios according to the investors readiness to assume risk (PAC,
REC)
? split total risk into firm-specific and market risk (SC)
? apply covariance and variance (SPK, SC)
? compute return and risk of a two-asset portfolio (SPK, PC)
? explain the mean-variance criterion and the efficient frontier (SPK, REC, SC)
? understand the formation of prices in an equilibrium model (SPK, SC)
? use core results like Capital-market-line (CML) and security-market-line (SML) (PC)
Learning content ? Pricing of bonds including the concept of duration and convexity
? Term structure of interest rates
? Historical stock returns
? Ex-ante valuation of stock
? Derivative instruments: options and futures
103
? Complete portfolios and Capital Asset Line
? Efficient diversification
? Risk and return of a portfolio
? Minimum variance (MVP) and Optimal portfolio
Capital Asset pricing Model (CAPM) including Capital-market-line (CML) and Security-
market-line (SML)
? Treynor and Sharpe Ratio, J ensens alpha
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MaBO1&2
w.1MaBO2
w.1Stat
w.1Quant
w.1BF
w.1Aim
w.1KM
w.1CFRM
Algebra, equations, functions
Differential calculus
Variance, covariance, correlation/regression
Theoretical foundations
Overview financial markets
Active and passive portfolio management
CAPM, shortfall risk, Value-at-Risk
CAPM
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 2 SWS / 28 h 56 h 68 h
Seminar/exercises 2 SWS / 28 h
Practical work
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Bodi, Z., Kane, A., Marcus A. (2013). Essentials of Investment. 9
th
Global Ed. New
York: McGrawHill
PowerPoint slides
Supplementary exercises
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
104
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
105
German Beginners
Module Code w.BA.XX.1GerB.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Incoming Students
Legal Framework Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29/01/2009 / Appendix to the exam regulations Bachelor
degree courses, passed on 12/05/2009, adapted on 10/10/2013
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Philipp Gwerder, gwee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
J eannette Philipp, phij
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding,
Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (High)
? Basic knowledge of German language structures, basic vocabulary
Application of knowledge and understanding (High)
? Autonomous application of the most important grammatical rules
Communication skills (High)
? Oral interaction with dialogs about everyday subjects
? Written interaction with short messages about everyday subjects
Self-learning skills (High)
? Developing the ability to autonomously acquire and apply new vocabulary
Primary Module Aim Students are able to express themselves and to interact in German within an increasingly
international professional and scientific environment. They can initiate contact, give
information about themselves and ask others for information about them.
Module Content ? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
106
? understand words and sentences on the subjects of: greetings, personal interests,
giving personal information, giving information on places and countries, shopping,
eating and drinking, traveling, clock times and dates.
? understand and apply basic language structures: present and perfect tenses of regular,
separable and the most frequent irregular verbs; past tense of auxiliary and modal
verbs; personal and possessive pronouns in the nominative, accusative and dative
cases; articles in the nominative, accusative and dative cases; adjective comparison,
prepositions with accusative, dative or varying case.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? produce sentences and short coherent texts, in writing and orally, using their
knowledge and understanding.
? transfer the application of their new knowledge onto new vocabulary.
Communication skills
? understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to areas of most
immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information,
shopping, local geography, employment). They can read very short, simple texts. They
can find specific, predictable information in simple everyday material such as
advertisements, prospectuses, menus and timetables and they can understand short
simple personal letters.
? interact in a simple way provided the other person is prepared to repeat or rephrase
things at a slower rate of speech and help them to formulate what they are trying to
say. They can ask and answer simple questions in areas of immediate need or on very
familiar topics. The students can write a short, simple postcard, for example sending
holiday greetings. They can fill in forms with personal details, for example entering their
name, nationality and address on a hotel registration form.
? use simple phrases and sentences to describe where they live and people they know.
They can use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in simple terms their
family and other people and their living conditions. The students can write a series of
simple phrases and sentences linked with simple connectors such as “but”, “and”.
Self-learning skills
? autonomously acquire new vocabulary and apply their grammatical knowledge onto
new subjects.
? autonomously expand their knowledge into new subject areas.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
GerI expanding knowledge of the German language
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: Tutorial
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Partner/group talk
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
107
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h 10 h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 10 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: electronic self-
assessment tests
3 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Others: partner/group
talk
1 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75 % Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others: partner/group talk 25 %
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Reimann, M. (2012). Grundstufen-Grammatik für Deutsch als Fremdsprache
(+Key). Ismaning: Hueber. (Also available in English, French, Italian,
108
Russian, Spanish and Turkish versions)
Recommended Reading - Stang, C. & Stief, C. (2013). German Grammar in a Nutshell. Berlin:
Langenscheidt.
Comments
109
German Intermediate
Module Code w.BA.XX.1GerI.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Incoming Students
Legal Framework Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29/01/2009 / Appendix to the exam regulations Bachelor
degree courses, passed on 12/05/2009, adapted on 10/10/2013
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Philipp Gwerder, gwee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
J eannette Philipp, phij
Prerequisite Knowledge Successful completion of w.BA.XX.1GerB.XX or equivalent knowledge:
Vocabulary: basic vocabulary related to everyday situations:
- greetings, personal interests, giving personal information, giving basic information
about towns and countries
- shopping, eating and drinking, traveling
- clock times, dates
Grammar: basic grammatical subjects:
- present and perfect tenses of regular verbs, separable verbs and the most
frequent irregular verbs; past tenses of auxiliary and modal verbs
- personal and possessive pronouns in the nominative, accusative and dative case
- articles in the nominative, accusative and dative case
- adjective comparison
- prepositions with accusative, dative and varying case
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding,
Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (High)
? Expanded knowledge of the German language structures; expanded vocabulary,
particularly in the fields of Business German and German for the J ob
Application of knowledge and understanding (High)
? Autonomous application of the most relevant vocabulary and grammatical rules
Communication skills (High)
? Oral interaction in German with dialogs about everyday topics and about basic
110
economical subjects
? Giving information on a company in a presentation
? basic written business correspondence
Self-learning skills (High)
? Developing the ability to autonomously acquire and apply new vocabulary
Primary Module Aim Students build upon their general knowledge by focusing on the use of German in business
contexts. New vocabulary is mainly related to expressions used in a professional
environment. Students’ knowledge of grammar is consolidated and expanded.
Module Content ? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
? Letter writing
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? understand the main points of clear standard speech on matters regularly encountered
in a working environment. They can understand the main points of monologs and
dialogs on topics of personal or professional interest.
? understand short texts that consist mainly of high frequency everyday or job-related
language. They can understand descriptions of work-related events and processes.
? understand and apply grammatical structures (building upon the basics) which allow
them to express themselves in a more sophisticated way: All grammatical cases of:
articles; adjectives; nouns; personal, possessive and reflexive pronouns; subordinate
and infinitive clauses; the passive voice; conditional sentences.
? understand and apply expanded vocabulary, particularly concerning fields related to
business German.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? apply their new knowledge orally and in writing.
? transfer the application of their new knowledge onto new vocabulary.
Communication skills
? deal with basic professional situations likely to arise whilst travelling in an area where
the language is spoken. They can enter unprepared into conversation on topics that
are familiar, of personal interest or pertinent to everyday life (e.g. family, hobbies, work,
travel and current events).
? write shorter texts in which they describe experiences and impressions. They can
express their opinions and wishes about subjects that are relevant to them. They can
react to contact initiation.
? participate in basic business correspondence.
? connect statements to describe experiences, events and situations. They can give
reasons and explanations for opinions and plans.
? prepare and give a short presentation on a basic business-related subject.
Self-learning skills
? autonomously acquire new vocabulary and apply their grammatical knowledge onto
new subjects.
? autonomously expand their knowledge into new subject areas.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
GerB Basic knowledge of German
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
111
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: Tutorial
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
All tests, oral presentations
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h 10 h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 10 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 5 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: short written
tests
3 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75 % Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s) 25 %
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
112
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Reimann, M. (2012). Grundstufen-Grammatik für Deutsch als Fremdsprache
(+Key). Ismaning: Hueber. (Also available in English, French, Italian,
Russian, Spanish and Turkish versions)
Recommended Reading - Dreyer, H. & Schmitt, R. (2012). Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen
Grammatik. Ismaning: Hueber. (Also available in Chinese, English, French,
Italian and Russian versions)
- Grigull, I. & Raven, S. (2012). Geschäftliche Begegnungen A2+. Leipzig:
Schubert.
- Guenat, G. & Hartmann, P. (2010). Deutsch für das Berufsleben B1. Stuttgart:
Klett.
Comments
113
Global Marketing Management for Incomings
Module description Global Marketing Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1GMM-Inc.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for Marketing Management (IMM)
Module responsibility Martina Rauch
Deputy Brian Rüeger
Prerequisites Good knowledge of the principles of marketing. Students should have completed an
introductory marketing class; the course builds on the concepts of the marketing process
(market analysis and market research instruments, marketing goals and marketing
strategy,, marketing mix, marketing controlling).
Aims The students understand and are able to assess the marketing challenges of international
or global expansion strategies for multinational companies.
Students understand the key task of a global marketer in developing a globalization
strategy and can apply the key steps to real life cases (esp. assessing the global
marketing environment, conducting global marketing research, global target market
selection, global segmentation and positioning, defining the mode of entry and the
marketing mix strategy).
Learning goals
25
Students are able to:
? Identify marketing aspects in the context of globalization strategies (CI)
? Develop a specialist knowledge in the area of global marketing (SPK)
? Understand and assess the challenges of global marketing (REC)
? Analyze and solve problems in global marketing, working on real life cases (PC)
? Develop or strengthen their international thinking and multicultural competence,
working on real life cases in multicultural teams (IMC)
? Improve English language skills in terms of marketing terminology (IMC) for non-native
speakers
Learning content ? What is globalization and global marketing? (Introduction)
114
? Which factors facilitate or hinder global marketing activities of multinational
companies? (Global economic, financial, political and legal environment; cultural
diversity and consumer buying behaviour)
? What steps are required to develop a global competitive strategy? (Global marketing
research, global segmentation, target market selection and positioning)
? Which modes of entry are most appropriate for a given multinational company?
(Global market entry modes, e.g. exportation, licensing, franchising, joint venture,
direct investments)
? To what extent can the global marketing strategy and marketing mix be globalized
(standardized) or need to be localized (customized) to the target countries?
(Global overall marketing strategy and marketing decisions as to the 4P)
? What type of global marketing organization is most appropriate for a given company?
What do companies have to consider when planning human resources for global
marketing and sales activities? (Human capital management; marketing organization)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MB1_IM
w.1BA.XX.1MKT-IM.XX
w.1BA.XX.1ISMGT-IM.XX
International Business & Management
Markets & Marketing
International Strategic Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
5. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80% (recommended)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56 h 84 h 40 h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 h 84 h 40 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Group presentation (case) 20
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Class participation
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script as published on Moodle
Case studies and other handouts
115
Additional literature Kotabe, M., and Helsen, K., Global Marketing Management, 6th Edition, 2015,
International Student Version, J ohn Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, NJ , USA (course textbook);
Kotler, Ph., Armstrong, Principles of Marketing, 15
th
Global Edition, 2013, Pearson
Education Limited
Remarks The module includes a variety of business examples (short cases; class exercises;
discussion questions) to illustrate the practical side of Global Marketing Management.
Active student contribution in class to cases, class exercises and discussion topics is
requested.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
116
Human Capital Management
Module Code w.BA.XX.2HCM-PiE.XX
Degree Programme and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Centre for Human Capital Management ZHCM
Module Coordinator Maja Bailer, blej
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Hans Willi, wilh
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Programme
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge, ability to make judgements,
communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions of the
module to Programme
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? Insight in human behaviour in organisations
? Broad and actual expert knowledge in the fields of (strategic) HR-Management
and Organizational Behaviour
? Sound knowledge of the HCM-concept
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? Problem-Solving on the basis of scientific concepts (HCM-model)
? Analysis of HR-related tasks in companies and public administrations;
development and implementation of solutions
Ability to make judgments (high)
? Correct interpretation of data
? Decision-making, implementation and communication
Communication skills (low)
? Deal with conflicts; negotiate as a part of group work
Self-learning skills (medium)
? Establish learning strategies for independent acquisition of new knowledge in the
future
Primary Module Aim Students gain a profound understanding of Human Capital as a central part of corporate
management. They gain an understanding concerning how the human capital a company
requires can be obtained, deployed and developed (in line with the company strategy) so
that the result is an optimal company performance.
This knowledge enables students to promote and shape both the contribution to human
capital per se as well as the contribution of the management of human capital to a
117
company’s value creation and competitiveness. Students get to know three areas of HCM
(HR-marketing, Competence management and Performance management). They expand
their knowledge on managing company’s competences which is a prerequisite for
sustainable competitive advantage as well as deepen their knowledge on HR-marketing
which plays a leading role in attracting and securing the required human capital. Insights
into performance management provide students with opportunity to recognise and
understand motivational aspects of individuals and organisational units and their
interdependence and alignment with corporate objectives, which in turn has a positive
impact on company’s value creation. A further module objective is to show the close links
between three areas of HCM and how they should be managed in order to make Human
Capital Management effective as a whole.
Module Content ? Introduction to Human Capital Management
? Coordination and Motivation of Human Capital
? HR-Marketing
? Compensation and organisational Fairness
? Performance Management
? Competence Management and Employee Development
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? reproduce broad and up-to-date expert knowledge in the areas of Human Capital
Management and Organisational Behaviour
? explain the elements of HCM and the links between them
? dispute on practical relevance of the topic referring to learning materials and case
study
Application of knowledge and understanding
? transfer content of the modules in a practical setting based on discussed case
studies
? transfer the HCM-Model and its instruments on current or future professional
activity
? develop and assess HCM-based alternative solutions to problems of business
administration, and to implement the chosen solution
Ability to make judgments
? analyse complex situations based on the HCM-concept
Communication skills
? present clear-cut and unequivocal arguments in groups, respond to arguments of
others, develop together joint solution alternatives and justify them
? present joint solutions
Self-learning skills
? independently acquire new knowledge in the area of Human Capital Management
based on the learning strategies that have been developed during the module
? practice independent learning approach
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Introduction St.Galler management model, processes and functions in
to business administration business administration, organization in its environments,
general policy, ethical responsibility
Leadership and Ethics Leadership, communication, human capital management
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction Guided Self-Study
118
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h 20 h 42 h
Small Class h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 20 h 42 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
119
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Reader of ZHCM on Human Capital Management
- Excerpts from Meyer, P. (2015): Human Capital strategisch einsetzen. Köln: Wolters
Kluwer Luchterhand
Recommended Reading none
Comments
Innovation & Entrepreneurship
Module Code w.BA.XX.1InE-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Innovation & Entrepreneurship, CIE
Module Coordinator Adrian W. Müller, muad
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Claudio Cometta, come
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2ASM.XX, w.BA.XX.2Strat.XX
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
Ability to Make J udgments
Communication Skills
Self-Learning Skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (Medium)
? Gain insights into the basics and challenges of entrepreneurial innovation
? Know important concepts and approaches for business development
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Apply knowledge of important concepts for business development based on a business
case
Ability to Make Judgments (High)
? Assess the feasibility and practicability of a business case
Communication Skills (Low)
? Pitch an own business case
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Acquire the skills for the self dependent and reflective development of an own business
case as a member of an entrepreneurial team
Primary Module Aim The students are able to understand and to evaluate important stages in the development
of a company by applying common business concepts, starting with a business idea, to the
foundation of a company, till its growth. By applying appropriate methods in the different
phases, they learn about the possibilities and limitations of these methods.
Ultimately, students should be encouraged to become entrepreneurs themselves.
Module Content (a) Field of Innovation: Understanding business innovation and seeking business
opportunities
? The imperative of innovation for competitive advantage and long-term success
? Basic concepts of innovation management: success factors, models, strategies,
121
processes, systems
? Sources of business opportunities and innovation
? Identification and development of new product / service innovations
(b) Field of Entrepreneurship: Developing and realizing business concepts
? The nature of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneur
? Instruments and platforms of entrepreneurial activities
? Business plans and the precursors
? Business model and business plan development
? Formation of a company
? Financing and financial planning of ventures
? Legal considerations of business formation and implementation
? Protection of knowledge and intellectual property
? Development of exit and/or growth strategies
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? …explain relevant challenges and concepts of entrepreneurial innovation
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? …develop an own business idea.
? … plan the realization of an own business idea.
Ability to Make Judgments
? …evaluate new business opportunities and business models.
Communication Skills
? …pitch and defend an own business idea in front of potential investors.
? …collaborate (target-oriented) in a team of founders
Self-Learning Skills
? …initiate and control an own process of entrepreneurial innovation
? …adopt different perspectives to evaluate entrepreneurial challenges and issues.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
w.BA.XX.2Strat.XX Inhalt: Environmental Analysis, Strategy Development
w.BA.XX.2ASM.XX Inhalt: Innovation, Entrepreneurship
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: own business case
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
80%
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h 40 h 84 h
Practical Work h h
122
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 40 h 84 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 30 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
3 Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s) 100%
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Slide script of module
Recommended Reading - Tidd, J oe/Bessant, J ohn (2009). Managing Innovation. 4
th
ed., Chichester: Wiley.
- Kaplan, J ack M./Warren, Anthony C. (2010). Patterns of Entrepreneurship
Management. 3
rd
ed. Chichester: Wiley.
- Osterwalder, A./Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business Model Generation. 1
st
ed. Chichester:
Wiley.
Comments
123
Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module description Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module code w.BA.XX.1IcM-Inc.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for International Business
Module responsibility Patricia Enzmann-Vollenweider
Deputy Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Prerequisites
Aims This module aims to encourage students to:
? Understand culture’s impact on human behavior and how cultural values and
communication styles influence international business
? Foresee the dilemmas of global managers and prepare themselves accordingly
? Helps students to make the most out of their stay abroad
Learning goals
26
The students …
? Recognize, respect and reconcile intercultural conflicts and create synergy out of
diversity (PC)
? Understand culturally and socially diverse employees and how to overcome
cultural barriers in the organizational setting (IMC)
? Reflect and build on personal experience through an in-depth, rigorous
exploration of current theory and practice in the field. Analyze their own culturally
conditioned behaviors and behavioral changes within cultural contexts (REC,
SSC)
? Develop job-specific cultural skills (IMC, PC)
? Learn to differentiate between description, interpretation and evaluation (SC)
? Learn new skills relevant to building successful relationships at an operational
level with international partners (PAC, IMC)
? Share specific experience with students from other countries (REC)
Learning content ? Intercultural management
? Cultural awareness and self-reflection
? Communication styles across cultures
124
? Cultural dimensions – value orientations
? Multicultural teams at work
? Corporate culture
? Reconciliation
? Special focus on Doing Business in the Middle East, China and India
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
International Business
Cross-cultural Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: weblecture
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
6. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
none
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 48 90
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 48 90
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Riding the Waves of Culture: Understanding Cultural Diversity in Business
Fons Trompenaars / Charles Hampden-Turner
N. Brealey Publishing; revised 3
rd
edition (2012)
ISBN: 978-1904838388
Remarks The written exam takes place in the last week of the lectures (i.e. lecture week 14)
125
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
126
International Accounting and Finance
Module description International Accounting / Finance
Module code w.BA.XX.1IAF-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module responsibility Marco Canipa-Valdez
Deputy Felix Blaser
Prerequisites Introduction to Accounting (1. semester, IM)
Introduction to Finance (2. semester, IM)
Intermediate Accounting, (3. semester, Study abroad)
Intermediate Finance, (4. semester, Study abroad)
Aims The Module International Accounting & Finance Management is designed to promote a
basic understanding of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Students
are able to understand the underlying concept of IFRS, to apply specific standards and to
make differentiation between IFRS and other accounting rules. Moreover the module
International Accounting & Finance is designed to deepen the know-how on corporate
finance concepts. The course prerequisite includes a solid understanding of financial
accounting and corporate finance. Advanced supporting techniques including advanced
mathematical and statistical skills are required as well.
Learning goals
27
Students
? Understand the reasons for different accounting standards in Europe
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Analyse harmonization process of accounting rules within Europe and understand the
implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as final outcome
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Analyse different perspectives on financial accounting and reporting
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Apply the basic techniques of financial accounting and reporting on a higher level
(CI,SC)
? Apply specific IFRS and make differentiation between IFRS and other accounting rules
127
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Have a basic understanding of the functionality of derivative financial instruments
(SPK, PC, PAC)
? Apply main principles of corporate finance (SPK, PAC, REC, IMC)
? Have an understanding of a bank’s credit assessment and rating process (SPK, PAC,
REC)
? Describe financial instruments and are able to judge on use cases (SPK, REC)
? Assess when to use bond financing for companies while assessing the impact on BS
and P/L
? Understand the impacts of term structures and can hereof derive decisions
Learning content Introduction to Corporate Finance:
Knowledge of basic topics in corporate finance including case studies on selected topics.
The main focus lies on terminology of corporate finance, sources and providers of
financing, risk and financing structure and debt financing instruments.
Credit Assessments / Bank financing:
Overview of the credit assessment principles of banks and the rating process.
Functionality of Pricing Grids, Covenants and the debt capacity model as a tool to assess
the applicable leverage.
Introduction to Derivatives:
Knowledge of the fundamental functionalities of derivative financial instruments including
trading positions; base products and pay-off diagrams.
IFRS:
Strengthen IFRS fundamentals by presentation of IFRS implementation in Europe and
analysis of IFRS concept and main principles. Application of specific standards as well as
specific items by emphasizing most relevant regulations and making differentiation
between IFRS and other accounting rules.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Introduction to Accounting (1. semester)
Introduction to Finance (2. semester)
Intermediate Accounting (3. semester)
Intermediate Finance (4. semester)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
-
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 22 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
128
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script (Derivative Financial Instruments; blel)
? International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 2013: English & German
edition of the official standards approved by the EU
Additional literature ? Richard Brealey, Stewart Myers, Franklin Allen. Principles of Corporate Finance.
London: Prentice Hall (2013).
? Christopher Nobes, Robert Parker. Comparative International Accounting (12e).
London: Prentice Hall (2012).
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
129
International Business
Module description International Business
Module code w.BA.XX.1IBus-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Department International Business (Regional Competence Center Asia-Pacific)
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Deputy Peter Qvist-Sorensen
Prerequisites ? Introduction to Management
? Foundations of Marketing
? Principles of Strategic Management
? Advanced Strategic Management
Aims This module provides a systematic introduction to concepts and thinking of international
business. The module focuses on cross-border economic activity which involves all
commercial transactions between individuals, private organizations and governments
across two or more countries. Furthermore does the module integrate analysis of the
competitive environment and the internal resources of the firm to provide a strategic view
of international business.
Learning goals
28
The students…
? understand how the international business environment impacts on the operations of
an international firm (SPK / CI)
? understand differences in business systems and what they mean to international firms
(SPK / CI)
? analyze a nation's or industry's competitiveness (PC / PAC)
? analyze a firm's strategic position and recognize international opportunities and threats
(PC / PAC / CI)
? develop international strategies and the necessary organizational structures and
processes (PC / PAC)
? understand the effects of cultural differences on international business (SPK / REC /
IMC)
? understand the effects of international activities on the firm's value chain (SPK / IMC)
? understand the risks associated with international operations (SPK / PAC)
? apply the basic concepts with regard to doing business in select regions of the world
(PC / PAC)
Learning content ? Economic Environment of International Business
? Political/Legal Environment of International Business
? Cultural/Social Environment of International Business
130
? Strategy and Organization in the International Firm
? Global Market Opportunity Assessment and Market Entry
? Supply Chain Management in the International Firm
? Marketing Management in the International Firm
? Financial Management in the International Firm
? Regional Focus Asia (China) / Latin America / Middle East
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Contents(s):
Introduction to Management
Micro-/Macroeconomics
Law
Principles of Strategic Management
Finance (Fin. and Mgmt. Accounting)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 64 60
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 64 60
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
International Business: The New Realities, 3/Ed.
Tamer Cavusgil / Gary Knight / J ohn Riesenberger
ISBN-13: 9780132991261
Prentice Hall
Additional literature See Moodle
Remarks
131
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
132
International Negotiation for Incomings
Module description International Negotiation for Incomings
Module code w.BA.XX.1INO-Inc.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for International Business
Module responsibility Khaldoun Dia-Eddine
Deputy
Prerequisites None
Aims The module International negotiation provides the students with insights and practical
advices on negotiations aspects in international context. It gives the students an
introduction to the key concepts, principles, and basic skills needed to conduct
international negotiations mainly in a business context.
Learning goals
29
Introduce students to the basic principles and major types of negotiations including the
principled negotiation model. (SPK)
Introduce students to the strategic issues in negotiation and the relevant elements for
planning negotiations.(SPK)
Build the needed skills and increase the awareness of the students to the soft elements
involved in negotiations including communication, persuasion, questioning techniques,
emotions and problem solving methods. (REC, SSC)
Train students to develop and conduct negotiation in phases up to the conclusion. (PAC,
LC, SSC)
Apply the previous knowledge to contract negotiation. (CC, SSC, PC, CI)
Introduce the notion of cross cultural negotiation to the previous learned elements. (IMC,
SSC, CC, PC)
Provide students with knowledge about the usage of negotiation in conflict management
and third party negotiations (SPK,PAC).
Learning content Introduction to negotiation and negotiation models
Preparing for negotiation (strategies, tactics, BATNA, resistance points, power, alliances,
etc.)
Conducting and closing deals
Soft factors in negotiation (communication, perception, persuasion, emotions)
133
Cross cultural aspects in negotiation
Conflict management using negotiations
Play roles, large case (6X 2 sessions) covering all the theoretical parts of the course
Analysis of an international business negotiation case with ethical context and issues
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
International Business Cross cultural management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: weblecture
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
7. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 12 20
Seminar/exercises 20 60
Practical work 12
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s): class participation,
contribution to role plays and large
case
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Essentials of Negotiation (ISBN 007-125427-7)
Negotiation, reading, exercises and cases (ISBN 007-297310-5)
Contract negotiations, skills, tools and best practices (ISBN 08080-1246-0)
The handbook of negotiation and culture (ISBN 08047-4586-2)
Getting to Yes, Negotiating Agreement Without Giving In (ISBN 978-
0143118756)
The Art of Negotiation, (ISBN-13: 978-967-0610-91-7)
134
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
135
International Political Economy
Module description International Political Economy
Module code w.BA.XX.1IPE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Dominique Ursprung
Deputy Flroian Keller
Prerequisites -
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Gain an understanding of how political and economic factors interact on the global
level.
? Analyse globalization from an interdisciplinary point of view
? Understand the trend towards regionalism and free trade agreements
Learning goals
30
After completing the module students should be able to:
? Understand the emergence of the multilateral trading system (SPK)
? Place specific International issues in a broader political, economic, and legal context
and evaluate them critically (CI)
? Assess trade and non-trade concerns and their challenges for businesses (PC)
? Critically evaluate the benefits and drawbacks of preferential liberalization (SPK)
? Understand Switzerland’s free trade policy and its role as a member and host state
(SPK)
? Evaluate the potential and challenges of new trading blocks and agreements such as
the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) and Transatlantic Trade and Investment
Partnership (TTIP)
? Gain an understanding of trade in services and relevant agreements such as the
Trade in Services Agreement (TiSA)
Learning content ? International Political Economy
? Multilateral Trading System, World Trade Organisation (WTO)
? Economics of preferential liberalization
? Free Trade Agreements and Regional Economic Arrangements:
o Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP)
o Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP)
o Free Trade Policy of the EU and of Switzerland
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
136
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
8. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
-
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 24 24 42
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 24 24 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam (55%) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation (45%) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Two-page background
paper on the presentation
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed Course Reader will all compulsory texts
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Gilpin, R. (2001), Global political economy : understanding the international economic
order, Princeton University Press
Ravenhill, J . (2014), Global political economy, Oxford University Press, 4th ed.
Walter, A. and Sen, G. (2009), Analyzing the global political economy, Princeton
University Press
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
137
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
138
International Strategic Management
Module Code w.BA.XX.1ISMGT-IM.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department International Business
Module Coordinator Anna Nikoulina, niku
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Hanka Heimpold, heha
Prerequisite Knowledge None
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Gain an understanding of the strategic position of an organization and explain the
impact of the external environment (international or global marketplace) on the
organization’s strategic capability, goals and culture.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Can apply strategic management theories, concepts and models in an international
business context
Ability to Make Judgments (High)
? Evaluate a set of strategic options that a company can pursue based on solid and
objective analysis of evidence.
Communication Skills (Medium)
? Communicate orally and in a written form e.g. present and support arguments
supported by evidence
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Develop the capability to independently carry out research in field of international
strategic management
? Promote autonomous learning by enabling students through autonomous and self-
guided study.
Primary Module Aim The primary aim of the module is to enable students to understand the importance of
strategic management for the company's success in a global or international market and be
able to apply appropriate strategic management frameworks, concepts and tools to a
specific business problem or a situation. Students should be able to analyze the strategic
position of a company and develop a set of alternative competitive strategies that would
139
enable the firm to remain (become) competitive in an international marketplace. In addition,
students should be able to make judgments based on solid analysis of internal and external
data and present recommendations as to how organizations’ structures and systems of
control should be set up or adjusted to fit firm’s internationalization. Furthermore, students
should be able to communicate and present their arguments and appreciate that strategic
management or strategic formulation is not a linear process and the activities that
companies undertake and the challenges they face interact and inform each other.
Module Content ? International trade and competitiveness
? Elements of strategic management in MNCs, international companies and those about
to internationalize
? Strategic capabilities
? Strategic purpose
? Culture and strategy
? Business and corporate level strategies
? International strategy and strategies for born-global companies
? Strategic evaluation and strategy development process
? Organizing for international activities
? Mergers, acquisitions and alliances in the globalized marketplace
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
After completing this module, students will be able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? …explain the effects of globalization on the firm’s value chain.
? …distinguish between corporate, business and operational strategies.
? …compare organizations in terms of their competitive business strategies in
international markets.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? …analyze an organization’s position in the external environment.
? …analyze the determinants of strategic capability in an international context.
? …apply strategic management theories, concepts and models in an international
business context.
? …examine how organizations pursue strategies through organic development
acquisitions or strategic alliances.
? …use criteria and techniques that can be used to evaluate possible strategic options.
Ability to Make Judgments
? …make judgments based on solid analysis of internal and external data.
? …make recommendations as to how organizations structures and systems of control
should be set up or adjusted to fit firm’s internationalization.
Communication Skills
? …use the relevant vocabulary appropriately.
? …present and justify your arguments in a written or oral form.
Self-Learning Skills
? … independently carry out a research in the area of international strategic
management.
? …learn and work independently during autonomous and self-guided study.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
International Business & Management
International Environment of Business
Content:
operations & supply chain, value chain,
international business context, principles of
management, business administration and
leadership
international business context, external
environment, globalization, regional economic
integration and international trade
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
140
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
n/a
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 56 h h h
Small Class h h h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h 44 h 80 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
1 Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Assignments
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 70% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s) 30%
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
141
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify): Textbook (see compulsory reading below)
Compulsory Reading
Recommended Reading none
Comments J ohnson, Scholes, & Whittington (2014). Exploring Corporate Strategy. 10th Ed.
Pearson Education.
Articles and Cases that are used during the in-class discussions can be found on Moodle.
142
International Trade and Policy
Module description International Trade and Policy
Module code w.BA.XX.1ITrPo-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Max Schweizer
Deputy Dominique Ursprung
Prerequisites -
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Gain an understanding of world trade and its impact on organizations acting in an
international context.
? Understand the role of the World Trade Organization
? Know the trend towards regionalism and free trade agreements, worldwide and also
in the case of Europe and Switzerland
Learning goals
31
After completing the module students should be able to:
? Understand the basic structure of the WTO, its history, and its agreements (SPK)
? Place specific WTO issues in a broader political, economic, and legal context and
evaluate them critically (CI)
? Assess trade and non-trade concerns and their challenges for businesses (PC)
? Know the WTO dispute settlement system to specific cases and understand its
relevance and mechanism for world trade (PC)
? Critically evaluate the benefits and drawbacks of preferential liberalization (SPK)
? Understand Switzerland’s free trade policy and its role as a member and host state
(SPK)
Learning content ? Introduction to international trade
? International trade policy
? Introduction to the structure and law of the WTO: GATT, GATS, TRIPS
? Trade and non-trade concerns
? WTO dispute settlement system
? Economics of preferential liberalization, PTAs, RTAs & FTAs
? The European Free Trade Association EFTA
143
? Swiss Free Trade Policy
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 22 40
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 22 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 10
Written paper(s)
1 Other(s): Background paper on the
presentation (2 Pages)
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Amrita Narlikar (2005), The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford
University Press
Remarks
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
144
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
145
Introduction to Business Studies
Module Code w.BA.XX.2IBS-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 of 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009; last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit CID
Module Coordinator Andreas Butz, butz
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Anna Nikoulina, niku
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Gaining insight into issues of business administration
? Knowledge of key management models
? Understanding of management processes and functions as well as generating
knowledge of different business sectors
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Application of knowledge by choosing a theoretical approach and linking it to a
practical application as well as categorizing management issues according to different
perspectives
? Advanced application of knowledge to case studies.
Ability to Make Judgments (medium)
? Arriving at independent judgments by applying integrated thought and knowledge in
the context of business administration
? Taking into account different perspectives in analyzing problems and finding effective
solutions
Communication Skills (medium)
? Ability to present the knowledge acquired
? Ability to give an oral presentation involving a specific area of study
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? Developing a readiness to immerse oneself in issues of business administration
? Advancement of autonomous learning by means of guided and independent self-study
Primary Module Aim Students are able to name the various topics of business administrative theory. They know
one approach to business management and are able to categorize business-related
146
problems according to different perspectives. Students are able to explain the many
interrelationships between operative functions and identify key differences between
different sectors of the economy. They develop a curiosity to explore and integrate
knowledge gained in different areas.
Module Content ? The study of business administration as a systemic management approach
? The St. Gallen Management Model as a business management approach
? The enterprise in its different environments
? Normative management and ethical responsibility
? Business processes
? Business functions
? Economic sectors
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and Understanding
? …list key issues of business administration as a discipline
? …explain how enterprises operate and its core processes
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … analyze specific management issues based on the theoretical concepts they have
been taught
? … develop solutions to specific management problems
Ability to Make Judgments
? … evaluate solutions to management problems using specific criteria
Communication Skills
? … present the knowledge they have acquired and give an effective oral presentation
? … defend a point of view
? … work effectively as a member of a team
Self-learning Skills
? …develop a readiness to continue to deal with issues of business administration
? …consider different perspectives in evaluating issues of business administration
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 56 h h
Small Class h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
147
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 72 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
1 Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. the e-learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Boddy, D. (2014). Management: An Introduction. 6th ed. Pearson Education Limited
- Rüegg-Stürm, J . (2005). The New St. Gallen Management Model. Palgrave
Recommended Reading
Comments In working in depth on complex case studies dealing with different issues in the context of
business administration, students apply and transfer the knowledge they have acquired.
148
Introduction Banking & Finance
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BF-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Banking & Finance, ZBF;
Institute for Wealth & Asset Management, IWA (from about autumn 2015)
Module Coordinator Anita Sigg, sian
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Hans Brunner, brnh / Roland Hofmann, horo
Prerequisite Knowledge All material from assessment level, especially w.1BWL1;
Prior knowledge and experience in the financial and banking sector.
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgments, Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? win insight into the problems financial institutions face (macro view) and bank
management (micro view)
? know the central management approaches and challenges in the banking sector and
the framework conditions in the financial services industry (institutional, regulatory and
infrastructural)
? know international and national structures and frameworks
? develop and complement the terminology (in English)
? repeat principles of scientific working
Application of knowledge and understanding (high):
? applying of knowledge by linking and selection of the existing knowledge (economics,
finance, law) on bank business problems (micro view) and on institutional, regulatory
and infrastructural issues (macro view)
? recognize the differences and similarities of international and national views
? connect the theory with the practice through analytical outline of the situation
? in-depth application of cases, exercises and a term paper
Ability to make judgments (medium):
? judgements through interconnected economic and legal thinking and understanding,
both on the micro - and macro-level
? take into account differences and similarities of the international and national views in
the assessing of a situation
149
Communication skills (medium):
? be able to present and explain acquired knowledge and developed solutions in receiver
adequate language and form
? hold a presentation in the corresponding discipline
? discuss with experts issues and integrate solutions
Self-learning skills (high):
? Development of readiness to independently continue to deal with the technical and
methodological development of the discipline
? Promoting autonomous learning by autonomous and supervised self-study
Primary Module Aim Students gain an overview of the financial industry in general and the banking sector in
particular. They learn bank business management theories and concepts of an operating
financial industry and what businesses and divisions are industry-specific. Furthermore, the
students perceive the diverse relationships and dependencies between bank structure,
bank-regulating, banking crises and business fields. Students link the international and a
national appearance as well as the micro and the macro level to a holistic picture of
"Banking". This module shall build a bridge from the assessment study period to the
following other BF-modules.
Module Content • Cash and cash economy
• Theory of banking and intermediation, financial crises
• Bank management
• Regulation and supervision, banking structure and infrastructure
• Foreign exchange markets, international financial system
• Banking activities, bank types, customer segments
• Accounting
• Business models
? Bank risks and risk management
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? … enumerate key business challenges and issues of the banking business administration
? ... explain the operation and economic value of the intermediation of banks
? ... examine the questions and challenges in modern banking from different optics light:
internationally and nationally, micro and macro
? ... explain interdependencies and interfaces to the individual expert fields and related
fields
Application of knowledge and understanding
? ... analyze concrete business issues on the basis of theoretical knowledge in practice
? ... analyze developments at the macro level (institutional questions) and to derive the
action for practice
? ... outline possible solutions based on theoretical considerations for practice.
Ability to make judgments
? ... evaluate possible solutions based on theoretical considerations and its impact on
practice
? ... clearly define their skills and include network partners and subject matter experts
for solution development
Communication skills
? ... present knowledge and solutions in a customizable way and present acquired
knowledge and developed solutions in appropriate language and form
? ... talk with network partners and specialists
? ... provide technically sound and theoretically justified feedback and discuss issues
Self-learning skills
? ... maintain methodical and technical knowledge constantly a-jour
? ... develop a willingness to engage constructively and theoretically deal sound with the
150
challenges of modern banking in the international and national context
? ... reflect their own situation and the situation of the industry
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
? Financial Instruments & Portfolio Management: financial instruments, portfolio
construction
? Statistics / Quantitative Methods: Fundamentals of statistical and econometric analysis
of research questions
? Wealth Management & Compliance: business models in Wealth Management, legal
and regulatory framework of business activities
? Corporate Finance & Risk Management: Principles of Corporate Finance, Risk
Management of Banks
? Bank Management: bank management, accounting of banks
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Basically, there is no presence obligation (self-responsibility). However, individual events
can be declared as such with attendance requirement. We apply the same absence
regulation as at final module examinations. Failure to comply results in the non-admission
to the final module examination and thus to the failing of the module.
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 72 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
151
Others: individual
portfolio
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 0.666 Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s) 0.333
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Bienert & Ziegler (in the current edition): Swiss Banking Management. Compendio
- Mishkin (in the current edition): The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial
Markets. Pearson (in extracts)
- Casu/Girardone/Molyneux (in the current edition): Introduction to Banking. PrenticeHall (in
extracts)
Recommended Reading -Meier, H.B., Marthinsen, J .E., Gantenbein, P.A. (2013): Swiss Finance. Capital Markets,
Banking, and the Swiss Value Chain. Kolb Series in Finance, Hoboken: Wiley
Comments
152
Legal English 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2LE1-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Carrie Wollscheid ([email protected])
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Rhi J ones ([email protected])
Prerequisite Knowledge Evidence of English language competence at B2 level of the Common European
Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), e.g.:
? Baccalaureate (Matura) or vocational baccalaureate (Berufsmatura), including
English
? Cambridge First Certificate in English, Grade B or C
? Cambridge BEC Vantage, Grade B or C
? TOEFL: IBT >54 points, CBT >157 points, paper-based >480 points
? BULATS: taken at a certified center; B2 level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To develop a broad knowledge base in current and internationally-oriented business
law through language analysis of legal issues
? To acquire fundamental language knowledge of legal English with its productive and
receptive skills by focusing on basic legal terminology
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business contexts
(application of legal terminology)
? To be able to analyze issues of business law in organizations and public
administrations and to respond to those successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully, make
153
correct judgments, and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making, act responsibly, and be able to justify an
approach and results using appropriate arguments
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English at a B2+level
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and to various target
groups
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To develop effective self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow
students to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on
teacher feedback
Primary Module Aim The students have a fundamental vocabulary of legal topics and use it competently. They
gain insight into certain areas of the law and give oral presentations on a legal topic related
to them. These presentations are discussed and evaluated by the other students. In
addition, students read, discuss, and analyze a variety of texts, including authentic articles
on current legal cases. They write a clear, well-structured paragraph summarizing the facts
of a legal case. After completing the module, the students’ English language skills are at
Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) B2+level.
Module Content ? Key vocabulary of legal and business English; specific topics; texts on basic
concepts of the focus legal areas
? Topical articles on main topic areas
? Structure and design of an oral presentation
? Structure and design of a paragraph summarizing the facts of a case
? Revision of basic grammatical structures
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? acquire a basic legal and business vocabulary.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? use the acquired vocabulary correctly and appropriately.
Ability to make judgments
? deal with authentic texts on legal and business topics.
Communication skills
? express themselves effectively at B2+level of the CEFR.
? write a clear, well-structured paragraph on the facts of a legal case.
? give a well-structured, informative 5-minute presentation on a legal or business law
topic.
Self-learning skills
? identify and study usage of key vocabulary items.
? develop personal learning strategies to master the topics covered in the course.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2StR-BL.XX Criminal Law 1
w.BA.XX.2OR-BL.XX Civil Law 1
w.BA.XX.2IPPL-BL.XX Comparative Law
w.BA.XX.2SVR-BL.XX Swiss Constitutional Law
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
154
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
For Compulsory Tasks only (otherwise attendance is recommended)
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Compulsory tasks:
CT1: writing
CT2: presentation
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
155
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Introduction to International Legal English by Amy Krois-Lindner, Matt Firth and TransLegal
(CUP).
Business Grammar Builder, 2nd edition, by Paul Emmerson (Macmillan)
Self-study materials: Moodle, Legal English Online (http://www.translegal.com/)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
156
Legal English 2
Module Code w.BA.XX.2LE2-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Naomi Sikorski ([email protected])
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Nico Spahni ([email protected])
Prerequisite Knowledge ? University admission (higher vocational diploma/Berufsmatur or Swiss federal
school leaving diploma/Matura including English) OR
? Cambridge First Certificate in English, Grade B or Grade C, OR
? Cambridge BEC Vantage, Grade B or Grade C, OR
? TOEFL: IBT - over 54 points, CBT - over 157 points, paper-based - over 480
points
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To develop a broad knowledge base in current and internationally-oriented business
law through language analysis of legal issues (see links to other modules)
? To acquire fundamental language knowledge of legal English with its productive and
receptive skills by focusing on basic legal terminology
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business contexts
(application of legal terminology)
? To be able to analyze issues of business law in organizations and public
administrations and to respond to those successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully, make
correct judgments, and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making, act responsibly, and be able to justify an
approach and results using appropriate arguments
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English at a B2++level
157
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and to various target
groups
Self-Learning Skills (high)
To develop effective self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow
students to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on
teacher feedback
Primary Module Aim Students acquire a more extensive knowledge of the language of international law and, at
the same time, of related concepts of business law (see links to other modules). Using the
knowledge acquired in the first semester, students expand their vocabulary and their
knowledge of grammar. They read, discuss, and analyze texts on various legal and
business concepts. They produce e-mails to clients explaining aspects of a legal case and
making recommendations.
After completing the module, students’ English language skills will be at Common European
Framework of Reference (CEFR) B2++level.
Module Content ? Clarification of basic principles and terminology of specific legal topics (see links to
other modules)
? Development of business law vocabulary, set expressions, and collocations
? Development of reading skills through current texts on related legal topics
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly e-mails of advice
? Revision and practice of core grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through pair and group discussion on topics
related to business law
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? understand the key aspects of Anglo-American contract law, employment law, litigation
and arbitration, and international law
? understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews
delivered at a natural speed
Application of knowledge and understanding
? read and understand standard contract clauses and use plain English to explain their
content
? apply their business law vocabulary confidently and appropriately
? discuss basic facts and issues of legal cases as presented through written articles
Ability to make judgments
? read and understand articles which are related to business law topics
? identify and agree on similarities and differences between two articles on legal cases
during discussions
Communication skills
? apply the terminology that is typical for these legal fields and use it confidently
? write legal e-mails of advice to a client
Self-learning skills
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2RGPR-BL.XX Contract Law
w.BA.XX.2IPPL-BL.XX International Law
w.BA.XX.2ASVR-BL.XX Employment Law
w.BA.XX.2ZPR-BL.XX Litigation and Arbitration
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
158
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
For compulsory tasks only (otherwise attendance is recommended)
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Compulsory tasks:
CT1: e-mail
CT2: oral task
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
159
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Introduction to International Legal English by Amy Krois-Lindner, Matt Firth and TransLegal
(CUP).
Business Grammar Builder, 2nd edition, by Paul Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
160
Legal English Advanced 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2LEA1-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit CMML
Module Coordinator Nico Spahni (shnc)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Adam Thomas (thom)
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2LE1-BL.XX and w.BA.XX.2LE2-BL.XX
(CEF B2++)
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To further develop a knowledge base in current and internationally oriented business
law through language analysis of legal issues (see links to other modules)
? To acquire language knowledge of legal English with its productive and receptive skills
by processing advanced academic texts on legal topics
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and legal communication skills in specific contexts (advanced
application of legal terminology)
? To be able to analyze issues of business law in organizations and public
administrations and to respond to those successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply their communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully,
make correct judgments and adjust communication by paying particular attention to
successful argumentation to a defined target audience
? To demonstrate responsible decision making, act responsibly and be able to justify their
approach
Communication skills (high)
? To develop their communication skills in English at a C1/C1+level
? To be able to communicate successfully to peer and professional target groups and in
different situations
161
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To develop their self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow
students to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on
teacher and peer feedback
Primary Module Aim The students
Acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the language of Private and Public
International Law, including comparison with Swiss law.
Develop the active and passive use of international legal language in connection with the
above.
Module Content ? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court
decisions and other legal sources
? development of legal writing skills
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-
authentic audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Knowledge and understanding
? understand specific legal concepts and terms
Application of knowledge and understanding
? read and interpret academic texts on legal topics (see links to other modules)
Ability to make judgments
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
Communication skills
? write texts in a legal context
? participate actively in discussions regarding various topics
Self-learning skills
? develop learning strategies how to interpret complex academic texts on topics of
course (see links to other modules)
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2PPIL-BL.XX Public and Private International Law
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Attendance is highly recommended, but required for all compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction Guided Self-Study Autonomous Self-Study
162
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 26 h 36 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) (50%) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
Tasks
CT1: Oral task (25%)
CT2: Writing task (25%)
1
1
10min
60min
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 50% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others: Compulsory Tasks 2x 25%
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
163
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Will be on Moodle organized by week
Self-study materials: Moodle
Recommended Reading Will be specified on moodle
Comments
164
Luxury Goods Management
Module description Luxury Goods Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1LGM-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week)
3 2
Organizational unit International Business
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Cary Steinmann
Deputy
Prerequisites Advanced Business English 1 and 2
Aims Objective: Luxury Goods Management requires specific knowledge and the marketing of
luxury products differs from the standard techniques that are used to market similar
products for a different target segment. The module “Luxury Goods Management”
provides the students with the basic and essential industry-specific knowledge needed to
understand and develop successful luxury strategies.
Learning goals
32
The students
? become familiar with the luxury goods sector
? learn about the significance of luxury for culture, society, and the economy
? get to know the different luxury consumer markets and their most important features
and stakeholders
? grasp the principles of successful marketing strategies in the luxury market
? understand the buying behavior and expectations of luxury goods customers
? understand the strategic challenges of the international luxury industry and use that
knowledge to develop product and market strategies
Learning content ? Basis of the luxury industry (definition, history)
? The luxury consumer (cultural aspects, international differences)
? Important players and sectors in the luxury goods industry
? Insight into essential business areas of luxury goods management (product
management, distribution/retail, marketing & communication, etc.) with a strong
international focus
? Legal aspects (patents, trademark protection, counterfeit)
? Trends in the luxury industry such as E-Commerce, digital marketing, sustainability
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
165
Consumer Behavior and Communication
International Business
Market Research and Marketing
Controlling
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 10.5 40
Seminar/exercises 10.5 29
Practical work
Total 21 29 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) (70%) 15-20
1 Written paper(s) (30%)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Literature according to semester plan
Kapferer, J .-N. / Bastien, V. (2012) The Luxury Strategy, 2nd edition, Kogan Page Limited
Additional literature
? Wiedmann, K.-P. / Hennigs, N. (2013) Luxury Marketing, Springer Gabler, Wiesbaden
? Chevalier, M. / Mazzalovo, G. (2012) Luxury Brand Management, 2nd edition, J ohn
Wiley & Sons, Singapore
? Chevalier, M. / Gutsatz, M. (2012) Luxury Retail Management, J ohn Wiley & Sons,
Singapore
? Lent, R. / Tour, G. (2009) Selling Luxury, J ohn Wiley & Sons, Hoboken
? Kotler, P. / Keller, K.L. / Brady, M. / Goodman, M. / Hansen, T. (2012) Marketing
Management, 2nd edition, Person Publication Limited, Harlow
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
166
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
12. Communicative competence (CC)
13. Leadership competence (LC)
14. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
15. Ethical competence (EC)
167
Management Accounting and Financial Management
Module Code w.BA.XX.2MAcc-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Accounting and Controlling (FAC)
Module Coordinator Niccole J ordan, lerh
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Oliver Vögele, voeg
Prerequisite Knowledge Financial Accounting and Financial Analysis (w.BA.XX.2FinAcc.XX)
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgments, Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? Understanding the differences in management, financial and cost accounting.
? Learning and understanding the concept of cost allocation in the various costing
systems.
? Understanding costing and pricing within various timespans.
? Learning the time value of money and understanding capital budgeting.
? Understanding an in-depth variance analysis.
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? Constructing and allocating costs according to the various costing systems.
? Performing break-even analysis based on differing timespans.
? Perform a detailed variance analysis.
Ability to make judgments (middle)
? Differentiate between costing systems and recognizing their respective advantages
and disadvantages.
? Perform budget analysis.
? Develop decision-making skills in capital investing.
Communication skills (middle)
? Ability to communicate the acquired knowledge.
Self-learning skills (high)
? Ability to solve independently simple to complex management accounting problems.
? Ability to apply acquired knowledge in an accounting setting.
Primary Module Aim Students strengthen the foundations of management accounting and learn the concepts of
controlling. They are able to put the findings into a higher-level context. They recognize that
168
management accounting is an important management tool and are able to apply their
knowledge to case studies.
Module Content
- The accountant’s role in the organization
- An introduction to cost terms and purposes
- J ob-costing systems
- Process-costing systems
- Cost allocation
- Income effects of alternative stock-costing method
- Cost-volume-profit relationships
- Activity-based costing
- Pricing, target costing and customer profitability analysis
- Capital investment decisions
- Flexible budgets, variances and management control
- Control systems and performance measurement
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students can…
Knowledge and understanding
? differentiate between management, financial and cost accounting.
? distinguish between direct and indirect, variable and fixed costs.
? perform calculations (weighted average method, first-in, first-out method) and
understand process-costing systems, also in terms of standard costs.
? explain how cost allocation functions and differentiate between budgeted versus actual
allocation rates.
? compare activity-based costing and department-costing systems.
? understand costing and pricing in the short and long run.
? understand the time value of money concept and opportunity costs in terms of capital
budgeting.
? describe and illustrate a static and flexible budget, as well as analyze variances.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? describe and understand the concept of costing systems, especially normal costing.
? construct income statements according to standard absorption and variable costing.
? calculate the breakeven point and explain the relationship between operating and net
profit.
? calculate and understand discounted cash-flow methods.
? explain variable- and fixed overhead costs.
? understand and calculate the return on investment and EVA method, as well as
distinguish between financial and non-financial performance measures.
Ability to make judgments
? differentiate between costing systems and recognizing their respective advantages and
disadvantages.
? perform a detailed budget analysis.
? develop decision making skills in capital investing.
Communication skills (middle)
? communicate the acquired knowledge.
Self-learning skills (high)
? independently solve simple to complex management accounting problems.
? apply acquired knowledge in an accounting setting.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: w.BA.XX.1VWL1.XX Content: Concept of Micro-economics (supply & demand,
pricing)
Module: w.BA.XX.2FinAcc.XX Content : Concept of Accounting (internal / external
approach, booking sentences, valuation)
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction Guided Self-Study
169
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h 70 h 27 h
Small Class 28 h h 27 h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 70 h 54 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 min. Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
170
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Bhimani, A., Horngren C., Datar S., Rajan, M. (2015). Management and Cost
Accounting. 6
th
Edition, Italy: Pearson Education Limited.
Recommended Reading - Meyer, B., Fehr, M., Passardi, M. (2010). Management Accounting – A practice-based
introduction. 2. Auflage. Zürich: Schulthess.
- International Group of Controlling (Hrsg.) (2010). Dictionary for Controllers. 4. Auflage.
Stuttgart: Schäfer-Poeschel.
Comments
171
Management Consulting
Module description Management Consulting_as_a_Profession
Module code w.BA.XX.1MC.XX.
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Kerstin Pichel (piet)
Deputy Gunther Kucza (kuca)
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management (w.1PrSTM)
Advanced Strategic Management (w.1ASM)
Aims Students get to know appeal and challenge of management consulting (mc). The
information about management consulting that is taught is reflected in cases and
discussions with consultants and clients. Topics are for example: mainstreams of
management consulting, processes in mc, roles and competencies in mc.
The combination of general information-input and specific discussion-insights enables
students to develop recommendations for the selection and assignment of management
consultants
Learning goals
33
Students
? Transfer their knowledge about strategic changes to topics of management
consulting and equivalent approaches of mc.
(FW, PHK, PAK,RUK, KI, EK)
? Identify and describe strategic positions of consulting companies,
(FW, PHK, PAK,RUK, KI, EK)
? Transfer the mc information to cases and discussions with consultants and
customers,
(FW, PHK, WK, PAK,RUK, SSK,KI, KK, FK)
? Present their findings and ongoing interpretations in a consultancy-like way
(FW, PHK, WK, PAK,RUK, SSK,KI, KK, FK)
172
Learning content ? Swiss consultancy industry
? typical consultancy approaches and well known consultancy companies
? Consultancy-processes and new mainstreams
? Consultancy-roles, -hierarchies and their challenges
? Consultancy-marketing and some tips
? Working on cases concerning topics above
? Conducting precise discussions with consultants and clients
? Presenting striking findings
? valuable contributions in discussions
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Principles of Strategic Management
(w.1PrSTM)
Advanced Strategic Management
w.1ASM
Strategy processes/portfolio management
g
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises 32 30
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
1 Other(s): valuable contribution
Language of instruction German
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Script
various scientific or semi-scientific articles published on moodle
173
Additional literature
Dietmar Fink, Bianca Knoblach: Die großen Management Consultants: Ihre Geschichte,
ihre Konzepte, ihre Strategien. Verlag Vahlen, München 2003.
Niedereichholz, C.: Unternehmensberatung, Band 1, 4. Aufl. (Oldenbourg) München 2004
Wohlgemuth, André C.; Gfrörer, Roger (Hrsg.): Management Consulting: Perspektiven am
Puls des Wandels. Zürich: VerlagNeue Zürcher Zeitung (NZZ Libro). 2008. S. 17-46
DeWayne J . Kurpius, Dale R. Fuqua, and Thaddeus Rozecki (1993): The consulting
process A multidimensional approach, Vol 71(6), J ul-Aug 1993, 601-606
NORA J ACOBSON, DALE BUTTERILL,and PAULA GOERING (2005): Consulting as a
Strategy for Knowledge Transfer, The Milbank Quarterly, Vol. 83, No. 2, 2005 (pp. 299–
321)
Steven H. Appelbaum, Anthony J . Steed The critical success factors in the client-
consulting relationship, J ournal of Management Development Vol. 24 No. 1, 2005, pp.
68-93
J osef Kramer, Falko von Ameln & Heike Stark: Hidden Agendas in Beratungs- und
Veränderungsprozessen, Gruppendynamik und Organisationsberatung, 38. J ahrg., Heft
3, S. 234-246
Diverse Internetseiten
Remarks
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Management of an Insurance Company
Module description Management of an Insurance Company
Module code w.BA.XX.1MVU.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Risk and Insurance (CRI)
Module responsibility Daniel Greber (greb)
Deputy Angela Zeier (zeie)
Prerequisites All previous modules of the CRI major
Aims The students will get an overview of the most important elements and processes to
successfully manage an insurance company, including internal and external influencing
factors.
Learning goals
34
The students
? know the important aspects of managing an insurance company (SPK, PC, CI, LC)
? recognize how an insurance company can position itself successfully (PC; PAC,
REC)
? develop innovative business models (SPK, PC, PAC, REC, SSC)
? understand the challenges for insurers to implement strategies (PC, CI)
? recognize, why and how an insurance company communicates with its external
stakeholders (SPK, PC, SSC, CC)
? understand how insurers manage risk (SPK, PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Strategic Management: General Management Navigator®
? Positioning: Development of strategic options
? Business models and innovation
? Value Creation and implementation
? Leadership and change
? Management by objectives
? Governance and risk management
? PR / Communication
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.1RI.XX
w.BA.XX.1BWL1.XX
w.BA.XX.1FinAcc.XX
Risk management
Basic knowledge
Basic knowledge
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
9. Group work
175
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS (56h) 56h 68h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 56h 68h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 min
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature ? Müller-Stewens / Lechner (2011): Strategisches Management – Wie strategische
Initiativen zum Wandel führen (4. Auflage). Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking 7 multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
176
Managing People in an International Context
Module Code w.BA.XX.1MGP-IM.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.5.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department of International Business
Module Coordinator Monika Rohrer
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Siliva Alig Boesch
Prerequisite Knowledge
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Develop students’ understanding of the role and tasks of human resource
management in organizations and emphasize the link between corporate strategy and
the choices made in management of human resources.
? Enable students to identify factors which impact on developing and implementing
effective and consistent people management policies and practices.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (Medium)
? Apply theories models and concepts of human resource management to people
management problems in international business environments.
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? Make independent judgements on people management issues in an organization in an
international setting, supporting recommendations with sound evidence.
Communication Skills (Low)
? Present acquired knowledge in a written form.
177
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Promote independent learning through guided and autonomous self-study.
Primary Module Aim The students are better able to contribute to ability of their organizations to effectively hire,
deploy, retain, develop, and motivate and manage the people to achieve business
objectives regardless of geographical boundaries.
Module Content Definition and Role of Human Resource Management
Linking Corporate Strategy and Human Resource Management
International Human Resource Management
•Global Staffing
•Performance Management
•Developing People
•Total Reward
•Managing and being on an International Assignments
Organizational Behavior
•Leadership and Influence
•Perception, Learning, Communication
•Motivation and Retention
•Working in and with Teams
•Change Management
Integrative Case
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
After completing this module, students will be able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
•…explain the role and tasks of human resource management in organizations.
•…demonstrate the link between corporate strategy and the choices made in
management of human resources.
•…identify factors which impact on developing and implementing effective and
consistent people management policies and practices.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … apply theories models and concepts of human resource management to people
management problems in international business environments.
Ability to Make Judgments
? … evaluate and assess people management issues in organizations in international
settings, supporting recommendations with sound evidence.
Communication Skills
•…present acquired knowledge in a written form, clearly articulating arguments and
presenting supporting information.
Self-Learning Skills
… set goals by selecting, managing and assessing their own learning activities in
guided and autonomous self-study.
178
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
International Business & Management
International Strategic Management
Corporate Culture & Crosscultural
Management
International Environment of Business
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility
Value chain, management in
organizations
Strategic role of HRM, organizing for
international success; elements of
strategic management in organizations
Cross-cultural competence and theory;
Impact of culture on business and
management
Political and socio-economic analysis
Globalization, internationalization,
transnationalization
Ethical issues of managing of people;
international regulations and policies on
corruption, labour practices, etc.
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
179
Market Research, Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness
Module description Market Research, Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness
Module code w.BA.XX.1MaFEE-PIE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for Marketing Management (IMM)
Module responsibility Bettina Beurer-Züllig (beur)
Deputy Steffen Müller (muef)
Prerequisites Required mandatory and elective modules
Aims Students get to know the methods and applications of market research. After completing
this module, they can develop appropriate study designs for different information needs
that companies have and can apply and evaluate basic quantitative and qualitative
methods. Moreover, students learn how to leverage market research to control the
efficiency and effectiveness of marketing activities. Also, they are prepared to write an
empirical Bachelor thesis.
Learning goals
35
Students should …
? … know the methods of primary and secondary research (SPK, SC)
? … be able to develop appropriate study designs and questionnaires (SPK, SC, PAC)
? … be able to conduct representative surveys (SPK, PC, SC)
? … be able to analyse data with univariate and bivariate statistical methods and to
… present results in a practice-oriented way (SPK, SC, CC)
? … know what kind of multivariate statistical methods exist (SPK, SC)
? … be able to apply customer satisfaction, customer value and brand image controlling
… (SPK, PC, CI)
? … know trends and limitations of market research (CI, EC)
Learning content ? Market research process
? Primary and secondary research
? Representative surveys and questionnaire design
? Experiments
? Univariate and bivariate (correlation coefficients, cross-tabs) statistical methods
? Multivariate statistical methods (overview)
? Guest lecture on the market research industry and on working in market research
? Measuring and controlling customer satisfaction and customer value
? Measuring and controlling brand image
? Online and mobile market research
180
? Competitive intelligence
? Trends and ethical aspects in market research
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
? Consumer Behavior and
Communications
? Strategic Management
? Marketing
? Statistics
? Typology of customers, perception of
customers
? Business and competitive strategies
? Marketing mix
? Numerical measures to describe data,
hypothesis tests, relationships between
variables
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
guided self-study
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
10. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 58
Seminar/exercises 28 8 58
Practical work
Total 56 8 116
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script (required reading) with selected chapters from English textbooks (to
be defined)
Additional literature Additional articles will be provided where needed
Remarks The written exam counts for 70% of the final grade. Another 30% are based on group
work in the exercise course, which is about conducting a market research project incl.
presentation of results.
181
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
182
Marketing
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Mark-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Institut für Marketing Management, Abteilung General Management
Module Coordinator Helen Vogt (vogh)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Martina Rauch (raum)
Prerequisite Knowledge Program entry requirements
Relevant Program
Objectives
Students gain basic knowledge of marketing and are able to utilize current methods and
concepts. They are able to compile, evaluate and interpret marketing-relevant information.
They are able to develop marketing concepts and participate actively in marketing projects.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding
? High - Understand basic principles, concepts and processes in marketing
Application of knowledge and understanding
? High - Develop solution-oriented and practical marketing concepts (goals, strategy,
measures) on the basis of systematic market data
Ability to make judgments
? Medium - Evaluate marketing strategies and choose best alternative
Communication skills
? Medium - Explain marketing concepts and strategies to internal and external
stakeholders
Self-learning skills
? High - Convert learnings in order to solve challenges in their own professional
environment and enhance personal skills
Primary Module Aim The module aims to:
? introduce students to the key concepts and principles of marketing
? give students a solid theoretical and practical foundation in marketing, including
the latest theories, models and concepts as well as “best practices” in this field.
? enable students to compile, evaluate and interpret marketing-relevant information
? introduce students to marketing planning, implementation and controlling
Module Content The module explores key marketing concepts and shows how they apply to today’s
business practices. The course covers the essential knowledge and techniques managers
183
need to compete successfully, whether in large companies or small businesses, profit-
oriented firms or not-for-profit organizations. Topics include customer-oriented marketing
strategies, buyers and markets, target market selection, and the marketing variables of
products and services, price, promotion, and distribution. Quite a few case studies, practical
examples and guest lectures from practitioners feature in the course.
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? explain the role of marketing in an organization
? identify the appropriate marketing mix elements for the target market
? describe the interactions and synergies of the various marketing tools
Application of knowledge and understanding
? define and construct a problem-oriented and practical marketing plan
(goals/strategy/measures) on the basis of systematically gathered information about
the target market
? demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which a company’s marketing activities
can be implemented, monitored and controlled
Ability to make judgments
? compile, evaluate and interpret marketing-relevant information
Communication skills
? communicate in a concise and logical manner – through regular group presentations
Self-learning skills
? work on their own and in groups on assignments and after-class readings
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
? International Business and Management
? Strategic Management
? Intermediate marketing
? Advanced level marketing electives
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
80% Attendance
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h 8 h
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 8 h 116 h
184
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 20 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s) 25%
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify): Recommended additional readings
Compulsory Reading Kotler, Philip and Armstrong, Gary (2013), Principles of Marketing, Global Edition.
15th Edition. 2013. Pearson.
Recommended Reading Readings put on Moodle or distributed in class
Comments
185
Mathematics 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Math1-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations 2009 of 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective module
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main Study Period
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Beat Scherrer, scee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
J ohannes Becker, bece
Prerequisite
Knowledge
Mathematical knowledge at the level of the commercial vocational baccalaureate
Program Objectives
(relevant to module)
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module provides students with the foundations of mathematics expected of
graduates of Business Administration as well as a solid understanding of specialized
literature.
? The module provides students with the foundations of mathematics they need in order
to understand modern concepts of economic studies.
? The module is the basis for the advanced study of empirical methods, such as in
statistics.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module delivers the mathematical skills essential in applying the quantitative
analysis and problem-solving procedures of business administration, such as in
procurement and production, in marketing, and in the financial sector.
? The module promotes students' ability to develop models and abstract constructs.
Thus it makes an important contribution towards the integration of the program's
different subject areas.
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? The module provides the basis for understanding quantitative analyses, interpreting
results, and critically evaluating results and methodology.
Communication Skills (Medium)
? The module provides students with the foundations of mathematics necessary for
communicating with specialists in the business world as well as with scientists,
186
engineers, technologists, etc.
? The module develops students' ability to express themselves in an organized and
logical manner and enables them to discuss abstract subject matters clearly and
effectively.
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? The module teaches students to acquire knowledge and methods independently and to
understand specialized literature.
Primary Module Aim Students know, understand, and use the basic mathematical instruments of analysis in
subject areas like sequences and series, financial mathematics, functions, and differential
calculus. They are able to apply these instruments in formalizing, modeling, and solving
quantitative problems of business administration and economics.
Module Content ? Sets, intervals
? Summation notation
? Sequences, in particular geometric sequences and their role in financial mathematics
? Limiting values
? Series
? Summation formulas for arithmetic and geometric series
? Compound interest, simple and compound interest
? Pensions and perpetuities
? Functions, definition set, and image
? Characteristics of functions, operations on functions, in particular linking of functions
and inverse functions
? Linear functions, polynomials, rational functions, root functions, exponential and
logarithm function
? Euler's number, exponential function, natural logarithm
? Constant interest rate
? Economic applications of the concept of function, in particular of the cost function and
its characteristics
? Continuity
? Introduction to differential calculus: Difference quotient and differential quotient
? Sum rule
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students…
Knowledge and Understanding
? … explain the terms "set" and "sequence" and list and explain important application
examples
? … explain the term "limiting value"
? … explain the term "series" both generally as in the example of the geometric series
They can apply the sum formula for the geometric series
? … explain the financial-mathematical application of series
? … explain the terms "pension" and "perpetuity" and use them in practical examples
? … define the concept of function
? … explain important characteristics of functions, in particular concavity, convexity, and
monotony
? … explain the significance of reversibility and the inverse function
? … explain and apply composite functions
? … define and visualize special types of functions (linear functions, polynomials, rational
functions, root functions, logarithm functions, and exponential functions) and recognize
them from graphs
? … explain logarithms and list and explain examples of applications
? … explain the meaning of Euler's number, exponential function, and natural logarithm
and their interrelationships.
? … explain a cost function as well as its characteristic flow and its characteristics
? … describe other important economic fields of application of the concept of function In
particular, students can define the terms "production function" and "demand function”
187
and explain the relationship between the production and the cost function.
? … explain the term "constant interest rate" use it in an example
? … explain the term "continuity" and explain its relationship with the term "limiting value"
? … explain and interpret the term "derivative"
? … quote and apply the factor and the sum rules. They are able to interpret the content
of the sum rule
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … read and write down mathematical statements using formal notation
? … state the limiting values of sequences and describe the characteristics of sequences
? … calculate the value of arithmetic and geometric series
? … apply the content delivered in the area of financial mathematics in the context of
simple practical examples
? … examine functions to determine their characteristics
? … carry out algebraic reformulations and calculations in the context of the function
types covered in the module and visualize the process
? … effectively apply the concept of function in the context of economic examples
? … apply the logarithmic rules
? … differentiate polynomials and determine the differential of simple functions using the
differential quotient
Ability to Make Judgments
? … evaluate the possibilities and limitations of a formal model
Communication Skills
? … produce logically correct arguments and explain mathematical solution approaches
effectively, in writing as well as orally.
Self-Learning Skills
? … independently examine and analyze whether the path they take to arrive at a
solution is correct by following different procedures and verifying them against each
other
? … acquire abstract and mathematical knowledge independently using appropriate
sources
? … identify and fill gaps in their own knowledge
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following modules:
Module: Content:
Mathematics 2 All topics mentioned above, in particular the concept of
function, special functions, and differential calculus
Statistics Summation notation, the concept of function, special
functions, differential calculus
Marketing Demand function, economic applications of functions
Management Accounting Interest rates, linear functions, polynomials, exponential
function, and differential calculus
Operation & Process Mgt Concept of function, polynomials, differential calculus
Macro-/Microeconomics Sums, concept of function, special functions, economic
applications of functions, differential quotient, and differential
calculus
Quantitative Methods all topics mentioned above
Fin. Instr. & Portf. Theory Series, interest rates, concept of function, special functions,
differential calculus
Act. Investment Mgt Series, interest rates, concept of function, special functions,
differential calculus
Corp. Fin. & Risk Mgt Series, interest rates, concept of function, special functions,
differential calculus
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lecture
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group project(s)
188
Presentation
Group project(s)
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Attendance not compulsory, but highly recommended
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h
Small Class 14 h 16 h 32 h
Group Instruction
Practical Work
Seminar
Total 42 h 16 h 32 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources (according to the guidelines on the use of examination
aids/resources ("Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse")
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
189
Others: Formulary (to be issued with the exam paper; students may not bring their
own copies)
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Course Materials Lecture slides
Script
Electronic Resources
Others: Formulary
Compulsory Reading - Becker, J ohannes; Hobein, Günter A.; J ud, Markus; Scherrer, Beat; Sickinger,
Wolfgang; Stahl, Michael (2015): Mathematics 1 for Business. Theory and Worked
Examples. ZHAW School of Management and Law, Winterthur.
- Becker, J ohannes; Hobein, Günter A.; J ud, Markus; Scherrer, Beat; Sickinger,
Wolfgang; Stahl, Michael (2015): Mathematics 1 for Business. Exercises and Solutions.
ZHAW School of Management and Law, Winterthur.
Both texts will be provided in the first lecture.
Recommended Reading - Purkert, Walter (2011): Brückenkurs Mathematik für Wirtschaftswissenschaftler.
7th edition. Wiesbaden: Vieweg+Teubner.
- Tietze, J ürgen (2013): Einführung in die angewandte Wirtschaftsmathematik.
17th edition. Wiesbaden: Springer Spektrum.
Comments A refresher course covering the mathematics curriculum of the vocational baccalaureate is
offered in August and September. A self-assessment test to assess your level of
mathematical knowledge is available online.
190
Mathematics 2
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Mathe2.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Prof. Günter A. Hobein, hogu
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Dr. J ohannes Becker, bece
Prerequisite Knowledge Mathematics 1
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module conveys the basic mathematic knowledge expected of a university
graduate and required to understand the relevant literature.
? The module conveys the basic mathematic knowledge required to understand modern
concepts of economics.
? The module is the basis for advanced topics of empirical methodology, e.g. statistics.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module conveys the basic mathematic knowledge essential for the application of
quantitative analysis and problem-solving procedures of business administration, such
as in procurement and production, marketing, and finance.
? The module conveys the ability to develop models and abstract concepts. Thus it
makes an important contribution to the integration of different study areas.
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? The module forms the basis for the ability to understand quantitative analysis, interpret
findings, and critically assess results and methodology.
Communicative Skills (Medium)
? The module conveys basic mathematical knowledge needed to communicate
effectively with experts in other disciplines (science, natural science, and technology).
? The module enables students to acquire the ability to express themselves logically and
concisely, and to present abstract subject matter adequately and effectively.
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? The module enables students to acquire new knowledge and methods independently
and to understand the relevant literature.
191
Primary Module Aim Students know, understand, and master the basic set of tools of mathematical analysis in
the area of differentiation and integration. They can apply this set of tools in formalizing,
modelling, and solving quantitative problems of business administration and economics.
Module Content ? Tangent as approximation
? Product, quotient, and chain rule
? Differentiation of exponential and logarithmic functions
? Monotonicity, curvature, extrema, and inflection point
? Determination of the equation of a function from given conditions
? Interpretation of the derivative as a marginal value
? Elasticities, their significance, and their application
? Theory of cost function, revenue and profit maximization
? Foundations of the differentiation of functions of several variables
? Definite and indefinite integral
? Elementary rules of integration
? Integral as area
? Economic application: consumer and producer rent
? Separable differential equations and their economic applications
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
• … define and explain the significance of the terms “tangent” and “slope”.
• … indicate the derivation of the basic types of function.
• … name the main rules of derivation.
• … explain the difference between monotonicity and curvature and the derivation
functions. They can explain extrema and inflection points and interpret these terms
geometrically.
• … explain the concept of derivation and interpret it as approximation as well as in
terms of a marginal value (sensitivity).
• … interpret elasticity both mathematically as well as in terms of its application.
• … explain a cost function, its characteristics, and the terms “marginal costs”,
“operational optimum”, and “operational minimum”. They can name other economically
relevant functions and interpret their characteristics. They can explain the meaning of
derivation in an economic context.
• … explain price formation in a monopolistic and a polypolistic market as well as
revenue and profit maximization of vendors in such markets.
• … explain partial derivatives and interpret them geometrically.
• … explain the interrelationship between differentiation and integration.
• … interpret the definite integral as area.
• … explain the economic significance of producer and consumer rent.
• … explain the term “separable differential equation” and provide examples.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
• … apply the derivation rules.
• … examine functions in terms of monotonicity, curvature, extrema and inflection
point.
• … create a function equation from set conditions.
• … calculate elasticities.
• … apply derivation and elasticity to estimate absolute and relative changes.
• … calculate partial derivations; they can use partial derivations to calculate
extrema of the functions of several variables.
• … determine the indefinite integral of simple functions.
• … calculate a surface area using the definite integral.
• … calculate consumer and producer rent.
• … solve separable differential equations using the technique of the “separation of
variables”.
Ability to Make Judgments
192
• … evaluate the possibilities and limitations of a formal model.
• … make estimates using approximation procedures and use them to make
plausibility considerations.
Communication Skills
• … use logically correct arguments and effectively explain formal mathematical
solution approaches both orally as well as in writing.
Self-Learning Skills
• … independently study abstract and mathematical topics using suitable academic
literature.
• ... be proactive in identifying and closing knowledge gaps.
Links to Other Modules The module has links to the following other models:
Module: Details:
Mathematics 1 all of “Mathematics“ 1, in particular the function, special
functions, and differentials
Statistics Differentiation and integration, area calculation
Macro-/Microeconom. All areas listed above, in particular marginal values, elasticity,
producer and consumer rent, monotonicity and curvature,
extrema
Mgmt. Acc. & Fin. Mgmt. Differentiation
Operations & Processes Differentiation, extrema
Quantitative Methods All areas listed above
Fin.Instr. & Portfolio Theor. Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Act. Investment Mgmt. Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Corp. Fin. & Risk Mgmt. Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Corp. Fin. & Valuation Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Intr. Risk & Insurance Differentiation, integration
R&I: Product Mgmt. Differentiation, integration
R&I: Claims Mgmt. Differentiation, integration
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h
Small Class 14 h 16 h 32 h
Group Instruction
Practical Work
Seminar
193
Total 42 h 16 h 32 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Hobein, Günter A.; Renfer, Fritz; Scherrer, Beat; Stahl, Michael (2014):
Wirtschaftsmathematik 2: Theorie und Beispiele. Zürich: Compendio.
- Hobein, Günter A.; Renfer, Fritz; Scherrer, Beat; Stahl, Michael (2014):
Wirtschaftsmathematik 2: Übungen mit Lösungen. Zürich: Compendio.
Recommended Reading - Purkert, Walter (2011): Brückenkurs Mathematik für Wirtschaftswissenschaftler. 7th ed.
Wiesbaden: Vieweg+Teubner.
- Tietze, J ürgen (2013): Einführung in die angewandte Wirtschaftsmathematik. 17th ed.
Wiesbaden: Springer Spektrum.
Comments
194
Mergers and Acquisitions
Module description Mergers & Acquisitions
Module code w.BA.XX.MA-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit FCP
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Mehdi Mostowfi
Deputy Tbd
Prerequisites none
Aims This course aims to provide frameworks, techniques and examples to help
you participate successfully in the exciting and risky world of international
mergers & acquisitions.
Learning goals
36
The students
? show an understanding of the challenges of M&A transactions
? know the key success factors of M&A
? can apply finance concepts to real finance problems (SPK)
? are familiar with M&A terminology (SPK)
? can value cash flows (PV, NPV) to analyze the performance of key financial
instruments and investments (PC, PAC)
? can analyse LBO transactions
? understand the basics of structuring an M&A transaction1
? Apply their knowledge to develop solutions in corporate valuation, M&A and
international financial management (SPK; PAC).
Learning content ? Introduction (M&A market, types and financing of M&A transactions)
? Rationale and challenges of M&A transactions and key success factors
? Valuation methodologies
• DCF methodology
• Comparable companies analysis
• Net asset value methods
• Case studies
? Leverage Buyout (LBO) transactions and LBO analysis
? Cross border M&A transactions
? M&A process and due diligence
195
? Legal structuring of M&A transactions
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Introduction to Accounting
Introduction to Finance
Content:
Working Capital, Cash-Flow
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28 34
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 28 34
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90 (75% of grade)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 25% of grade
(15 minutes)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides (mandatory)
Lecturer’s script
Textbook
Additional literature T. Koller, M. Goedhart & D. Wessels (2010). Valuation: Measuring and Managing the
Value of Companies, University Edition, 5th Wiley
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
196
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
197
Operations and Process Management
Module description Operations and Process Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1OP-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Edgar Heim - heid
Deputy Michael Lustenberger - luse
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management; Advanced Strategic Management; Fundamentals of
Marketing; Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis
Aims Students are able to design, monitor and improve simple processes in praxis. Established
practices will be presented and applied to practical cases in industrial and service
environments. In addition the course will demonstrate to the students the interrelationship
between Operations and other process in the company and encourage interdisciplinary
thinking and action. Students will be able to choose optional courses to explore specific
topics in depth.
Learning goals
37
Students
? Are able to design simple processes building upon customer needs and corporate
strategy. (SPK, PAC, REC, CI)
? Learn to think in terms of processes and can explain the most important processes in
industrial, trading and service companies. (SPK, REC, CI)
? Can apply frequently used tools in process management and are able to independently
analyse and improve existing processes.(SPK, PC, PAC)
? Understand the basic interrelationship between Operations Management, Supply Chain
Management, Lean Management and Quality Management and can correctly apply
these concepts in daily business life.(SPK, REC, PC)
Learning content ? Operations in organizations
? Process Management
? Process and Product Design
? Supply Chain Management
? Planning and Managing Operations
? Lean Management
? Quality Management
? Continuous Process Improvement
198
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module
? Strategic Management
? Marketing
? Information Technology
Content
? Corporate strategy; Business Unit
Strategy; Core competencies
? ECR, Distribution, Customer orientation
? Process analysis; ERP systems; Process
automation
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 h
Seminar/exercises 28 h 72 h
Practical work
Total 56 h 72 h 52 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) (90%) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
8-11 Other(s): Result self studies (10%) weekly questionnaire
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Slack, N., Brandon-J ones, A., J ohnston, R. (2013): Operations Management – 7
th
edition,
Pearson Education: London, 978-0-273-77629-1
Additional literature Heizer, J ., Render, B. (2014): Operations Management, 11th Edition, Pearson Prentice
Hall: New J ersey, 978-0-273-78707-5
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
199
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
200
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module description Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module code w.1PMOB_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Human Capital Management)
Module responsibility Hans Willi
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites None
Aims Students can lead a straightforward project by learning best practice approaches. For
more complex project, the students learn how to assist effectively the project leader.
(project management).
In addition, students understand how the behavior within organizations is influenced by
individuals, groups and structures and are capable of increasing the effectiveness of an
organization through the application of this knowledge (organizational behavior).
Students gain an understanding concerning how the human capital a company requires
can be obtained, oriented and promoted (in line with company strategy) so that the result
is an optimal company performance.
This knowledge enables students to promote and shape both the contribution to human
capital per se as well as the contribution of the management of human capital to a
company’s value creation and competitiveness.
Learning goals
1
Students:
? Gain the competence to lead straightforward projects and to assist the project leader
in more complex projects (SPK, PC, PAC, REC, CI, CC, LC)
? Gain the knowledge to define, structure, plan, control and execute projects (PC,
PAC, CI)
? Know tools, methods and success drivers of project management (SPK)
? have gained, thanks to knowledge of concepts, theories and models, an
understanding of the behavior of individuals in organizations. (SPK, CI, SC, REC)
? can analyze social phenomena and assess alternative development and
management principles in view of their effectiveness and efficiency within
organizations. (SPK, PC, REC, CI, SSC)
? have gained an understanding of one of the models used in this module for the
management of human capital and are capable of both assessing the human capital
management of a company and shaping this company’s future development. (SPK,
SC, PAC, REC, CI)
Learning content Project Management:
? Introduction to project management
? Management of integration, content, time, risk, cost in projects (theory and case
studies)
? Exercises in project initiation, stakeholder management, network planning
? Internet-based project simulation “Simultrain” – a simulation for training project
managers with special focus on the project execution phase
Organizational Behavior:
201
? human capital management as a company function.
? organizational theories.
? structural and staff leadership within a company.
? motivation and its implementation in human capital management (HR-Marketing,
performance management including compensation management)
- Motivational theories and organizational justice
- Models and instruments of HR marketing
? competence management
? performance management
- goal-setting theory and MBO
- Groups and teams
- What is a group?
- Phases of group development
- Group processes
- Group decision-making
The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Integration 1 and 2
Operations and processes
Project Management
Process Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance during project management group coaching
Otherwise 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 86
Seminar/exercises 38
Practical work 28
Total 56 38 86
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Reader concerning Organizational Behavior and Human Capital Management
Pinto, J . K., (2010). Project Management, Achieving competitive Advantage. 2. Edition.
New J ersey: Pearson Education.
Additional literature Meyer, P (2010). Human Capital strategisch einsetzen. Köln: Wolter Kluwer Luchterhand
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
202
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
203
Public & Private International Law
Module Code w.BA.XX.2PPIL-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 of 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009, last modification: 05.05.2015
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department of Business Law
Module Coordinator Peter Münch (mchp)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Prerequisite Knowledge State and administrative law
Legal remedies in private law
Legal transactions in private law
Legal English 1 and 2
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Understanding international law as the interaction of different legal sources and levels
of standards of national law and the law of nations
? Know the material and constitutional foundations of applicable international law, in
particular the law of nations (general law of nations and selected areas of international
business law) as well as international private law (applicable law and international law
of civil procedures).
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Ability to classify specific cases with an international context within the legal framework
of international law.
? Ability to solve specific legal issues and legal cases with an international context by
working in a target-oriented, systematic manner, using the correct legal norms and the
relevant case law and literature.
Ability to Make Judgments (high)
? Ability to recognize and evaluate differences and similarities of different national legal
systems and the law of nations.
? Ability to analyze and critically assess the prevailing order of international law.
204
Communication Skills (medium)
? Ability to express oneself appropriately in English, both verbally and in writing, and to
understand the relevant English legal terminology.
Self-Learning Skills (medium)
? Advancement of autonomous learning by means of guided and independent self-study.
?
Primary Module Aim Students know and understand the basic principles and the systematic order of
international law and are able to solve cases involving the law of nations and international
private law.
Module Content ? The system of international law
? The law of nations (general law of nations and selected areas of international business
law)
? International private law (applicable law and international law of civil procedures)
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? describe international law as the interaction of different legal sources and levels of
standards of national law and the law of nations
? describe material and procedural principles of applicable international law, in particular
the general law of nations, selected areas of specific law of nations, and international
private law (applicable law and international law of civil procedures)
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? solve specific legal issues and legal cases with an international context by working in a
target-oriented, systematic manner, using the correct legal norms and the relevant
case law and literature.
Ability to Make Judgments
? evaluate differences and similarities of national law and the law of nations (in terms of
content, procedures, and methods)
? classify specific cases with an international context within the legal framework of
international law.
? Thoroughly analyze and critically assess the prevailing order of international law
Communication Skills
? express themselves appropriately in English, both verbally and in writing, and
understand the relevant English legal terminology.
Self-Learning Skills
? acquire by themselves the relevant foundation knowledge that enables them to solve
cases and critically reflect on them, using literature and judicature.
Links to Other Modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
? State & Administrative Law: State law, administration law
? Legal Remedies in Private Law: Liability law, tort law
? Legal Transactions in Private Law: Contract law
? Civil Procedure Law and the Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy Act: law of civil
procedures
? European Law
? Contract Formation and Succession Planning: contract formation
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
205
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h 62 h
Small Class 28 h h 62 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h h 124 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
1 20 Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s) 100%
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others: Compendium of international legal decisions, without annotations, in
accordance with "Hilfsmittel"
206
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others: Reader of literature, cases, and assignments, compendium (see above)
Compulsory Reading
Recommended Reading
Comments
207
Public & NPO Financial Management
Module description Public & NPO Financial Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1PFM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Fuchs Sandro (fucs)
Deputy Stoelker Reithaar Barbara (stoe)
Prerequisites w.1FinACC, w.1MAcc
Aims The students gain insight into the field of public financial management as an academic
discipline. They are first introduced to the special basic conditions of financial
management in the public/NPO sector. They are provided with an overview of the
individual aspects of financial management. In addition, they are confronted with the
significance and scope of reforms affecting financial accounting and public controlling
bodies. They discuss the newest developments and current fields of research such as risk
management and public-private partnership.
Learning goals
38
The students are able to:
? Manage public enterprises as a special case at the intersection between public and
corporate finance (PC)
? Actively participate in the implementation of international and national reforms of
financial accounting systems (PAC)
? Establish a public controlling system based on the needs of an administrative unit (PC,
PAC)
? Apply in practice the latest knowledge of public financial management such as risk
management and private-public partnership. (PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Nature and context of public financial management
? Financial reporting in the public/NPO sector
? Public controlling (controlling, general, KLR and budget)
? Risk management and internal audits
? Private-public partnership
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1FinAcc
w.1FinAcc
w.1MAcc
Profitability
Financing
Capital budgeting
Instruction mode(s)
Class instruction Guided self-study
208
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
28 64
Seminar/exercises
28 60
Practical work
Total
56 60 64
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
2 Oral presentation(s)
Evaluation: Pass/Fail
Passing the two presentations is a
prerequisite for the admission to
the written exam
5min each
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Andreas Bergmann, (2008). Public Sector Financial Management.1
st
ed. Essex (UK:
Financial Times Prentice Hall.
Additional literature H.M. Coombs und D.E. J enkins, (2002). Public Sector Financial Management. 3
rd
ed.
London: Thomson
Urs Bolz (Ed.), (2005). Public Private Partnership in der Schweiz. 1
st
ed. Zurich:
Schulthess Verlag
Lynn T. Drennan und Allan McConnell (2007). Risk und Crises Management in the Public
Sector. 1
st
ed. Oxon: Routledge.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
209
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
210
Quantitative Methods
Module description Quantitative Methods
Module code w.1QMeth_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Armin Bänziger
Prerequisites Mathematics 1; Mathematics 2; Statistics
Aims The students learn important quantitative methods to come to terms with central
mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? master elementary matrix algebra and use matrices in the portfolio context (SPK, PC,
SC, PAC)
? are capable to find partial and total derivatives of functions (with several variables)
(SPK, SC, PAC)
? are able to find first and second order Taylor series approximations of functions and
use them to facilitate computations in finance (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to handle linear transformations of (sums of) random variables and apply
them to measure portfolio risk and return (SPK, PC, PAC)
? recognize the significance of utility theory for finance (SPK, SC, REC)
? comprehend the difference between the arithmetic and geometric mean (of returns)
and know, when to use what measure (PAC, REC)
? annualize returns (mean, variance and standard deviation) (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable of calculating shortfall and value at risk (given normal returns) (SPK, PC,
PAC)
? realize the problems of “fat tails” in return distributions for portfolio theory and risk
management (SPK, PAC, PUK)
? understand the basic arbitrage principle to price options (SC, PAC, REC)
? estimate prices of European and American options with a one- and two-step binomial
model (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to interpret the option “Greeks” (SPK, PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Elements of matrix algebra
? Mean-variance portfolio theory
- Measures of central tendency and variability
- Linear transformations of random variables
- Risk and return of a single asset
- Portfolio risk and return (sum of random variables)
- Using matrices to model portfolios of several assets
? Functions of several variables
- Partial derivatives
- Total differentials
- Taylor series approximations
? Foundations of utility theory
- Utility functions, indifference curves
- Expected utility, certainty equivalent of a gamble
211
- Risk aversion, risk premium
- Measures of absolute and relative risk aversion
- Mean-variance utility
? Aspects of risk management
- Skewness and kurtosis of return distributions
- Normal and lognormal distributions
- Time aggregation of returns
- Shortfall risk, safety-first criterion
- VaR methods
? Options
- Binomial model (one- and two-step trees, no-arbitrage argument, risk neutral
valuation)
- Option “Greeks”
- Hedge ratios, delta hedging
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
w.1MatBO1&2
w.1MatBO2
w.1Stat
w.1FIPT/ w.1Aim
w.1CFRM/ w.1KM
w.1BA_BO
Algebraic manipulations, equations,
functions
Calculus
Theoretical foundation (descriptive and
inductive statistics)
Financial mathematics (discrete and
continuous compounding, discounted cash
flow, matrices, moments of distributions,
random variables, utility theory, normal
distribution, options)
Risk measures, skewness and kurtosis,
shortfall risk, VaR, partial derivatives,
Taylor series
Quantitative skills
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
Seminar/exercises 28 34
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction German / English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture notes, lecture slides
Problem set
Additional literature J ournal articles and book sections (see course reserves in library)
Remarks
212
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Statistics
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Stat-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Studienordnung Bachelor 2009 vom 29.01.2009 / Anhang zur Studienordnung
Bachelorstudiengänge beschlossen am 12.05.2009, angepasst am 10.10.2013.
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Institut für Wealth & Asset Management (IWA)
Module Coordinator Armin Bänziger, banz
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Norbert Hilber, hino
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2Mathe1.XX, w.BA.XX.2Mathe2.XX
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? Fundamental knowledge in statistics
? Knowledge of key statistical methods
Application of knowledge and understanding (high):
? Applying statistics to summarize data
? Using statistical methods to of examine business-related issues
Ability to make judgments (medium):
? Analyze and judge business- and economic-related issues by estimation and
hypothesis testing
Self-learning skills (medium):
? Developing the willingness to address statistical problems autonomously
? Enhance self-learning skills supported by the guided self-study
Primary Module Aim Students understand the fundamental concepts of descriptive and inferential statistics to
summarize and analyze data and apply the methods in business and economics.
Module Content ? Graphs and tables to describe qualitative and quantitative data
? Numerical measures to describe data (measures of location and variability)
? Elements of Chance: Probability Methods
? Measures of association between two variables
? Discrete probability distributions (binomial distribution)
? Continuous probability distributions (uniform and the normal distribution, normal
approximations of discrete probability distributions)
? Distribution of sample statistics
? Confidence interval estimation of a single population parameter
? Hypothesis tests of a single population
? Relationships between variables
- Cross Tables and scatter plots
214
- Covariance and correlation
- Two variable regression analysis
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students know…
Knowledge and understanding
? … how measures of central location and dispersion are used to describe data.
? … key concepts of probability theory.
? … the relevance of confidence intervals and hypothesis testing in empirical work.
? … methods to statistically describe linear relationships of two variables.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? …. how to present data in appropriate graphs.
? … how to calculate key figures of empirical and theoretical distributions.
? … how to find probabilities of basic events of chance.
? … how to apply probability distributions case-related.
? … how to construct confidence intervals for the mean.
? … how to test hypothesis concerning the mean of a distribution.
Ability to make judgments
? … how to analyze data with appropriate statistical methods.
? … how to judge hypotheses with sample data.
? … how to interpret results from simple linear regression analysis.
Self-learning skills
? … how to acquire the necessary skills for analyzing data with the statistical software
gretl.
? … how to handle applied statistical assignments from the problem set independently.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2Mathe1.XX Algebra, functions
w.BA.XX.2Mathe2.XX Differential calculus, integration
Foundation for most following modules, especially in finance
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h h
Small Class 28 h 56 h 68 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
215
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify): Open book
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Newbold, P., Carlson, W., Thorne, B. (2013). Statistics for Business and Economics (Global
Edition). 8/e. Upper Saddle River, N.J .: Pearson Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-273-76706-0.
Recommended Reading Wonnacott, T. H., Wonnacott, R. J . (1990). Introductory Statistics for Business and
Economics. 4/e. New York: J ohn Wiley & Sons. ISBN: 978-0471615170.
Comments
216
Strategic Management for Incomings
Module description Strategic Management for Incomings
Module code w.1STM_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations: Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
39
SWS G
40
SWS K
41
#classes/G
42
6 4 1
Organizational unit Center for Strategic Management
Module responsibility J acques Hefti (hefj)
Deputy Stefan Schuppisser (sste)
Prerequisites Introduction to General Management
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims The students understand the relevance of Strategic Management for the success of a company
and develop independently or with guidance solutions for different design areas in the strategic
decision making process. The students are able to analyse the strategic position of a company
by using the correct analysis instruments. Furthermore they develop various competitive
strategies and assess challenges in relation to strategy implementation.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Analyse the external environment and define critical success factors (SPK, PAC)
? Describe internal competences and resources (SPK, PAC)
? Assess expectations of stakeholders (SPK, PAC)
? Understand mission and vision of a company (SPK)
? Understand the mechanism of corporate governance (SPK, PAC)
? Understand the goals and design areas of corporate level strategy (SPK)
? Understand the goals and design areas of business level strategy (SPK)
? Analyse various competitive strategies and business models (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Distinguish between development directions and methods of the strategic development of a
company (SPK)
? Understand evaluation tools to select the best strategic option (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Understand the challenges of strategy implementation (SPK)
? Describe design elements of a strategy focused organisation (SPK)
? Create a strategy map and balanced scorecard (PC)
? Understand the relevance of change measures (SPK)
? Use selected models and instruments in case studies and develop alternative solutions
217
independently (PC)
Learning content ? Business environment (macro environment, industry, competition, markets)
? Analysis of demand
? Development of critical success factors
? Internal analysis and assessment of strength and weaknesses (financial ratios,
competences, resources, value chain, company culture)
? SWOT analysis
? Corporate Governance, Stakeholder Management, Corporate Social Responsibility
? Corporate level strategy
? Business level strategy, competitive strategies
? Development directions (growth, consolidation, disinvestment) and methods (internal growth,
M&A, strategic alliances)
? Assessment of strategic options
? Mission and Vision
? Design elements of a strategy focused organisation
? Interface strategy and control systems (planning, budgeting, reporting, incentive systems)
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
? All other functional disciplines
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 40h
Exercises 50h 34h
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 50h 74h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Gerry J ohnson, Kevan Scholes, Richard Whittington: Fundamentals of Strategy, 2nd edition,
Pearson, 2011
Additional literature J .D. Hunger, T.L. Wheelen: Essentials of Strategic Management, 5th edition, Pearson 2011
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
218
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility
Module code w.BA.XX.1ISCR-IM.XX
Degree program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Department International Business
Module Coordinator Herbert Winistörfer, winh
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Katharina Hetze, hetz
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgments, Communication skills, Self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Understand the strategic relevance of Corporate Responsibility in an international
environment
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Analyze challenges for internationally operating companies related to Corporate
Responsibility issues
Ability to Make Judgments (High)
? Collect and interpret data on company‘s Corporate Responsibility approach and
discuss results in a broader context
Communication Skills (Medium)
? Present findings in a written report
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Acquirement of knowledge on one's own responsibility by reading specialist literature
Primary Module Aim Students understand Corporate Responsibility as a cross-sectional function within a
framework of good management practices. They understand that certain stakeholders
expect from companies to take responsibility for business impacts on society. They are able
to assess risks and opportunities for enterprises arising from these stakeholder
expectations.
Module Content - Examples of sustainability issues relevant to companies (climate change, human
rights violations, poverty, …)
- Business case: value drivers related to investments in Corporate Responsibility
- Common concepts and models of Corporate Responsibility: Sustainability
Management, Corporate Social Responsibility, Corporate Citizenship
- Meaning and content of selected voluntary standards for Corporate Responsibility
(e.g. ISO 26000)
- Best practice for Corporate Responsibility management: stakeholder management,
issues management, strategy development and implementation, controlling and
reporting, auditing and certification
- In-depth analysis of an internationally active company with regard to their Corporate
Responsibility approach
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
After completing this module, students will be able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? … explain why companies are assigned a joint responsibility for the solving of
societal problems (Corporate Responsibility)
? … identify strategic risks and opportunities related to Corporate Responsibility issues
220
? … explain how Corporate Responsibility is implemented in selected
corporate functions (e.g. supply chain management, human resource
management)
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … develop an economic rationale (business case) for Corporate Responsibility
related activities of companies
? … identify basic management methods used to integrate Corporate Responsibility
into business practices (e.g. stakeholder management)
? Analyze a company‘s Corporate Responsibility approach based on publicly
available information
Ability to Make Judgments
? … critically evaluate a company‘s Corporate Responsibility approach
against theoretical concepts and best practice examples
Communication Skills
? … present findings of a company analysis in a report
Self-Learning Skills
? … compile results by working in small groups
Links to Other Modules
The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
International Business & Management
International Environment of Business
Content:
Shareholders` and stakeholders` demands
Ethics in International Business
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
80%
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h h
Small Class h h h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 22 h 40 h
Performance Assessments Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s) Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s) 1 Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Assignments Grade
Pass/fail
221
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s) 100%
Others: Assignments
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (pleae specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify): Textbook (see compulsory reading below)
Compulsory Reading Printed copy of lecture slides
Selected book chapters and articles
o Sigmund, K., Fehr, E., Nowak, M.A.. (2002): The Economics of fair play.
Scientific American 286: 82-87.
o Carroll, A. (2008). „A history of Corporate Responsibility – Concepts
and practices“, in: Andrew Crane, Abagail McWilliams, Dirk Matteen,
J eremy Moon und Donald Siegel (eds.). The Oxford handbook of
Corporate Responsibility. New York, 20–46.
o ISO (eds.) (2011): Discovering ISO 26000. Geneva:
International Organization for Standardization
o Oskarsson K. and von Malmborg F. (2005): Integrated Management
Systems as a Corporate Response to Sustainable Development. Corp.
Soc. Responsib. Environ. Mgmt. 12, 121–128 (2005)
o GRI (ed.) (2013b): Sustainability Reporting Guidelines.
Implementation Manual. Amsterdam: Global Reporting Initiative.
Porter, M.E. and Kramer, M.R. (2006), “Strategy and society: the link between competitive
advantage and corporate social responsibility”, Harvard Business Review , Vol. 84, pp. 78-
92.
Recommended Reading Further reading referenced in lecture slides
Comments none
222
Turnaround Management
Module description Turnaround Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1TM.XX
Degree program and
its specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam Regulations Bachelor 09 as of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix as of 12.5.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module responsibility Felix Blaser
Deputy -
Prerequisites Accounting modules of semester 1 – 5
Aims The students are able to early detect the indications of financial crisis in order to ensure
that business may continue successfully. They have an understanding of the most
common financial restructuring measures and are able to develop a basic turnaround
plan. They also understand the main issues with regards to the applicable legal
framework. On top the students have an understanding of the role of the banks in
turnaround situations.
Learning goals
43
Students
? understand, how financial crisis materialize and develop; they know how to early
detect such indications of a crisis (PAC, SPK).
? will obtain an understanding of the legal framework applicable for turnaround situations
in Switzerland (SPK, PC).
? will also learn what a turnaround concept is and how such a concept is to be
developed (SPK, REC).
? will have a basic understanding of Tax issues involved in such turnaround situations
(SPK, PAC).
? A major part of this course is dedicated to financial restructuring measures with
regards to liabilities and equity. The students will understand the functionality of such
restructuring measures and the pros and cons of each instrument (SPK, SC, CI, REC).
? In almost each turnaround situation in Switzerland the involved banks play a major role
in the development of a turnaround concept. The students will understand the issues
surrounding bank financing in a turnaround situations (CI, EC, PAC).
Learning content ? Definition of financial crisis; development of a crisis.
? Legal frameworks; Art. 725 of Swiss Code of Obligations; Illiquidity and liability issues
for the Board of Directors; issues of the legal framework for debt collection and
223
foreclosure/execution.
? The Turnaround concept; preparation and contents.
? Financial restructuring measures on the Liability side:
- refinancing / restructuring loans
- subordinations
- renunciations
- debt/equity swaps
- reduction agreements
? Financial restructuring measures on the Equity side:
- capital increase
- à-fonds-perdu payments
- capital reduction
- revaluations
? Selection of restructuring measures
? Role of the banks / bank consortiums
? Tax aspects of the restructuring measures
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Law
Tax
Accounting and Finance
Commercial Law
Corporate Tax
Debt and Equity Instruments
Instruction mode (s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case Studies
other: exercises
Guided self-study
individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance (class
instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study
Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 10
Seminar/exercises 14 30 22
Practical work
Total 28 30 32
Performance
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of
Instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
lecturer’s script
scripts and exercises in English
224
Additional literature Principles of corporate finance, by Brealey Myers (McGraw Hill, 6
th
ed. or later)
Remarks Expected total working hours:
? dependent on precognition level and experience
? presence studies, preparation, review and exam preparations 50 h
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
225
War, Economics and Business
Module description War, Economics and Business
Module code w.BA.XX.1WEB.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Department International Business
Module responsibility Dr. Petra Y. Barthelmess, base
Deputy Khaldoun Dia-Eddine, diak
Prerequisites none
Aims Knowledge and understanding
Application of knowledge and understanding
Ability to make judgments
Communication skills
Self-learning skills
Learning goals
44
Knowledge and understanding
? Students acquire in depth knowledge on the ongoing strategic and geopolitical power
shifts, on contemporary security challenges as well as on specific processes of global
conflict emergence, conflict escalation, conflict resolution, and their subsequent
consequences on business, finance, and economy.
? The module gives insights into the new nature of conflicts and wars with a focus on
the privatization and asymmetrization of modern warfare and what it means for
business, finance, and economy.
? Students know about the specifics in warfare finance and business and learn about
the destructive side of entrepreneurship and its effect on society as well as on
legitimate business.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? Students are able to connect the political with the economic dimension of modern
day warfare and thus apply a interdisciplinary approach toward crisis analysis and
crisis solution.
? Students understand the economic dimension of modern day wars and conflicts and
develop an awareness of what it means and what risks this trend entails for legitimate
international business activities.
? Students are able to apply theory to actual conflicts and ongoing wars
Ability to make judgments
? Students are able to establish a critical understanding of world politics and the
political environment of international business.
226
? Students know about worldwide social interdependencies on the issue of wars and
conflicts. They are able to identify the overlap of war, economics, and business and
thus raise an awareness of the ethical dilemmas in international business. They are
able to develop solutions in this regard.
Communication skills
? Students are able to develop a written communication that presents information in an
organized and concise manner. Ideas are clearly stated, arguments logically
developed, and statements differentiated.
? Students learn to apply learnt theory by presenting subject oriented case studies of
ongoing conflicts in the world.
Self-learning skills
? Students learn to observe and understand actual happenings and to relate them to existing
information schemes.
? Students develop awareness as global citizen.
Students learn to set goals by selecting, managing and assessing their own
learning activities.
Learning content ? Global geopolitical power shifts and the new nature of wars.
? Expansion of modern day wars into the economic and financial sphere and its
impact on business.
? Instruments of economic warfare.
? Instruments of war finance.
? Possibilities, incentives, and profitability of destructive entrepreneurial activities and
means of the latters’ containment.
? Responsibilities and best practice for legitimate business in context of conflicts and
wars.
? The economic dimension of conflict resolution, peace processes, and
reconstructions.
? Various case studies to exemplify theory.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Brennpunkte des Zeitgeschehens
Modulleitung: Christoph Ebnöther
1. Contextualization of wars and conflicts.
Two clear differentiations: Language
and content.
2. This module focus lies in the economic
impacts of conflicts and wars and what
it means for business whereas
Brennpunkte des Zeitgeschehens focus
on the political and historical dimension
of modern day conflicts and wars.
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: discussions
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 22
Seminar/exercises 20
Practical work 20
227
Total 28 40 22
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature tbd.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Web Engineering
Module Code w.BA.XX.2WEng-Win.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Institute for Business Information Technology, IWI
Module Coordinator Alexandre de Spindler (desa)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Thomas Keller (kell)
Prerequisite Knowledge from module Software Engineering 1
? Modelling using UML
? Data Structures
? Procedural Programming
? Object-Oriented Programming
? Event-based Programming
? Design and Methods
? Development Tools
from module Software Engineering 2
? Fundamentals of Software Design
? Model-driven Engineering
from module Information Management
? Data representation (XML, RM, OO).
? Data models (XML, RM, ER, OO).
? Mapping among models
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of technologies and in order to
design, analyse, evaluate and realise software systems.
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of iterative, model-driven
engineering processes.
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgements, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? Know the fundamentals of internationally recognised standard web technologies.
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? Apply web technologies in the context of exercises and projects.
Ability to make judgments (medium)
? Ability to position and choose web technologies.
Self-learning skills
? Ability to learn web technologies on their own.
229
Primary Module Aim The students understand the need for web information systems. They know basic
technologies that cover the fundamental aspects of web information systems including
client, server and database technologies. They understand the fundamental concepts of
each technology and are able to apply and combine them. They are able to realise simple
web applications on their own.
Module Content ? Architecture of web information systems (components and their interaction, HTTP)
? Technologies per component
o Client-side: e.g. HTML, CSS, J avaScript or equivalent
o Server-side: e.g. PHP, MySQL or equivalent
? Web application development libraries and frameworks, e.g. J Query, Symfony or
equivalent
? Application and combination of web technologies in simple settings
? Design and realisation of web information systems
? Application of iterative and model-driven engineering processes in the scope of web
information systems
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? Know and understand the need for web information systems.
? Know and understand different web technologies
o Client-side: e.g. HTML, CSS, J avaScript or equivalent
o Server-side: e.g. PHP, MySQL or equivalent
o Libraries and frameworks: e.g. J Query, Symfony or equivalent
? Know and understand the concepts of web technologies as well as what they have in
common and how they differ
? Understand the use of web technologies in the context of iterative and model-driven
engineering processes
Application of knowledge and understanding
? Apply the different data models per web technology
o semi structured (e.g. HTML, J SON, CSS)
o structured (e.g. J avaScript, PHP, MySQL)
o unstructured (e.g. Text)
? Ability to design web information system components and implement these using web
technologies
? Ability to choose and make use of web technologies in order to realise web information
systems
? Ability to map among models
? Ability to define and carry out iterative and model-driven engineering processes
Ability to make judgments
? Ability to compare, choose and apply the different web technologies according to their
intended use in order to design and implement web information systems
Self-learning skills
? Ability to learn web technologies on their own.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Software Engineering 1
? Modelling using UML
? Data Structures
? Procedural Programming
? Object-Oriented Programming
? Event-based Programming
? Design and Methods
230
? Development Tools
Software Engineering 2
? Requirements Engineering
? Fundamentals of Software Design
? Model-driven Engineering
Information Management
? Data representation (XML, RM, OO).
? Data models (XML, RM, ER, OO).
? Mapping among models
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of technologies and in order to
design, analyse, evaluate and realise software systems.
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of iterative, model-driven
engineering processes.
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: Exercises
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Will be communicated separately as part of the course.
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class h h
Group Instruction 28 h 14 h 48 h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 14 h 48 h
Performance Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
231
Assessments
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Project
1 Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others: Project 25%
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify): Self- and handwritten summary (max. 6 A4-Sides, 3 A4-
Pages)
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify): Additional material and references to online material will be
given throughout the course.
Compulsory Reading -
Recommended Reading
Comments
doc_718442410.pdf
Our paper about zurich university of applied sciences school of management and law.
Zurich University of Applied Sciences
School of Management and Law
Courses taught in English
Academic Year 2015/16
2
Courses taught in English
Fall Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Acti ve Investment Management
Investment management, especially with regard to alternative investments
6
Banking Management
Organization, management, and financial accounting & reporting in banking operations
6
Consolidated Financial Statements
Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting
6
Introduction Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
Management Accounting and Financial Management
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Management of an Insurance Company
Structure & processes; compliance, risk management, controlling, quality management
6
Public & NPO Financial Management
Financial management in the pubic & non-profit sector; public-private partnerships
6
Quantitative Methods
Mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Strategic Management
Evaluation of advanced tools & frameworks for challenges in the context of strategic corporate mgmt.
6
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Consumer behavior as an individual and as part of a group; management of marketing communication
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Human Capital Management
Solving problems by means of scientific concepts on the basis of HCM concepts
3
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
International Strategic Management
Analysis of the international strategic position of a company and creation of a competitive strategy
6
Introduction to Business Studies
The study of business administration as a systemic management approach
6
Management Consulting (Elective)
Identify and describe strategic positions of consulting companies, transfer of knowledge about MC
3
Managing People in an International Context
Apply theories models and concepts of human resource management to people
management problems in international business environments.
6
3
Marketing
General basic Marketing knowledge
6
Market Research, Market Efficiency & Effecti veness
Market research methods and managing market performance
6
Mathematics 1
Applying basic mathematical instruments in formalizing, modeling, and solving quantitative problems of
business administration and economics
3
Operations & Process Management
Supply Chain Management, Efficient Consumer Response, Lean Management & Quality Management
6
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility
Good management practices and responsibility for business impact on society
3
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Information Management **
Information technologies in business management
6
Web Engineering
The use of web-based application systems
6
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Principles and language of the US legal system; legal methodology, constitutional law and civil procedure
6
Business Law
Knowing main standards and principles of the Swiss law of persons, contract, liability and property law
6
Public & Private International Law
Understanding the basic principles and the systematic order of international law
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Business in Emerging Markets (Elective)
Understanding the largest Emerging Markets, their sourcing power & the potential of their growing market
3
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions (Elective)
Key international institutions and organizations in the field of foreign affairs
3
Economic Globalization (Elective)
The process of globalization and its impact on the world economy and business
3
Economics in Emerging Markets (Elective)
Independently analyze the problems of fast growing economies
3
European Affairs (Elective)
Analysis of the political and economic institutions of Europe and implications of European Integration
3
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders
6
International Business
Managing business across borders
6
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
6
International Political Economy (Elective)
The influence of international trade on companies and the role of the WTO
3
4
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
Business English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
Business English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
Business English Advanced 1
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
Business English Advanced 2
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
Legal English 1
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEFR Level B2+
3
Legal English 2
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEFR Level B2++
3
Legal English Advanced 1
Develop active & passive use of Anglo-American legal language & understanding of the US legal system
3
* All courses can be subject to student demand
** Course descriptions available in a later point in time
Spring Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Introduction to Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Consolidated Financial Statement
Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Credit Management **
The credit business of banks and managing risk
3
Financial Accounting
Basics for understanding financial management
6
Financial and Asset Management
Asset liability management in the insurance industry
3
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
International Accounting & Finance (Elective)
Understanding of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
3
Management Accouting
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Mergers & Acquisitions (Elective)
Understand ing the risky world of international mergers & acquisitions
3
Turnaround Management (Elective)
Diagnosing financial difficulties & developing a financial turnaround plan
3
Wealth Management and Compliance **
acquire specialist & methodological knowledge to analyze client situations in wealth management, and
develop a solution
6
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Marketing **
Understandingthe three key analytical directions: Customer perspective, relationships and performance
6
Advanced Strategic Management
Analysis of strategic position and creation of competitive strategy
6
Business & Human Rights (Elective)
Multinational companies and their practices regarding human rights
3
Economics 3
Application of microeconomic models to national economic & business management interactions
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Human Capital Management
Solving problems by means of scientific concepts on the basis of HCM concepts
3
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
Macroeconomics
Explaining economic interrelations analytically, graphically &verbally using macroeconomic models
6
Mathematics 2
Mastering the basic set of tools of mathematical analysis in the area of differentiation and integration
3
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Managing projects and people
6
Skills for Business Studies **
Students acquire the tools they need to produce academic work
6
6
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
Strategic Management (for Incomings)
Strategic positioning, strategic choices and implementing
6
Strategic Project Management **
Managing projects and people
3
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Business Information Management
Information technologies in business management
6
Enterprise Information Systems **
Developing specific solution concepts for corporate issues
6
Information Management
Information technologies in business management
6
Web Engineering
The use of web-based application systems
6
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Principles and language of the US legal system, tort, contract & company law
6
Public & Private International Law
Understanding the basic principles and the systematic order of international law
6
European Law **
Understanding of European Law and EU Law in a historical, current, and dynamic context
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Brand Management (Elective)
Products and services in the perception of consumers
3
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions (Elective)
Key international institutions and organizations in the field of foreign affairs
3
Doing Business in Asia Pacific (Elective)
Managing successfully in Asia
3
Doing Business in Eastern Europe (Elective)
Managing successfully in Eastern Europe
3
Doing Business in the Middle East (Elective)
Managing successfully in the Middle East
3
Doing Business in Latin America (Elective)
Course Descriptions are not available yet
3
Economics in Emerging Markets (Elective)
Independently analyze the problems of fast growing economies
3
European Affairs
Analysis of the political and economic institutions of Europe and implications of European Integration
3
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders
6
International Business
Managing business across borders
6
7
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
3
International Trade and Policy (Elective)
World Trade and its Institutions
3
Luxury Goods Management (Elective)
Understand and develop successful luxury strategies
3
War, Economics and Business (Elective)
Course Descriptions are not available yet
3
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
Business English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
Business English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
Business English Advanced 1
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
Business English Advanced 2
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
Legal English 1
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEF Level B2+
3
Legal English 2
Competently communicating in a legal environment; CEF Level B2++
3
Legal English Advanced 1
Develop active & passive use of Anglo-American legal language & understanding of the US legal system
3
Legal English Advanced 2 **
Develop the active & passive use of legal language; acquire a basic knowledge & understanding of legal
topics
3
* All courses can be subject to student demand
** Course descriptions available in a later point in time
Index of Course Descriptions
Active Investment Management ......................................................................................................... 10
Advanced Strategic Management ...................................................................................................... 13
Anglo-American Law and Language 1 ............................................................................................... 16
Anglo-American Law and Language 2 ............................................................................................... 19
Banking Management ........................................................................................................................ 22
Brand Management ........................................................................................................................... 26
Business and Human Rights .............................................................................................................. 29
Business English 1 ............................................................................................................................. 32
Business English 2 ............................................................................................................................. 36
Business English Advanced 1 ............................................................................................................ 40
Business English Advanced 2 ............................................................................................................ 45
Business in Emerging Markets; China and India ............................................................................... 48
Business Information Management ................................................................................................... 52
Business Law ..................................................................................................................................... 54
Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................................................... 58
Consumer behavior and communication ........................................................................................... 61
Corporate Finance & Risk Management ............................................................................................ 64
Credit Management ........................................................................................................................... 67
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions ................................................................................................... 70
Doing Business in Asia Pacific ........................................................................................................... 73
Doing Business in Eastern Europe .................................................................................................... 76
Doing Business in Latin America ....................................................................................................... 79
Doing Business in the Middle East .................................................................................................... 82
Economic Globalization ..................................................................................................................... 85
Economics 3 ...................................................................................................................................... 88
Economics in Emerging Markets ....................................................................................................... 91
European Affairs ................................................................................................................................ 94
Financial Accounting .......................................................................................................................... 96
Financial and Asset Management ...................................................................................................... 99
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory ..................................................................................... 102
German Beginners ........................................................................................................................... 105
German Intermediate ....................................................................................................................... 109
Global Marketing Management for Incomings ................................................................................. 113
Human Capital Management ........................................................................................................... 116
Innovation & Entrepreneurship ........................................................................................................ 120
Intercultural Management for Incomings .......................................................................................... 123
9
International Accounting and Finance .............................................................................................. 126
International Business ...................................................................................................................... 129
International Negotiation for Incomings ........................................................................................... 132
International Political Economy ........................................................................................................ 135
International Strategic Management ................................................................................................ 138
International Trade and Policy ......................................................................................................... 142
Introduction to Business Studies ...................................................................................................... 145
Introduction Banking & Finance ....................................................................................................... 148
Legal English 1 ................................................................................................................................ 152
Legal English 2 ................................................................................................................................ 156
Legal English Advanced 1 ............................................................................................................... 160
Luxury Goods Management ............................................................................................................. 164
Management Accounting and Financial Management ..................................................................... 167
Management Consulting .................................................................................................................. 171
Management of an Insurance Company .......................................................................................... 174
Managing People in an International Context .................................................................................. 176
Market Research, Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness .............................................................. 179
Marketing ......................................................................................................................................... 182
Mathematics 2 .................................................................................................................................. 190
Mergers and Acquisitions ................................................................................................................. 194
Operations and Process Management ............................................................................................ 197
Project Management and Organizational Behavior ......................................................................... 200
Public & Private International Law ................................................................................................... 203
Public & NPO Financial Management .............................................................................................. 207
Quantitative Methods ....................................................................................................................... 210
Statistics ........................................................................................................................................... 213
Strategic Management for Incomings .............................................................................................. 216
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility .............................................................................................. 219
Turnaround Management ................................................................................................................ 222
War, Economics and Business ........................................................................................................ 225
Web Engineering ............................................................................................................................. 228
10
Active Investment Management
Module description Active Investment Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1AIM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZAI
Module responsibility Regina Anhorn (anho)
Deputy Peter Schwendner (scwp)
Prerequisites Assessment (all modules)
Aims The students gain an insight into theoretical basics and practical application of active
investment management, especially within alternative investments. They become qualified
to design and control corresponding processes.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Acquire the basics of rational investment decisions according to modern finance theory.
They can interpret common market anomalies and their approaches of explanation.
(SPK, PAC)
? Know the latest insights on Behavioral Finance and can do concrete applications in case
studies. (PC, REC, CC)
? Know and understand different investment styles for stocks and can identify the
investment strategy of a manager through style analysis. (PC, REC)
? Are able to explain performance attribution as a reverse engineered investment process.
(PC, REC, SC)
? Know the basics of active portfolio management. They are able to apply the analytical
methods to identify mispriced assets due to market inefficiencies and can apply
strategies in concrete questions regarding the exploitation of anomalies. (CI, SC, PC)
Learning content •Securities and investment process – theory and practical implementation
•Performance measurement and its challenges in active investment management
•Procedure of performance attribution in portfolio management (applications, example)
•Behavioral Finance und market anomalies
•Theoretical aspects of active portfolio management
•Alternative investments (hedge funds, trading strategies, private equity, commodities,
ABS)
•Business ethics (CFA approach)
•Case study, in cooperation with an external portfolio manager (equity valuation)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Content:
Equities, bonds, derivatives
11
Management
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Quantitative methods
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: guest speaker
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 h 56 h 68 h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Written paper(s) optional
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature BODIE/KANE/MARCUS (2013), Essentials of Investments, ISBN-13 9780077148249,
Ninth International Edition
Mostowfi, M.; Meier, P.; 2013, Alternative Investments
Waring, M.B.; Siegel, L.B.; 2006, The Myth of the Absolute-Return Investor
Berk, J .B.; 2004, Five Myths of Active Portfolio Management
J orion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Hedge Funds with Position Information
J orion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Event-Driven Funds
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
12
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Advanced Strategic Management
Module description Advanced Strategic Management – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1ASM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS ECTS
6 6
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Stefan Schuppisser
Deputy Gunther Kucza
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management (w.BA.XX.1PrSTM.XX)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis (w.BA.XX.1FinAcc.XX)
Aims Students develop and present solutions for normative and strategic corporate issues in a
typical strategic management process. They thus deepen their knowledge on practical
concepts and tools in the field of corporate development in order to quantify strategic
plans, evaluate business models and portfolios and not least implement strategic
decisions in organizations.
Learning goals
2
Students
? Assess and evaluate strategies and strategic projects using capital-oriented evaluation
principles (SPK, PC)
? Analyse business portfolios and define recommendations for improvement (PAC, REC)
? Evaluate existing business models and develop alternative solutions independently (PC,
REC)
? Analyse and evaluate different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances) (SPK, PAC)
? Develop strategy maps and scorecards (SPK, PC)
? Evaluate aspects of corporate governance, ethics and corporate social responsibility as
an element of effective and sustainable corporate management (PC, PAC, REC, SSC,
CI, EC)
Learning content ? Value-based corporate management using capital-oriented key figures (e.g. EVA,
WACC, ROIC)
? Evaluation of strategic options and projects based on risk-return considerations (NPV-
calculations, scenario analysis and simulation)
? Corporate level management (portfolio analysis, diversification, parenting, synergies)
? Analysis and evaluation of different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances)
? Implementation of strategies using strategy maps and balanced scorecards
? Mechanisms and systems of corporate governance, ethics, corporate social
responsibility
14
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Principles of Strategic Management
(w.BA.XX.1PrSTM.XX)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis
(w.BA.XX.1FinAcc.XX)
Strategy processes/portfolio management
Financing: Business/corporate valuation
and investment budgeting
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 39
Seminar/exercises 28 45 40
Practical work
Total 56 45 79
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
4 Oral presentation(s) 90 (in total)
Written paper(s)
2 Other(s): case study report
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Script with Case Studies
various scientific or semi-scientific articles published on Moodle
Additional literature J ay B. Barney / William S. Hesterly: Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage,
3ed ed. Pearson 2010
Robert M. Grant: Contemporary Strategy Analysis, 7th ed. Wiley 2010
Simon Benninga: Principles of Finance with Excel, Oxford University Press 2006
Robert Kaplan / David Norton: The Strategy-Focused Organization: How Balanced
Scorecard Companies Thrive in the New Business Environment, 1
st
ed. Harvard Business
Press 2000
Remarks
15
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
16
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 1: Fundamentals
Module code
w.BA.XX.1ALL1.XX-BL
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit
Institute of Business Law
Module responsibility
Richard Norman
Deputy
Judi Macmillan (mcmi)
Prerequisites
w.1SuR1 and 2
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the US legal system, with emphasis
on constitutional and procedural law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
3
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? know the history, structure, sources and unique characteristics of US law and can
compare it to the legal systems used in continental Europe, especially that of Swiss law
(SPK, REC, CI, IMC, EC)
? have a good command of the concept of common law and can link legal issues to the
various sources of law (eg. case law, legislation, federal and state law); can understand,
summarize, analyze and identify the wider consequences of the decisions of US courts
(SPK, PC, SC, PAC, REC, IMC)
? have a basic knowledge of the US legal, governmental and judicial system and of the
key areas of constitutional and procedural law (SPK)
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand basic legal concepts and terms (SPK, PC, CC, IMC)
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law (SPK, PC, CC, IMC)
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court (SC, PAC, REC, CI)
? write essays arguing constitutionally related topics (PC, PAC, CC)
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues (SPK, PC, CC, IMC)
Learning content Anglo-American Law
17
? history of the US and the US legal system; methods, sources and unique characteristics
of US law
? structure and branches of the system of government, judicial review, relationship
between federal government and state governments (federalism)
? basic rights, in particular equal protection, due process, freedom of speech, freedom of
religion
? civil procedure, in particular jurisdiction and stages of civil litigation
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of essay writing skills, stating and supporting opinions
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions and peer teaching in course-related
contexts
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Public Law 1
Moot Court
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Anglo-American Business Law / legal
English
Constitutional law (comparative law)
Procedural law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
peer teaching
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 16 h
Seminar/exercises 48 h
Practical work
Total 64 h 58 h 58 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
1* Paper(s) 60
1* Other(s): peer teaching 45
Language of instruction English
Course materials and Printed copy of lecture slides
18
required reading Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
12. Communicative competence (CC)
8. Leadership competence (LC)
9. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
10. Ethical competence (EC)
*This requirement is a prerequisite for the admission to the final exam.
19
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 2: Business Law
Module code
w.BA.XX.1ALL2-BL.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Departement Business Law
Module responsibility J onathan Black-Branch
Deputy Philipp Sieber
Prerequisites Languages and Law 1&2 (CEF B2+)
Private Law 1, 2 and 3
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of US business law, with emphasis on
tort, contract and company law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
4
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? have an overview of central areas of US business law, are able to identify the relevant
legal questions when addressing cases concerning US business law, and can compare
issues of US business law with the corresponding issues in Swiss business law
? have a good command of the basic concepts of US business law, in particular of tort,
contract and company law
? are capable of solving specific questions of US tort, contract and company law, taking
into account the proper legal sources and the correct methodological approach and can
analyze, evaluate and discuss US court decisions on business law issues
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand advanced legal concepts and terms
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
? give presentations on important legal cases
? write legal memoranda on specific legal questions
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues
20
Learning content Anglo-American Law
? basic concepts of US tort law (including relevant issues of civil procedure, such as class
actions)
? basic concepts of US contract law
? basic concepts of US company law (including securities regulation)
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of writing skills through memoranda
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of presentation skills through group tasks
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Private Law 1
Private Law 2
Private Law 3
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Fundamentals of Anglo-American law / legal
English
Tort law (comparative law)
Contract law (comparative law)
Company law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14
Seminar/exercises 49
Practical work
Total 63 58 59
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s)* 15
1 Paper(s)* 45
Other(s):
21
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Amy Krois-Lindner and Translegal, International Legal English, 2006, Cambridge
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks *This requirement is a prerequisite for the admission to the final exam.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
22
Banking Management
Module Title w.BA.XX.1BSt-PiE.XX
Degree program and
field of study
BA – General Management
BA – General Management Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Legal framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations bachelor 09 dated by 12.05.2009, appended on
04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory Module
Deepening Module
Compulsory Choice
Optional Choice
Module level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Studies
Assessment
Main Study
ECTS 6
Responsible OE Centre for Banking & Finance, ZBF
Module Responsibility Dr. Hans Brunner, brnh
Deputy Module
Responsibility
Dr. Christoph Kley, kley
Required knowledge
Introduction to Banking & Finance: All topics
Course Objectives of the
students
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions of the
module to the course
objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? Overview about the topic bank steering (i.e. bank management)
? Knowing and understanding the central concepts and challenges of bank steering
(including the institutional and regulatory frameworks)
? Knowing and understanding of processes and functions with regard to bank
management
? Knowing and understanding the key technical terms with regard to bank management
(also in German)
Applying knowledge and understanding (high):
? Applying the central concepts for bank steering
? Applying the technical know-how on practical problems with regard to bank
management
? Analyzing typical problems regarding bank steering
? In-depth application through exercises and a term presentation
Ability to make judgments (high):
? Evaluation of typical analysis reports
? Making decisions considering side effects
23
? Developing creative options for taking action
Communication skills (intermediate):
? to be able to present and explain acquired knowledge and developed solutions in
receiver-friendly language and form
? to make a presentation
Self-learning skills (high):
? To be able to independently continue to deal with the technical and methodological
development of the discipline.
? Promoting autonomous learning by autonomous and guided self-study.
Indicative target of the
Module
The students understand the goals, functional and organizational functionality and
interdependencies of the different management information systems in banking and their
operational foundations. They acquire the ability to interpret the information from these
systems and to use them for decision making. Students are prepared to participate in
projects addressing controlling issues in banks.
Learning objectives of
the module
? Introduction to bank management
? Financial Accounting in Swiss banks
? Valuation and booking guidelines for banks
? Capital and liquidity requirements Bank controlling as management tool
? Managing securities trading and foreign exchange
? Forecasting, planning and budgeting
? IT in banking
? Center steering and profit center accounting
? ALM / TreasuryRisk and capital steering
? Final lecture / steering of trading
Detailed objectives of the
module (competency-
based learning
objectives)
Students can ...
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? …provide an overview about the topic bank steering (i.e. bank management)
? … know and understand the central concepts and challenges of bank steering
(including the institutional and regulatory frameworks)
? … know and understand the key processes and functions with regard to bank
management
? … know and understand the key technical terms with regard to bank management
(also in German)
Applying knowledge and understanding (high):
? … apply the central concepts for bank steering
? … apply the technical know-how on practical problems with regard to bank
management
? … analyze typical problems regarding bank steering
Ability to make judgments (high):
? … evaluate typical analysis reports
? … make decisions considering side effects
? … develop creative options for taking action
Communication skills (intermediate):
? … are able to present and explain acquired knowledge and developed solutions in
receiver-friendly language and form
24
? ….make a presentation
Self-learning skills (high):
? … independently continue to deal with the technical and methodological development
of the discipline.
? … develop the capability for autonomous learning in the area of bank management
Linking to other modules The module has a link to the following / following module (s):
Module Contents
•Introduction to banking and finance Financial Instruments & Portfolio Management: All
topics
•Quantitative Methods: all topics
•Wealth Management & Compliance: All topics
•Corporate Finance & Risk Management: all topics
•Active Investment Management: all topics
•Integration BF: all topics
Teaching Method Contact Studies
Lecture
Discussion
Exercise
Talk
Presentation
Group work
Case Studies
Study of literature
Simulation
Others:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Partner work
Group work
Contact time in contact
study
No compulsory presence
Teaching outline Contact Study
(1 Lecture à 45 Min. =1 h
workload)
Guided self-study
(1 Lecture à 45 Min. =1 h
workload)
Autonomous self-study (1
Lecture à 45 Min. =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h
Small Class 28 h
Group Lessons
Practical Study
Seminar
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Assessment Type Number Duration
(min)
Assessment
Written Test (s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/Fail
Oral Examination(s)
Grade
Pass/Fail
Presentation / Oral
1 Grade
25
Presentation (s) Pass/Fail
Written work (s),
Partner term paper
Grade
Pass/Fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/Fail
Type Weight Form
Written Test (s) 100% open book
specified documents
closed book
Oral Examination (s)
Presentation /Oral
Presentation (s)
Written work (s), Partner
term paper
Others:
Tools (according to Directive SML Intranet Tests / Certificates)
free choice of pocket calculator
ZHAW pocket calculator
not programmable pocket calculator
Dictionary
Others: 4 pages of handwritten notes (in student hand writing)
Language of instruction
and examination
German English French
Course materials Slides
Script
Electronic aids: Excel templates
Others:
Required reading - Reader with various articles
Additional literature
Comments
26
Brand Management
Module description Brand Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1BM-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week)
3 2
Organizational unit International Business
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Cary Steinmann
Deputy
Prerequisites Advanced Business English 1 and 2
Aims Objective: The students develop a detailed understanding for comprehensive brand
management. They realize that products and services are not only commodities and
functions, but also mental constructions and knowledge in the perception of the
consumers.
Learning goals
5
The students learn the instruments of an integral and professional brand management –
from building the brand identity to positioning and putting it into action through strategy,
portfolio and development.
The students:
? Determine the meaning of a professional brand management in the current competitive
environment
? Can describe the process of identity-oriented brand construction
? Know the challenges of closing the gaps between brand perception and brand identity
? Apply the essential positioning approaches and the process for personality-oriented
brand positioning to practical examples
? Learn brand architectures and develop different brand strategic options
? Evaluate chances and risks in the context of brand transfer
? Develop the success factors of brand communication, multi-sensual and integrated
branding as well as brand profiling through personal and interactive communication
Learning content ? Brand Identity
? Brand Positioning
? Brand Architecture
27
? Strategies in Brand Management
? Brand Extension
? Brand Communication, Multi-sensual and Integrated Branding
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 10.5 40
Seminar/exercises 10.5 29
Practical work
Total 21 29 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) (70%) 15-20
1 Written paper(s) (30%)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Literature according to semester plan
Kapferer, J .-N. (2012) The New Strategic Brand Management, Kogan Page, London
Additional literature ? Kotler, P. / Keller, K.L. / Brady, M. / Goodman, M. / Hansen, T. (2012): Marketing
Management, Harlow
? Esch, F.-R. (2005): Strategie und Technik der Markenführung, Wiesbaden
? Aaker, D. A. (2002): Building Strong Brands, Simon&Schuster Ltd.
Keller, K. L. (2002): Strategic Brand Management, Prentice Hall
Remarks
28
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
29
Business and Human Rights
Module description Business and Human Rights
Module code w.BA.XX.BHR.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Herbert Winistörfer
Deputy Katharina Hetze
Prerequisites Fundamentals of business administration
Aims Students understand the significance of the respect for human rights for multinational
companies and are able to assess a company’s documented practice against current
standards.
Learning goals
6
Students…
? are familiar with the history and background of the current catalogue of human rights
(SPK)
? know the main institutions that govern and implement human rights frameworks at the
European and at the global level (SPK, IMC)
? understand how and to what degree enterprises are held responsible for respecting
human rights (CI, IMC, EC)
? are able to argue the opportunities and limitations of private companies‘ responsibility
to respect human rights (REC, CC, EC)
? are able to distinguish between the main voluntary standards for companies related to
the respect for human rights (SPK)
? know how companies implement a preventive approach for the respect of human
rights (human rights due diligence) (PAC, PC)
? are able to assess a company’s human rights approach based on publicly available
information (PAC, PC)
Learning content ? General concept of human rights
? International institutions and covenants governing human rights
? The global human rights situation today
? Private companies as actors in human rights protection.
? The UN framework for business and human rights
? Voluntary standards for companies related to the respect for human rights
? The business case for companies to respect human rights
30
? The NGO perspective on companies’ responsibility to respect human rights
? Example: the human rights approach of a Swiss-based multinational company
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
At least 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 46
Seminar/exercises 14 16
Practical work
Total 28 16 46
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Language of instruction German
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Selected book chapters and articles
Remarks
31
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
32
Business English 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BusE1.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Pat Fischli (fchp)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
NN
Prerequisite Knowledge Evidence of English language competence at the B2 Level of the Common European
Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), e.g.:
? Baccalaureate (Matura) or vocational baccalaureate (Berufsmatura), including
English
? Cambridge First Certificate in English, Grade B or C
? Cambridge BEC Vantage, Grade B or C
? TOEFL: IBT >54 points, CBT >157 points, paper-based >480 points
? BULATS: taken at a certified center; B2 Level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To develop a broad knowledge base in current and internationally oriented business
administration through business-oriented language analysis
? To acquire fundamental language knowledge of business English with its productive
and receptive skills
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business and academic
contexts
? To be able to analyze issues of business administration in organizations and public
administrations and to respond successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully, make
33
correct judgments, and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making, act responsibly, and be able to justify an
approach and results using appropriate arguments
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and with various target
groups and situations (business and academic setting)
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To develop effective self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises
? To experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on instructor
feedback
Primary Module Aim Students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to their
Business English topics and to their core degree subjects. Through active participation in
discussions and simulated meetings, students can express their opinions fluently and
convincingly, contributing ideas and responding to them, using vocabulary and grammatical
structures at the B2+Level of the Common European Framework of References for
Languages. Students are able to successfully structure their thoughts into a paragraph (i.e.,
topic sentence, supporting sentences, concluding sentence). By applying the writing skills
practiced in the classroom, students generate an online portfolio of their own writing which
includes paragraphs on contrasting ideas as well as summaries based on various sources
such as discussions, meetings, interviews, or articles and other written texts.
Module Content ? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book and texts
from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from the
students’ core degree subject material
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly paragraph and summary
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures (online and in class)
? Development of speaking skills through simulations of meetings, role play, and
discussions in business-related contexts
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? …develop and apply effective study techniques for learning vocabulary including core
subject vocabulary
? …understand how the Business English module is designed to support their access to
their core topics (from a language perspective)
? …relate their Business English knowledge to their core degree subjects
Application of knowledge and understanding
? …conduct simple business discussions
? …produce well-structured summaries based on various sources and also structure a
paragraph successfully
? …understand a wide range of typical business texts, correspondence, and reports
? …apply what they learn in this module to their work and study outside the Business
English classroom
Ability to make judgments
? …understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews
which are delivered at natural speed
Communication skills
? …actively take part in discussions and express their opinions fluently and convincingly
? …take part in a meeting by contributing ideas and responding to the ideas of others
Self-learning skills
? …improve their knowledge and use of grammar through self-study and classroom work
? …use a monolingual dictionary effectively
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following core topics/modules
34
Module: Content:
Marketing: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., sports marketing)
Innovation: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., process/product innovation)
Production: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., entering a new market)
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: simulated Meeting
Guided Self-Study
Individual work (e.g. online quizzes)
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Compulsory attendance for compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h h
Small Class 28 h 36 h 26 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
tasks
CT1: Online writing task
Grade
Pass/fail
35
CT2: Simulated Meeting
CT3: Online grammar tests
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Skillful – Reading & Writing, Student’s Book 3, by J ennifer Bixby & J aimie Scanlon,
Macmillan
Business Grammar Builder, Intermediate to Upper-Intermediate (2nd ed.) by Paul
Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
36
Business English 2
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09, dated 4.3.2014
Appendix of Academic Regulations Bachelor 09, dated 4.3.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Kristine De Curtis ([email protected])
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Agnes Zumthor (zumt)
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2BusE1.XX OR
English language competence at C1 level of the Common European Framework of
Reference for Languages (CEFR), e.g.:
? Cambridge First Certificate FCE/BEC Vantage, Grade A
? Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English (CAE/BEC Higher), Grade C
? TOEFL Internet-based, 74 points
? BULATS taken at a certified center, C1 level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To acquire fundamental productive and receptive English language skills as used in a
business environment
? To develop a broad knowledge base and a clear understanding of how language is
used in different business contexts by studying and discussing a wide range of current
business/economics topics
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply business communication skills in various business contexts
? To have the linguistic ability to analyze business/economics issues and respond to
them successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To use English language skills effectively to interpret situations in order to form
37
reasoned opinions or take decisions
? To be able to justify an opinion or decision and its consequences using appropriate
arguments and to demonstrate awareness of issues of corporate responsibility
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and with various target
groups
Self-learning skills (high)
? To develop self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow students
to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on teacher
feedback
Primary Module Aim w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX follows on from w.BA.XX.2BusE1.XX
Students are able to read, understand, and analyze a wide variety of texts which are related
to their Business English topics as well as their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work and in their five-minute presentations on business-related topics, students
can express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases, and
grammatical structures at the B2++level of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. Students are able to write short business reports, using formats
and language appropriate to text type and according to task. Students can understand the
most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews which are delivered at
natural speed.
Module Content ? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book as well as
texts from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from
students’ core degree subject material
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly typical business report
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business-related
contexts
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? …understand a wide range of typical business/economics texts, correspondence, and
reports.
? …apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately.
? …understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews
delivered at a natural speed.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? …apply what they learn in this module to their work and study outside the Business
English classroom.
? …prepare and give a well-structured five-minute presentation on a business-related
topic.
? …conduct short negotiations.
? …write basic business reports.
Ability to make judgments
? …express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner.
? …voice their opinions, analyze, and defend their own points of view in a competent
manner.
38
Communication skills
? …express themselves convincingly, both formally and informally, adapting their style to
their audience.
Self-learning skills
? …develop effective self-study techniques for grammar learning and vocabulary
consolidation.
? …develop and apply effective study techniques for learning vocabulary, including core
subject vocabulary.
? …relate their knowledge of Business English to the core subjects of their degree
program and understand how they can apply what they have learned.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Marketing: Core Subject Link texts in text bank
Macroeconomics: Core Subject Link texts in text bank
HR: Core Subject Link texts in text bank
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Compulsory attendance for compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h h
Small Class 28 h 36 h 26 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
39
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
Tasks
CT1: Report writing task
CT2: 5-min presentation
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Business Result Upper-Intermediate Student’s Book by Michael Duckworth and Rebecca
Turner (OUP)
Business Grammar Builder, Intermediate to Upper-Intermediate (2nd ed.) by Paul
Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
40
Business English Advanced 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BusEA1.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit SWR
Module Coordinator Pat Fischli (fchp)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
NN
Prerequisite Knowledge
? w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX
? Cambridge Proficiency, Grade C
? Cambridge Advanced English or Cambridge BEC Higher, Grade B
? TOEFL: IBT 110
? BULATS: taken at a certified center, C1-C2 Level
? Any other internationally accredited English language certificate at the C1-C2
Level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR)
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
41
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To further develop a knowledge base in current and internationally oriented business
administration through business-oriented language analysis of increasingly complex
authentic business material
? To acquire advanced language knowledge of business English with its productive and
receptive skills
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business and academic
contexts with a close focus on authentic business situations
? To be able to analyze issues of business administration in organizations and public
administrations and to respond successfully by adopting different roles (focus on written
and spoken form)
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply advanced communication skills to interpret a communicative context
successfully, make correct judgments and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making and be able to justify an approach and
results using appropriate arguments (taking the role of various stakeholders in
organizations)
Communication skills (high)
? To develop advanced communication skills in English
? To be able to communicate successfully to various target groups and situations
(business and academic setting)
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To further develop self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises
? To experience and experiment with the learning strategies developed in the
assessment year
Primary Module Aim w.BA.XX.2BusEA1.XX follows on from w.BA.XX.2BusE2.XX
Students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to their
Business English topics and to their core degree subjects. Through frequent discussion
work in class, students can express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using
vocabulary, phrases, and grammatical structures at the C1 Level of the Common European
Framework of References for Languages. Students are able to write detailed business
reports, using layout and language appropriate to the task (including language for
interpreting graphs and expressing trends). Students are also able to recognize and
produce appropriate register according to context. Students can understand most points
made in discussions, meetings, and interviews which are delivered at natural speed.
Module Content ? Development of reading skills through a variety of business texts topics such as:
project management, entrepreneurship, and political/economic problems
? Writing workshops: development of report writing skills
? Development of listening skills through authentic and semi-authentic audio material
? Development of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and set expressions related to
business and academic English
? Revision and practice of advanced business vocabulary and grammar (online and in
class)
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business-related
contexts
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? …understand a wide range of business texts
Application of knowledge and understanding
42
? …apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately
? …express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner
Ability to make judgments
? …write full business reports that are appropriate to context
? …adapt their style according to their audience (business and academic focus)
Communication skills
? …voice their opinions and defend their points of view in a competent and convincing
manner
? …understand points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews which are
delivered at a natural speed
Self-learning skills
? …generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
? …develop effective self-study techniques for language-learning and consolidation
? …apply what they learn in the classroom to their work and study outside the Business
English module
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following topics/modules
Module: Content:
Project Management: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., event management)
Entrepreneurship: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., risk management)
Political/Economic Problems: Core Subject Link texts in text bank (e.g., overpopulation)
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Compulsory attendance for compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h h
Small Class 28 h h h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
43
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
tasks
CT1: Online writing task
CT2: Group presentations
CT3: Online grammar tests
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading ? Skillful – Reading and Writing, Student’s Book 4, by Mike Boyle & Lindsay
44
Warwick, Macmillan
? Business Grammar Builder, Intermediate to Upper-Intermediate (2nd ed.) by Paul
Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
45
Business English Advanced 2
Modulbezeichnung Advanced Business English 2
Modulcode w.BA.XX.1EBO4.XX
Studiengang und
Studienrichtung
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Gültigkeit PO Prüfungsordnung Bachelor 09 vom 29.01.2009
Gültigkeit Anhang Anhang vom 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Verantwortliche OE Kommunikation & Mathematik in Wirtschaft & Recht
Modulverantwortung Renata Schuh (scea)
Stellvertretung Katharina Bernoulli (beka)
Erforderliche
Vorkenntnisse
w.BA.XX.1EBO3.XX
Richtziel w.BA.XX.1EBO4.XX folgt auf das Modul w.BA.XX.1EBO3.XX
Die Studierenden lesen, hören, kommentieren und analysieren eine breite Palette von
wirtschaftsrelevanten Texten im Zusammenhang mit den Themen, die in diesem und in
ihren anderen Modulen besprochen werden. Im Unterricht werden diese Themen
ausführlich diskutiert. In kurzen „Negotiation Meetings“ wenden die Studierenden
Verhandlungstechniken adressatengerecht und u.a. gemäss Harvardkonzept an. Sie
drücken sich dabei klar und detailliert aus legen ihre Ansichten fliessend und überzeugend
dar. Dazu verwenden sie Terminologie, Ausdrücke und grammatikalische Strukturen auf
dem sprachlichen Niveau C1 des Gemeinsamen Europäischen Referenzrahmens für
Sprachen.
Die Studierenden verfassen Kurzberichte und interpretieren unter anderem Kurven- und
Balkendiagramme. Sie wenden dabei die für das Genre üblichen stilistischen, formellen
und sprachlichen Strukturen korrekt an.
Schliesslich identifizieren, kommentieren und analysieren sie die Kernaussagen von unter
realen Verhältnissen und bei normaler Geschwindigkeit stattfindenden Diskussionen,
Besprechungen und anderen Gesprächen.
Lernziele
7
Die Studierenden:
- führen Sitzungen in kleinen Gruppen. (PHK, KK)
- beteiligen sich konstruktiv an einer Diskussion und schliessen sich dabei einer
Meinung anzuschliessen bzw. vertreten ihre eigene Meinung auf kompetente und
überzeugende Weise (PHK, FW, KK)
- führen Verhandlungen nach der Harvard-Methode (PHK)
- passen ihre Formulierungen den jeweiligen Gesprächspartnern an (PHK)
- lesen, kommentieren und analysieren eine breite Palette von geschäftlichen Texten,
46
einschliesslich Korrespondenz und Berichten (FW, PHK, KK)
- identifizieren, kommentieren und analysieren die Kernaussagen in Diskussionen,
Besprechungen und anderen Gesprächen in realen Situationen (normale
Geschwindigkeit) (PAK, SSK, KK)
- entwickeln eigene Vokabellisten als Lerninstrumente für das individuelle Lernen (FW,
KK, SSK)
- wenden den erworbenen Wirtschaftswortschatz sicher und situationsbezogen korrekt
an (SPK)
- entwickeln eigene Methoden für das Lernen und Konsolidieren von Wissen im
effektiven Selbststudium (PAK, RUK, KK)
- verfassen Kurzberichte, welche dem Kontext gerecht werden und ihren Zweck erfüllen
(FW, KK, KI)
- übertragen das im Unterricht Erlernte auf ihre Arbeit und auf ihre anderen Fächer
während des Studiums (SSK, KK)
Lerninhalte
- Entwicklung des Leseverständnisses anhand von verschiedenen Wirtschaftsthemen
wie Finanzen und Banking, Consulting, Strategie und Projektmanagement.
- Schreibwerkstätten: Beschreiben und Interpretieren von Kurven- und
Balkendiagrammen.
- Aufbau des Hörverständnisses mittels authentischer und semi-authentischer Hörtexte
- Erweiterung des Wortschatzes einschliesslich idiomatischer Ausdrücke und fester
Ausdrücke im Geschäftsleben
- Verfestigung und Übung des erweiterten Geschäftswortschatzes und der Grammatik
- Verfeinerung des mündlichen Ausdrucks durch Rollenspiel und durch Diskussionen
über wirtschaftliche Themen
Verknüpfung zu Das Modul weist eine Verknüpfung zu folgendem / folgenden Modul(en) auf:
anderen Modulen Modul: Inhalte:
w.BA.XX.1PrSTM.XX
w.BA.XX.1BWL1.XX
Strategic Management
Business Administration
Unterrichtsverfahren Kontaktstudium
Vorlesung / Lehrgespräch
Simulation
Projektunterricht
Case Study
Weitere Formen:
Geleitetes Selbststudium
Einzelarbeit
Partnerarbeit
Gruppenarbeit
Präsenzverpflichtung
im Kontaktstudium
Präsenzverpflichtung für Compulsory Tasks (obligatorische Übungen) gemäss
Semesterprogramm. Empfohlen: 80% Präsenzzeit
Unterrichtsgliederung Kontaktstudium (SWS / h) Geleitetes Selbststudium Autonomes
Selbststudium
Vorlesung 21 39 30
Übung
Praktikum
Total 21 39 30
Leistungsnachweise Anzahl Art des Leistungsnachweises Dauer (Min.)
1 Schriftliche Prüfung(en) 60
1 Mündliche Prüfung(en) 20
Referat/mündliche
Präsentation(en)
1 Schriftliche Arbeit(en) 45
1 Weitere: 20
47
Unterrichtssprache Englisch
Unterrichtsunterlagen
und Pflichtliteratur
Folienskript
Skript
Market Leader Advanced Coursebook (3rd edition) by Iwonna Dubicka and Margaret
O’Keeffe (Pearson Longman) ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
Market Leader Advanced Practice File (3rd edition) with CD by J ohn Rogers (Pearson
Longman) ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
Ergänzende Literatur Emmerson, P. (2002). Business Grammar Builder (2nd ed.). Oxford: Macmillan ISBN: 978-0-
2307-3254-4
Bemerkungen
1
Ausweis des Bezuges zu den übergeordneten Studiengangszielen: Förderung folgender Kompetenzen:
a. Kompetenzen gemäss Dublin Descriptors
Fachkompetenz
1. Fachwissen (FW)
2. Praxis- und Handlungskompetenz (PHK)
3. Wissenschaftliche Kompetenz (WK)
Methodenkompetenz
4. Problemlösungs- und Analysekompetenz (PAK)
5. Reflexions- und Urteilskompetenz (RUK)
6. Sozial- und Selbstkompetenz (SSK)
Kontextkompetenz
7. Kontextfokussierung und Interdisziplinarität (KI)
b. Studiengangspezifische Kompetenzen
8. Kommunikationskompetenz (KK)
9. Führungskompetenz (FK)
10. Internationales Denken / Multikulturelle Kompetenz (IMK)
11. Ethische Kompetenz (EK)
48
Business in Emerging Markets; China and India
Modulbezeichnung Business in Emerging Markets / main Focus: China and India
Modulcode w.BA.XX.1BusEM.XX
Studiengang und
Studienrichtung
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Gültigkeit PO Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Gültigkeit Anhang Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Verantwortliche OE Department International Business
Modulverantwortung Dr. Markus Braun (brau), Head of Business Development SML
Stellvertretung Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini (pnas), Head of Competence Center Asia Business
Erforderliche Vorkenntnisse Strategic Management / International Management
Richtziel The students understand the two largest Emerging Markets in the world regarding their
sourcing power as well as the potential of the world’s growing market – how can 2.4 billion
people be served!
Die Studierenden verstehen die wirtschaftlichen Potentiale der zwei neuen Märkte China
und Indien – wie können 2.4 Billionen potentielle Kunden bedient werden.
Lernziele
8
The students
? Are able to understand the present situation based on the historical, philosophical and
religious background of the two countries – intercultural Management (SPK, IMC. CI)
Verstehen die gegenwärtige Situation sowie die historischen und religiösen
Hintergründe.
? Know how large MNE entered the Chindia market and how they expand their market
share – key success factors (SPK, REC, CI).
Verstehen, wie grosse MNE in diese Märkte eindringen und wie sie
Wettbewerbsvorteile aufbauen.
? Know the national key players in selected industries and understand, why and how
large companies from China and India go global – entering the home markets of the
Western MNIE (SPK, SC).
Kennen der grossen lokalen Unternehmungen und wie diese sich international
ausbreiten.
? Are aware how these two countries shape the future world economy (SPK, IMC)
Verstehen, wie die zwei Länder sich entwickeln und die globale ökonomische
Marktsituation beeinflussen.
? Can evaluate the potential of Chindia for sourcing products and services (PAC, IMC)
Können das Einkaufspotential und Servicemöglichkeiten abschätzen.
? Are individually able to develop a market entry strategy for midsize companies
49
adapted to the specific industries and markets (PC, IMC, EC)
Können für ein schweizerisches KMU eine Entry-Strategie entwickeln.
Lerninhalte ? The historical developments of the two countries
Historische Entwicklung der beiden Länder.
? The potential of the Chinese and the Indian markets (present and future; when will
they peak)
Ökonomische Potentiale der beiden Märkte.
? The development of the buying power of the middle class – market size and spending
power.
Die Entwicklung der Mittelschicht der beiden Länder und deren Kaufkraft.
? Market entry - barriers, pitfalls, laws and regulations
Eintrittsbarrieren und Schwierigkeiten sowie gesetzliche Regelungen.
? Market entry strategy for midsize companies
Markteintritt-Strategien für KMUs.
? IP protection
Schutz des geistigen Eigentums
? FDI
? Branding and marketing
Markenführung
? The future role of the two countries as the home of large MNE’s who will conquer the
Western world.
Der Heimmarkt von MNE, die systematisch ihre Präsenz im globalen Markt aus-
bauen.
Verknüpfung zu The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
anderen Modulen
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging markets
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Asia Pacific
Intercultural Management
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on other developing nations
Behavioral aspects
Unterrichtsverfahren Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
1. Group work
Präsenzverpflichtung im
Kontaktstudium
80%
Unterrichtsgliederung Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Vorlesung 28 h 42 h 20 h
Übung
50
Praktikum
Total 28 h 42 h 20 h
Leistungsnachweise No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 20 minutes per group
plus 20 minutes Q&A
and discussion with the
class
1 Written paper(s) Term paper of 20 pages
Other(s):
Unterrichtssprache English
Unterrichtsunterlagen und
Pflichtliteratur
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Ergänzende Literatur See handout in class
Bemerkungen The students should be interested in the present international scope of business and
especially the future developments of the two large markets – openness to see the market
potential of Chindia!
Die Studenten sollten daran interessiert sein, wie sich Chindia entwickelt.
The module w.1BuSEM is linked to the module Business in Emerging Markets – Field Trip
(w.1EMFT). Students who want to participate in the Field Trip (China) need to participate
in the module w.1BuSEM. The students will receive the opportunity to be in the planning
and preparing committee for the field trip.
Studenten, die den Fieldtrip mitmachen möchten (w.1EMFT), müssen dieses Module
besuchen – Pflichtfach!
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
51
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
52
Business Information Management
Module description Business Information Management – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1InfM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Integration Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IWI
Module responsibility Robert Rohrkemper
Deputy Matthias Litzke
Prerequisites Basic knowledge in Business Administration as well as basic knowledge in Information
Systems.
Aims The students …
? can explain selected information technologies
? use the theoretically acquired knowledge practically
? understand, analyze and commentate on media reports with a strong focus on
information systems and information technologies
? use a virtual (class) learning environment.
Learning goals
9
The students …
? show their knowledge in information and communication systems (SPK)
? explain the technical basis of information systems (SPK, PC)
? use knowledge tools in their daily work (PC)
? analyze business cases.(PAC)
Learning content ? See detailed plan.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
53
? Introduction in Business Administration ? All content
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance will be communicated separately.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 60
Seminar/exercises 28 64
Practical work
Total 56 64 60
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Video presentation variable
1 Software program or tool variable
2 Presentation(s) variable
2 Paper(s) variable
8 Others: Online tasks variable
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
"Management Information Systems. Managing the digital firm" by Kenneth C. Laudon /
J ane P. Laudon (No need to buy before class starts) (Multimedia-) documents in
„Moodle“
Additional literature
Remarks
54
Business Law
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BL-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations of 2009 dated 29 J anuary 2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009, last modification dated 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main Study Period
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department of Business Law
Module Coordinator Philipp Sieber, siee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Dennis Scheidegger, scde
Prerequisite
Knowledge
None
Program Objectives
(relevant to module)
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Comprehensive overview of system and key terminology of private law
? Understanding of legal methodology and argument
? Mastering the basic principles of the law of persons and of contract, liability, and
property law
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Practical implementation of knowledge of legal terminology of different legal areas in
dealing with legal cases
? Application of methodological know-how to complex facts and circumstances and
development of appropriate solutions
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? Identification of applicable legal provisions of private law and their interpretation in the
context of legal cases
? Use of legal questions to arrive at independent opinions and application of legal
reasoning
Communication Skills (Low)
? Use of verbal legal argument in an appropriate and convincing manner
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Developing a readiness to learn more about state political issues and questions of
administrative law
? Conducting autonomous and supervised self-study to deal with legal cases
55
Primary Module Aim Students are given an overview of the system and the key issues of private law and learn to
categorize relevant legal problems. They know the main standards and principles of the
Swiss law of persons and of contract, liability, and property law and are able to apply these
to practical cases in a methodologically correct manner. Students gain an overview of the
important types of contracts of specific contract law.
Module Content ? Foundations: structure of legal system; hierarchy of legal sources; key terminology of
private law; overview of business-related legal areas
? Methodology of solving cases: claim method; norm analysis;
? Extra-contractual liability law: system of liability, culpability, damage, causality, iniquity,
strict liability
? General contract law: contract formation; contract defects; contract performance;
defaults
? Specific contract law: purchase agreement, contract for work and services, order
? Property law: property and ownership in connection with the sale of goods law
? Preservation measures: right of lien, lien, mortgages, penalties
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? …explain the fundamental terminology of private law
? …name the fundamental principles and key norms of the law of persons and of
contract, liability, and property law
? …explain the principles of legal methodology and their practical significance in solving
legal cases
? …list the key preservation measures
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? …understand business-related facts and circumstances of legal practice with regard to
issues of private law and relate them to the applicable legal provisions
? …apply the key principles and norms of the law of persons and of contract, liability,
and property law to legal cases
? …analyze important problems using the sale of goods law, mandate law, and the law
of contracts for work and services and propose effective solutions
? …determine the appropriate preservation measure for the facts of a case and provide
reasons
Ability to Make Judgments
? …use their methodological know-how to effectively analyze the norms of various areas
of private law with regard to their factual elements
? …use convincing arguments to defend their case solutions using applicable legal
provisions
? …develop and evaluate the interrelationships between the various bases for a claim in
private law in the context of complex facts and circumstances
Communication Skills
? …convincingly explain their legal arguments in verbal discussions and communicate
clearly
Self-Learning Skills
? …autonomously deal with legal cases of private law and develop effective solutions
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
? Corporate and Tax Law: Company law and the Debt Enforcement and
Bankruptcy Act
Teaching method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lecture
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project(s)
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group project(s)
56
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
No
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 56 h h 96 h
Small Class h h h
Group Instruction h 28 h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h 28 h 96 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100 % Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources (according to the guidelines on the use of examination
aids/resources ("Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse")
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others: Unmarked Swiss Civil Code in accordance with the guidelines; without
annotations.
57
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Course Materials Lecture slides
Script
Electronic resources
Others
Compulsory Reading
Recommended Reading - Münch Peter/Bortolani-Slongo Margherita/Müller Roger, Praxisorientierte Einführung
ins Privatrecht, 4th edition. Zürich 2012
- Böhringer Peter/Müller Roger/Münch Peter/Waltenspühl Alex (ed.), Prinzipien des
Vertragsrechts. 2nd edition. Zürich 2010
Comments
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
58
Consolidated Financial Statements
Module description Consolidated Financial Statements
Module code w.BA.XX.2CFS.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Oliver Vögele (voeg)
Deputy
Prerequisites Successful completion of the assessment
Aims Students apply basic principles of Financial Accounting by means of complex questions
and problems. They establish a relation between their insights and their greater
correlation. They produce actively consolidated financial statements and judge these
applying a framework which was developed. Students understand current norms and
guidelines and can apply them on actual situations.
Learning goals
10
Students
? Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting (SPK)
? Can consolidate financial statements, income statements, cash flow statements (SPK,
SC)
? Will be able to handle goodwill and can apply in accordance to rules and standards
(SPK, CI, PC)
? Know the principles of deferred taxes and foreign exchange calculations in consolidation
accounting (SPK, PC, SC)
? Interpret consolidated accounts of listed companies in different branches (SPK, CI,
PAC, REC)
? Can approach implementation concepts in a holistic way and connect them to other
areas of problems (CI, REC).
Learning content ? Principles of Consolidated Financial Statements
? Selected topics: Accounting for non-controlling interests, Equity Accounting, Deferred
taxes, Foreign Exchange, Profit elimination, Cashflow Statements
? Goodwill Accounting & Purchase Price Allocation
? Consolidated Financial Statements Analysis
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Corporate Finance & Valuation Valuation
59
Financial Accounting
Consolidated financial accounts
(enhancement of the basics)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: weblecture
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
none
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56h 40h 84h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 40h 84h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Conrad Meyer, Consolidated Financial Statements, 2009
Additional literature Behr, Giorgio; Leibfried, Peter: Rechnungslegung, 2. Auflage, Zürich 2009
Gianini, Franz et. Al: Konzernrechnung und Konzernrechnungslegung, 3. Auflage, Zürich
2009
Boemle, Max / Lutz, Ralf: Der J ahresabschluss, 5. Auflage, Zürich 2008
Remarks
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
60
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
61
Consumer behavior and communication
Module description Consumer behavior and communication
Module code w.BA.XX.1KvK-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IMM
Module responsibility Sandro Graf (graa)
Deputy Linda Miesler (miel)
Prerequisites Principles of Marketing
Aims The students are aware of the importance of getting to know their customers in order to
derive specific marketing measures from this. They scientifically deal with consumer
behaviour as an individual as well as part of a group and are able to put methods and
tools into practice. They understand the meaning of marketing communication in corporate
management and are able to analytically capture, classify and pragmatically solve tasks
related to marketing communication.
Learning goals
11
The students
- are able to describe the changes in consumer behaviour and the market (PC,
PAC, REK)
- understand the fundamentals of consumer behaviour and the implications for the
development of a communication strategy (REK, CC)
- know the most important external and internal factors of consumer behaviour
(PC, PAC, REK),
- gain an overview over the most important communications channels which have
an impact on consumer behaviour (PC)
- understand the impact of media and how media effectiveness is being measured
(PAC, REC)
- are able to plan and steer communication measures (PC)
Learning content Consumer behaviour
- psychology of buying
- processing of information by the consumer: buying as a process
- perception and learning of customers
- motivation and emotion of customers
- typology of customers
62
- the customer as a decision maker: individual decisions, situational influences,
bandwagon effect
Communication
- Mass media and their impact on consumer behaviour
- Impact of media on attitudes
- Determinants of media effectiveness
- Measurement of media effectiveness
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Strategic Management
Principles of Marketing
Market research, marketing efficiency and
effectiveness
Corporate strategy
Marketing concept / marketing mix
Market research, marketing controlling
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Practical
presentations
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
2. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 40 84
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s)
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Michael R. Solomon / Gary Bamossy / Soren Askegaard / Margaret K. Hogg (2013).
Consumer Behaviour – A European Perspective. 5th Edition.Harlow: Pearson Education /
FT Prentice Hall.
Additional literature Related elated scientific articles/academic papers
Remarks The exercise course focuses on selected topics and is not directly connected to the main
lectures.
63
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
64
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Module description Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1CFRM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4 per week / 56 per semester
Organizational unit FCP
Module responsibility Dr. Daniel Hoechle (hoec)
Deputy Dr. Peter Manz (mape)
Prerequisites Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis;
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Aims The students are proficient in the methodologies that are required to analyze investments,
corporate finance strategies, instruments for financing and the dividend policy. They
understand the regulatory framework for and the key principles of good risk management
and are able to assess the quality of a bank’s risk management.
Learning goals
12
The students
? value cash flows (PV, NPV) to analyse the performance of key financial instruments
and investments. (PC, PAC)
? understand the critical judgments required in formulating a corporate finance strategy
and a dividend policy. They are able to analyse and solve related cases. (SPK, PAC)
? apply their knowledge to develop solutions in liquidity management, M&A, and
international financial management. (SPK, PAC)
? understand key risk categories for banks and key principles of modern risk
management. (SPK, CI)
? are proficient in applying VaR when analysing portfolio returns. (PC, PAC)
? are able to assess the quality of a bank’s risk management. (REC, CI)
Learning content 1. Valuation methods
2. Financial instruments and their valuation (bonds, equities, and options)
3. Capital budgeting (analysis, valuation, sensitivity analysis)
4. Corporate financing and market efficiency
5. Opportunity cost of capital (WACC)
6. Capital structure and the company’s cost of capital
7. Risk management regulation for banks
8. Risk governance and asset-liability management of banks
9. Market risk and operational risk management
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
65
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Management
Content:
Financial instruments, CAPM
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56 h 56 h 68 h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 56h 68h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90 (80% of final grade)
Oral exam(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Evaluation of guided self-
study work
20% of final grade
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Brealey, Myers, Marcus (2012). Fundamentals of Corporate Finance; 7th revised edition.
McGraw-Hill.
Crouhy, Galai, Mark (2014). The Essentials of Risk Management; 2
nd
edition. McGraw-Hill.
Additional literature Bodie, Kane, Marcus (2013). Essentials of Investments; Global Edition. McGraw-Hill.
Volkart, Wagner (2014). Corporate Finance: Grundlagen von Finanzierung und Investition;
6. Auflage. Zürich: Versus.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
66
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
67
Credit Management
Module description Credit Management – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1KM-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Titus Spirig
Deputy Suzanne Ziegler, Horst Bienert
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w.BA.XX.1BWL1.XX, (Part: Financial Sector))
Aims Students gain an understanding of the credit business of banks and understand other
options for corporate finance. They understand the client needs, the credit products, the
Swiss credit market, the mortgage business, lending to Private Banking clients, the credit
process, regulations and the methods of credit risk management. In addition students
should be able to adapt models and concepts to specific credit business questions and
solve specific questions. Students also gain an overview of credit risk management and
understand the most important concepts.
Learning goals
13
The students
? Get an overview of the financing markets in general and the Swiss credit market
(SPK, REC)
? Have a good understanding of client needs, competitive environment, processes and
regulations (SPK, REK)
? Know the credit products, with a focus on mortgages and Lombard loans (SPK)
? Do understand the concept credit risk management (SPK, REC)
? Analyse current topics based on theoretical models (SPK, PC, PAC, REC)
? Research the relevant expert literature (SPK, SC, REC)
? Apply their research knowledge based on specific questions and write a short group
work (guided study). (SPK, SC, REC)
Learning content Content lecture:
? Basics of credit business
? The theory of asymmetric information
? The credit process
68
? The Swiss credit market
? Mortgage business
? Mortgage backed security
? Micro finance
? Lending in Private Banking
? Credit Risk Management
o Basics and Overview
o Rating systems and probability of loss of single credits
o Portfolio models
o Tools for portfolio steering
o Implementation, interfaces and discussion
? Group works with annual reports of banks
? Group works with specific topics
? Guest lecture to specific topics
Self study (conducted)
? Group work: Analysis of the credit business of a Swiss Bank, including research, to
be presented in class
Self study (individual)
a. Given literature, assignments
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills Practice of the Research knowledge -
Business Administration (BWL) Swiss Banking Management
Mathematics Basic knowledge
Business Law Contract law, regulation law
Economics Function of the Central bank, basics of
micro- and macroeconomics
Corp. Finance and Risk Management Risk Management
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
In general: none
Individual lectures can be made compulsory. This will be announced at the beginning of
the semester. Such lectures are then a prerequisite for participation in the module exam.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 32 30
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 (80%)
Oral exam(s)
1 Group Presentation 20%
69
1 Guided self-study in a group pass/fail
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script
Selected articles will be distributed
Additional literature -
Remarks 20% group work and presentation of a selected topic
80% written end of module exam (60 minutes), (content: lecture notes, presentation and
study of literature)
Guided self-study in a group (pass/fail)
? A fail leads to mark 1 for the module
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
70
Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions
Module description Diplomacy, Diplomats & Institutions
Module code w.BA.XX.1DDI.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit AIB-IMI-CEB
Module responsibility Florian Keller
Deputy Dominique Ursprung
Prerequisites
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Understand the mechanism of international relations
? Have an overview over the key international institutions and organisations
? Know the structure and functioning of Embassies and consulates
? Analyse current events in the field of foreign affairs
Learning goals
14
After completing the module students should be able to:
? have a basic knowledge of diplomacy (PC)
? understand the role of the UN System and its specialized agencies (REC)
? know the role and influence of new international actors (REC)
? assess the benefits and challenges of a life as a diplomat (SPK)
? understand the value of a diplomatic exchange for real-life situations (PC)
Learning content ? Different types of diplomacy
? Diplomatic problems and solutions
? Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations
? Ministries of Foreign Affairs
? Embassies and Consulates
? The UN System
? Specialised UN Agencies, such as ILO, IMF, UPU, WHO, WIPO
? The World Trade Organisation WTO in Geneva
? International Organisations in Switzerland
? Etiquette and manners for an diplomatic environment
71
? Today’s international landscape and its challenges
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
3. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 20 42
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Background paper on the
presentation (2 pages)
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Textbook:
? Berridge, G.R. (2010). Diplomacy: Theory and Practice (4
th
edition). Basingstoke:
Palgrave Macmillan
? Heywood, Andrew (2014), Global Politics, Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan
Additional literature
Remarks
72
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
73
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module description Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusAP.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit CIB
Module responsibility René Rüttimann; Petra Barthelmess; J uan Wu
Deputy Markus Prandini
Prerequisites Strategic Management
Aims The students understand the large market of the Asia Pacific Area (4 billion inhabitants) -
the historical developments, the present situation and the expected growth (next five to
ten years).
Die Studierenden verstehen den asiatischen Markt mit seine 4 Billionen Einwohner.
The focus lies on the one hand on the potential for sourcing for Western companies, but
on the other hand increasingly on doing business there – exploring the potentials of the
local markets for Swiss/Western companies.
Fokus liegt in den Potentialen für westliche Unternehmungen.
Learning goals
15
The students:
? Acquire the basics to evaluate and understand the different countries if the Asia
Pacific Regions with regard to their market, their political and social situation, the
standard of the business relevant infrastructure and the potential for foreign products.
(PC, PAC, CI)
Haben ein Grundverständnis der unterschiedlichen Länder u.a. die politischen und
sozialen Unterschiede sowie geschäftsrelevante Einzelheiten.
? Know the underlying philosophical, ethical and religious background which permeates
most of these countries business behavior. (SPK, SC, CI)
Kennen die philosophischen, religiöse und ethische Besonderheiten, die bei
Geschäftskontakten relevant sind.
? Are able to develop a business relevant framework for the whole area as well as for
individual countries. (PAC)
Können eine einfache Geschäftsmodelle für den Markteintritt entwickeln entweder für
die gesamte Region oder für einzelne Länder.
74
? Know the basic analytical steps to enter the Asia Pacific area and develop strategies
for the most important countries (Asian Tigers, South Korea and J apan). In this class
China and India are excluded since they are dealt specifically in the class “Business
in Emerging Markets.” (SPK, PAC)
Kennen die konkreten Schritte um in die AP-Märkte einzusteigen (China und Indien
liegen nicht im Fokus und werden kaum behandelt).
? Explore, what implications the growing markets have for Swiss/Western companies
who cater mainly to regional markets. (PAC)
Verstehen das Potential dieses wachsenden Marktes.
? Are able independently explore the potential of the Asian Pacific Countries for
potential expansion plans for midsize companies. (SPK, PAC, CI)
Haben die Fähigkeit erworben, selbständig vertieft diese Märkte zu bearbeiten.
Learning content ? Key issues which determine the business dealings
Schlüssel Fakten die geschäftsrelevant sind.
? Philosophical background of the business ethic
Philosophischer und ethischer Hintergrund.
? Theoretical concept to develop a company strategy to either source in the Asia Pacific
Area or to do business there
Schlüsselaspekte für eine Markteintrittsstrategie.
? Case studies based on current research activity or with guest speakers.
Fallstudien.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging Markets
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two large market
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Emerging Markets
Intercultural Management.
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on China and India
Behavioral aspects.
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
>80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30 per group plus 15
75
exploring the findings
with the class
1 Written paper(s) Background of the oral
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature The latest books and periodicals will be discussed and the reading part will be adjusted
according the current topics in the APR.
Remarks The students should be interested in the international scope of business now and
especially in the future. The class will deal with economical, as well as educational and
cultural issues.
Exploration of the new markets stands in the foreground, especially from the standpoint of
Swiss/Western companies – strategic concepts.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
76
Doing Business in Eastern Europe
Module description Doing Business in Eastern Europe
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusEE-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit AIB
Module responsibility Dr. Anna Nikoulina
Deputy Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Prerequisites None
Aims This module deals with issues that companies face today when doing business in the
transitional economies of Eastern Europe (EE). Frameworks and methods will be
presented that help managers in assessing the attractiveness of foreign markets and
designing an appropriate market entry strategy as well as a marketing strategy for EE
markets. Furthermore, strategies are analyzed from a foreign and local company
perspective. Attention is also given to the design of organizational structures for the EE
business and the management of EE activities. The course expands on the models and
knowledge of earlier international business and management courses. This module aims
to:
? Develop students’ understanding of the current issues foreign (and local)
companies face when entering /operating in East European markets
? develop students’ appreciation of the recent and continuing process of transition
from a centrally planned to a market-based economy and its implications for
doing business in the region
? present business logic that drives foreign companies in EE and how they
approach the region (sub-regions) and manage their business in EE
? highlight how local firms can respond to “superior” foreign competitors entering
their home markets
? Give an overview of how MNCs manage and organize their operations in EE,
exposing their strategies
Learning goals
16
By the end of the module, students are able to:
• Evaluate the characteristics of economies and markets in EE (SPK, SC)
• Evaluate selected EE markets and economies and be able to reflect on the process of
transition from a centrally planned to a market-based economy and its implications for
doing business in the region (SPK)
• Critically evaluate the motivation and strategic considerations which guide the
77
expansion of foreign companies to EE and the ways in which MNCs manage and
organize their operations in EE (REC, SPK, PAC)
• Examine business issues through different eyes (Western versus local EE
perspective; academic versus managerial perspective) (REC, SSC, CI, EC, IMC)
• Identify and assess data/information from a variety of sources (SC, PAC)
• Evaluate decisions in emerging markets in the context of a diverse and dynamic
environment (SPK, PAC, EC, IMC, REC)
• Structure decisions related to the choice of the appropriate country market selection
and entry strategy into EE (SPK, PAC, IMC, LC, EC)
• Communicate orally as individuals and as members of a team (PC, CC, LC)
• Structure complex management issues in a multifaceted business environment
• Plan in a cross-cultural context (PC, CC, LC, EC, IMC)
Learning content
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
• International Strategic Management
• Corporate and Cross Culture
• International Business & Management
• International Environment of Business
Content:
? elements of business and
managerial decision making
? elements of strategic management
? elements of international and cross-
cultural management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 12 50
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30
1 Written paper(s) 10 pages
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script and reader
Additional literature Brenner, B. (2009): Management Control in Central and Eastern European Subsidiaries,
Palgrave Macmillan
Bakacsi, g., Takacs, S., Karacsonyi, A. & Imrek, V. (2002): Eastern European cluster:
tradition and transition, J ournal of World Business, Vol.37, pp.69-80.
78
Dawar, N. & Frost, T. (1999): Competing with giants – Survival strategies for local
companies in emerging markets, Harvard Business Review, March-April, pp.119-129.
Kets de Vries, M. (2000): A journey into the Wild East: Leadership style and organizational
practices in Russia, Organizational Dynamics, Vol.28, No.4, pp.67-81.
Marinov, M., Marinova, S., Manrai, L. & Manrai, A. (2001): Marketing Implications of
Communist Ideological Legacy in Culture in the Context of Central and Eastern Europe: A
Comparison of Bulgaria, Romania, and Ukraine, J ournal of Euromarketing, Vol.11, No.1,
pp.7-35.
Meyer, K. (2002): Management Challenges in Privatization Acquisitions in Transition
Economies, J ournal of World Business, Vol.37, pp.266-276.
Schien, N., Puck, J . (2010): The internationalization of Austrian firms in Central and
Eastern Europe, J ournal for East European Management Studies 15.3, pp.237-259.
Schuh, A. & Holzmüller H. (2003): Marketing Strategies of Western Consumer Goods
Firms in Central and Eastern Europe? In: Stüting, Dorow, Classen & Blazejewski (eds.):
Change Management in Transition Economies, Palgrave Macmillan, New York, pp.176-
188.
Schuh, Arnold (2007): Brand Strategies of Western MNCs as Drivers of Globalization in
Central and Eastern Europe. European J ournal of Marketing 41 (3/4): 274-291.
Schuh, A. (2012): Strategy Review for Central and Eastern Europe: Strategic Responses
of Foreign Multinational Corporations to the Recent Economic and Financial Crisis,
J ournal of East-West Business, 18, pp.185:1-207.
Warner, M., Edwards, V., Polonsky, G., Pucko, D. & Zhu, Y. (2005): Management in
Transitional Economies, Routledge Curzon, London 2005, pp.1-106
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals; development of the following competences:
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinary (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
79
Doing Business in Latin America
Module description Doing Business in Latin America
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusLA.XX.
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit Department International Business
Module responsibility Peter Qvist-Sorensen
Deputy -
Prerequisites -
Aims Doing Business in South America addresses the different economic situations in South
America, specifically of the Pacific Alliance countries and Brazil. It also concerns the
impact of the growing middle classes.
Furthermore, the module deals with issues that Swiss companies face today when doing
business in the Pacific Alliance countries and Brazil. It highlights the importance of the
region in terms of opportunities and risks and evaluates the best possible strategies for
doing business in these areas and what lessons have to be learned.
The module also deals with the benefits of the FTAs (Free Trade Agreements) between
Switzerland and certain Latin American countries.
It shows the cultural differences and the impact of this culture on how to do business in
this region, including the perception of Switzerland and Swissness.
Moreover, the course takes a look at the relevant legal aspects for foreign companies.
The course expands on the models and knowledge of earlier international business and
management courses and will make ample use of work cases during class.
Learning goals
17
By the end of module, students are able to:
? Evaluate the characteristics of economics and markets in Brazil, Mexico, Columbia,
Chile and Peru (SPK, SC).
? Evaluate the different political, sociocultural and legal aspects for doing business in the
mentioned countries (PC, PAC, CI).
? Understand the impact of the growing middle class in this area (SPK).
80
? Critically evaluate the motivation and strategic consideration which guide the
expansion of foreign companies to PA-countries and Brazil as well as the ways in
which MNE’s and SME’s manage and organise their operations (REC, SPK, PAC).
? Develop a business model for entering the region or one of the countries (SPK, PAC).
? Understand what implications the growing markets have for Swiss/Western companies
(PAC).
? Apply the learned elements in specific business situations (PC).
? Identify and assess data/information from a variety of sources (SC, PAC).
? Be communicative individually and as a member of a team (PC, CC, LC).
Learning content ? Introduction of the PA-countries and Brazil
? Political, economic, social, technological, ecological and legal aspects of the PA-
countries and Brazil
? Market entry strategy to enter the PA-countries and/or Brazil
? Integration of practical examples (also through external guest lectures)
? Practical application of the newly learned knowledge by doing a case study
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
? International Business and Management
? International Environment of Business
? Corporate Culture and Cross-Cultural
Management
? Economics
? International Strategic Management
? International Business
? Operations- and Process Management
? Principles of Strategic Management
Content:
? Elements of business and managerial
decision making
? Elements of strategic management
? Elements of international and cross-
cultural management
? Corporate decision to go international
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 12 50
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 12 50
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30 (Incl. 10 min. class
discussion)
1 Written paper(s) 10 pages
Other(s):
81
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature -
Remarks -
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Doing Business in the Middle East
Module description Doing Business in the Middle East
Module code w.BA.XX.1DBusME.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit Abteilung Internationales Business
Module responsibility Khaldoun Dia-Eddine
Deputy
Prerequisites
Aims The students are aware of the importance of the region in term of opportunities and risks
in way to evaluate the best possible strategy for doing business in this region. The
students will also be aware of the cultural differences and the impact of this culture on the
consumer behavior, ways of getting in touch with the locals, manner of establishing
business and developing relationship. Students will get key knowledge about the culture
and the different environments
Learning goals
18
The students
? Understand the basic elements of the culture in ME (SPK)
? Understand the environment of business in the ME (SPK, CI)
? Understand the importance of and develop skill for adequate communication (CC)
? Understand and be able to evaluate the business consequences of cultural
differences (PAC, IMC)
? Apply these learned elements in specific business situations (PC)
? Develop an integrated vision about opportunities and risks for business to guide them
for the establishment or development of a business in/with the region (SPK, CI)
? Understand the basic of Islamic Ethics, Economy, Finance and consumer behavior
(SPK)
Understand the changes happening in the Arab World (SPK, REC)
Learning content ? Introduction about the region:
? Geography and position,
? Economy: Characteristics, opportunities, risks, regional and global integration
? Political systems and the changes in Arab World, strategic issues for development
and world relation
? Demography and human development
? Historical time line, analysis of three key historical periods
? Sources of values, religion and its impact
? Islamic economy and finance
? Islamic consumer behavior
83
? Cultural dimensions of Arabs compared with others
? Arab mind and the influencing elements
Business behavior and business interaction with people of ME
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Strategic Management
Principles of Marketing
Corporate decision to go international
Market entry, influence of culture on marke-
ting mix
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 12 50
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 12 50
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 30
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
84
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
85
Economic Globalization
Module description Economic Globalization
Module code w.BA.XX.1EG.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit FWP
Module responsibility Maria Rueda (rued)
Deputy Christian Berger (bere)
Prerequisites w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, w.1VWL3 (for Business Law: w.1VWL1_BL, w.1VWL2_BL)
Aims The students
? explain the various aspects of economic globalization as an ongoing process using
economic tools
? explain the historical roots of economic globalization in the context of current
developments
? recognize, consider, and evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of economic
globalization (in general and in relation to rich and poor countries)
Learning goals
19
The students…
? are able to identify the various globalization processes and analyze these from an
economic perspective (PAC, REC, SC).
? are able to explain the historical development of economic globalization and are able
to understand current developments and issues and put these into a context (SPK,
SC).
? are able to identify the advantages and disadvantages, and also winners and losers,
of economic globalization (SPK, REC, SSC)
? are able to critically debate arguments for and against economic globalization (REC,
CI, CC).
Learning content ? Global trade in goods and services, direct investments
? The role of the WTO and of regional integration blocks
? Historical development since 1500
? Measuring globalization (various concepts)
? Industrialization and internationalization strategies of emerging countries
? Criticism of globalization
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Module(s):
86
w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2 (resp. w.1VWL1-BL,
w.1VWL2-BL)
Customs and Contingents
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance required in 80% of the in class sessions; if the required attendance is not met
due to acceptable reasons; the lecturer will define an extra assignment (pass/fail) so that
the student can completed the module.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1/14 21
Seminar/exercises 1/14 20 21
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s) 20 min
Written paper(s) 15-20 pages by groups
of 2 students
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Le Monde diplomatique, (2009). Atlas der Globalisierung. Berlin: TAZ
Additional literature Brakman, Garretsen, van Marrewijk, van Witteloostuijn (2006) Nations and Firms in the
Global Economy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Osterhammel J ürgen, Petersson Niels (2004) Geschichte der Globalisierung:
Dimensionen, Prozesse, Epochen, Edition 2.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
87
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
88
Economics 3
Module description Economics 3 – Program in English
Module code w.BA.XX.1VWL3-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit FWP
Module responsibility Maria Rueda
Deputy Christian Berger
Prerequisites w.BA.XX.1VWL1.XX, w.BA.XX.1VWL2.XX, Mathematic 1+2
Aims Students are able to
? graphically, analytically and verbally explain economic phenomena using simple
macroeconomic models;
? understand the most important statistical concepts in economics as well as their
interpretation and limits;
? assess, analyse and evaluate current events as well as economic policy measures
within a broad economic context.
The module imparts general economic knowledge and addresses several links between
macroeconomics and business administration (e.g. exchange rates, interest rates,
inflation, business cycles and business cycle policy)
Learning goals?? Students
? comprehend the goals of economic policy and their interrelations (SPC, PC)
? explain and interpret statistical economic data. (SPC, SC, PAC)
? relate long-run economic development to the economy's production function. (SPC,
PAC)
? analyze the significance of financial markets. (SPC, CI)
? describe the three functions of money and the causes of inflation and deflation as well
as the tasks and instruments of central banks. (SPC, PC)
? explain the determination of exchange rates under different regimes. (SPC)
? discern causes of business cycles and unemployment (SPC, PAC)
? assess the development of prices and interest rates. (REC)
? evaluate aims and instruments of fiscal and monetary policy and their interrelations.
(SPC, REC)
89
Learning content ? economic policy: goals, measurement and control
? statistical concepts in economics (BNP, consumer price index, unemployment rate,
balance of payments)
? economic growth and its sources
? savings and investments – credit markets in closed and open economies
? money, inflation and its economic costs, monetary policy, the monetary concept of the
Swiss central bank
? labor markets, natural rate of unemployment, international trade, international capital
flows, currency markets, exchange rates, financial crises
? business cycles and business cycle policy, IS-LM / AD-AS-model, Phillips curve
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Business Administration and Marketing:
? Economic environment (long- and
short-run development)
? Banking +Finance: Economic
environment (long- and short-run
development), embedding of financial
markets into the overall economy,
currency markets, financial crises
The module is required for the following
modules:
? w.BA.XX.1VWL4.XX (Economics and
Politics)
? Emerging markets
? Economic Globalisation
? European Integration
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work (e-learning)
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28
Seminar/exercises 28 44 52
Practical work
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Mankiw, N. Gregory, Taylor, Mark P. (2011), Economics, 2
nd
edition, London, Cengage
Learning
Remarks
90
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
91
Economics in Emerging Markets
Module description Economics in Emerging Markets
Module code w.BA.XX.1EEM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit FWP
Module responsibility Maria Rueda (rued)
Deputy Christian Berger (bere)
Prerequisites w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, w.1VWL3
Aims The students are able to analyze independently the problems of fast growing economies
Learning goals
21
The students…
? are able to apply economic key figures and their development in the practical
analysis (FK, WK, PAK, RUK, KI, KK, IMK)
? are able to assess independently from the viewpoint of a potential investor the
macroeconomic risk of an investment in an emerging market
Learning content In groups of three persons the actual development of certain countries has to be
described and the risk of investments in these countries has to be evaluated (country risk
assessment).
The following economic context is in the foreground:
? Framework conditions (politics, demography, economic structure, economic
system including degree of liberalization and market interventions)
? Real sector (GNP, investment and savings behavior, labor market, productivity,
economic cycle and growth)
? Public finance and fiscal policy (budget, public debt, structure of government
expenditure, tax system)
? Monetary constitution and policy (money in circulation, development of prices,
nominal and real interest, exchange rate regime and reserves)
? External sector (current account, trade system, foreign debt, foreign
investment)
92
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
w.1VLW1
w.1VWL3
English
w.1EG
Politology
Content:
Efficiency of markets
Business cycles, growth, monetary policy
Language of the lecture
Economic Globalization
Development of institutions
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance required in 80% of the in class sessions; if the required attendance is not met
due to acceptable reasons; the lecturer will define an extra assignment (pass/fail) so that
the student can completed the module.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 2 / 28 20 42
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 2 / 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature P. Krugman, M. Obstfeld, International Economics, Theory and Politics, 7
th
ed. Pearson
2006
St. Husted, M. Melvin, International Economics, 7
th
ed. Pearson 2007
Remarks
93
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
94
European Affairs
Module description European Affairs
Module code w.BA.XX.1EuA.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Dominique Ursprung
Deputy Michael Kendzia
Prerequisites
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Describe, explain, and analyse the political and economic institutions of Europe,
mainly the EU, EFTA, and bilateral Swiss-EU relations
? Examine case-studies illustrating the implications of European integration
Learning goals
22
After completing the module students should be able to:
? Explain the key features of Europe's history and the evolution of modern Europe
(SPK, REC)
? Understand the role of the European single market (PAC, SPK)
? Describe the foreign trade relations of Switzerland, EFTA and the EU (SPK)
? Discuss the evolution and current challenges of Swiss-EU bilateral relations (PC)
Learning content ? The foundations and history of modern Europe
? Structure and functioning of the EU
? European Labor Market
? The Euro-Crisis
? Swiss-EU relations
? European Free Trade Association (EFTA)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
95
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
4. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam (55%) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation (45%) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Background paper on the
presentation (2 pages)
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
? Baldwin, Richard and Wyplosz, Charles (2015), The economics of European
integration, Chapter 1-3, 8, 10.1, 12.
? Federal Department of Foreign Affairs (2014), Switzerland and the European Union.
Additional literature ? Schweizer, Max und Ursprung, Dominique (2015), Integration am Ende? Die Schweiz
im Diskurs über ihre Europapolitik, Chronos Verlag, Zürich
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
96
Financial Accounting
Module Code w.BA.XX.2FinAcc-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module Coordinator Urs Streichenberg (strs)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Gheorghita Streiff (stif)
Prerequisite Knowledge Foundations of accounting at vocational baccalaureate level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High):
? Gaining an overview of the principles of financial accounting (legal framework as well
as norms of standard setters)
? Systematic analysis of financial statements
? Understanding the cash flow statement and topics of consolidation
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Ability to use accounting techniques
? Ability to do an analysis of key figures
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? Evaluating the financial situation of companies using their financial statements
Communication Skills (Medium)
? Ability to discuss and present the evaluation of business results with confidence
Self-Learning Skills (High)
? Study, understand, and apply theoretical principles through autonomous and guided
self-study.
Primary Module Aim Students understand the techniques of external accounting and are able to place the
financial data they evaluate within the overall context of business administration. They deal
with diverse issues of bookkeeping and data analysis and understand the underlying
accounting and reporting standards. They are able to critically analyze evaluations and
draw logically correct conclusions.
Module Content •The nature and purpose of financial accounting
•Accounting and reporting standards: law of obligations, national and international
97
standards
•Booking techniques
•Cash flow statements and Financial analysis
•consolidated financial statements
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students …
Knowledge and Understanding – Professional Competence
? … are able to describe the fundamental principles of financial accounting from a legal
and a private law perspective and look up specific cases
? … are given the ability to distinguish between single and consolidated accounts and
transfer specific situations to one of the two types of accounts
? … apply the fundamental techniques of financial accounting and apply selected areas
of accounting
? … analyze external annual statements of different industries and companies by
established key figures and systems of key figures
? can set up cash flow statements
Application of Knowledge and Understanding – Problem-Solving Competence
? … are able to solve case studies on aspects of external accounting; find their own use
information materials (business reports, media releases, or professional articles
? … are able to analyze specific financial situations using the theoretical knowledge
acquired
Application of Knowledge and Understanding – Methodological Competence
? ... are able to apply and critically evaluate accounting rules
? … are able to apply scientific methods
? … are able to interpret financial results and cash flow statements
Communication Skills – Communication Competence
? … are able to defend a point of view
? … can work effectively and collaboratively in a group
Self-Learning Skills – Self-Competence
? … develop an interest in dealing with issues of business administration and acquire
more knowledge on advanced issues
? … are able to consider different perspectives in order to evaluate specific situations of
financial accounting
Links to Other Modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
-
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
98
Large Class 28 h 34 h
Small Class 28 h 56 h 34 h
Group Instruction
Practical Work
Seminar
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Gianini, Franz: Finanzbuchhaltung 1, 13th ed., Zürich 2013
- Gianini, Franz: Finanzbuchhaltung 4, 8th ed., Zürich 2014
Recommended Reading
Comments
99
Financial and Asset Management
Module description Financial and Asset Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1FAM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Risk and Insurance (CRI)
Module responsibility Daniel Greber
Deputy Hans-Fredo List
Prerequisites All previous modules of the CRI major
Aims The students gain an overview of asset management in the insurance industry.
Learning goals
23
The students
? calculate bond prices, option prices, and return and the risk of different investment
vehicles (SPK)
? evaluate stocks and bonds or depots (SPK)
? understand the basic strategies of portfolio theory and implement this knowledge in
concrete issues (SPK)
? differentiate between the insurance-specific elements of asset management (SPK, PAC)
? apply relevant investment regulations of the insurance supervisory law and the
insurance contract law (SPK, PC)
Learning content ? Basics of asset management, portfolio theory, and fixed capital
? Specifics of asset liability management in insurance (AHV, i.e., old age and survivors’
insurance; IV, i.e., disability pension; individual life insurance; non-life insurance;
collective insurance)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.1MatBO1.XX
w.BA.XX.1MatBO2.XX
w.BA.XX.1Stat.XX
Basic mathematics
Basic mathematics
Basic knowledge
100
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28 34
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 28 34
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 20
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
101
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
102
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory
Module description Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Module code w.BA.XX.1FIPT-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBF
Module responsibility Anita Sigg (sian)
Deputy Thomas Gramespacher (grat)
Prerequisites w.1MaBO1, w.1MaBO2, w.1Stat, w.1BF
Aims The students understand the risk and return profile of different financial instruments as
components of a successful investment process. They know the importance of the
concept of portfolios compared to single asset strategies. They understand the use of a
reasonable implementation of diversified portfolios and its effect on risk and return.
Learning goals
24
The students…
? compute bond prices (SPK, PC)
? determine the risk of bonds using duration (SPK, PAC)
? know the importance of the term structure of interest rates for the valuation of bonds
(SPK, REC, CI)
? value equity returns ex-post and ex-ante (SPK)
? name the relevant factors for option prices (SPK, PC)
? compute option prices using the formula of Black and Scholes (SPK, PAC)
? show basic option strategies (SPK, PAC)
? understand the execution and pricing of futures (SPK, PAC)
? define complete portfolios according to the investors readiness to assume risk (PAC,
REC)
? split total risk into firm-specific and market risk (SC)
? apply covariance and variance (SPK, SC)
? compute return and risk of a two-asset portfolio (SPK, PC)
? explain the mean-variance criterion and the efficient frontier (SPK, REC, SC)
? understand the formation of prices in an equilibrium model (SPK, SC)
? use core results like Capital-market-line (CML) and security-market-line (SML) (PC)
Learning content ? Pricing of bonds including the concept of duration and convexity
? Term structure of interest rates
? Historical stock returns
? Ex-ante valuation of stock
? Derivative instruments: options and futures
103
? Complete portfolios and Capital Asset Line
? Efficient diversification
? Risk and return of a portfolio
? Minimum variance (MVP) and Optimal portfolio
Capital Asset pricing Model (CAPM) including Capital-market-line (CML) and Security-
market-line (SML)
? Treynor and Sharpe Ratio, J ensens alpha
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MaBO1&2
w.1MaBO2
w.1Stat
w.1Quant
w.1BF
w.1Aim
w.1KM
w.1CFRM
Algebra, equations, functions
Differential calculus
Variance, covariance, correlation/regression
Theoretical foundations
Overview financial markets
Active and passive portfolio management
CAPM, shortfall risk, Value-at-Risk
CAPM
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 2 SWS / 28 h 56 h 68 h
Seminar/exercises 2 SWS / 28 h
Practical work
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Bodi, Z., Kane, A., Marcus A. (2013). Essentials of Investment. 9
th
Global Ed. New
York: McGrawHill
PowerPoint slides
Supplementary exercises
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
104
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
105
German Beginners
Module Code w.BA.XX.1GerB.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Incoming Students
Legal Framework Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29/01/2009 / Appendix to the exam regulations Bachelor
degree courses, passed on 12/05/2009, adapted on 10/10/2013
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Philipp Gwerder, gwee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
J eannette Philipp, phij
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding,
Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (High)
? Basic knowledge of German language structures, basic vocabulary
Application of knowledge and understanding (High)
? Autonomous application of the most important grammatical rules
Communication skills (High)
? Oral interaction with dialogs about everyday subjects
? Written interaction with short messages about everyday subjects
Self-learning skills (High)
? Developing the ability to autonomously acquire and apply new vocabulary
Primary Module Aim Students are able to express themselves and to interact in German within an increasingly
international professional and scientific environment. They can initiate contact, give
information about themselves and ask others for information about them.
Module Content ? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
106
? understand words and sentences on the subjects of: greetings, personal interests,
giving personal information, giving information on places and countries, shopping,
eating and drinking, traveling, clock times and dates.
? understand and apply basic language structures: present and perfect tenses of regular,
separable and the most frequent irregular verbs; past tense of auxiliary and modal
verbs; personal and possessive pronouns in the nominative, accusative and dative
cases; articles in the nominative, accusative and dative cases; adjective comparison,
prepositions with accusative, dative or varying case.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? produce sentences and short coherent texts, in writing and orally, using their
knowledge and understanding.
? transfer the application of their new knowledge onto new vocabulary.
Communication skills
? understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to areas of most
immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information,
shopping, local geography, employment). They can read very short, simple texts. They
can find specific, predictable information in simple everyday material such as
advertisements, prospectuses, menus and timetables and they can understand short
simple personal letters.
? interact in a simple way provided the other person is prepared to repeat or rephrase
things at a slower rate of speech and help them to formulate what they are trying to
say. They can ask and answer simple questions in areas of immediate need or on very
familiar topics. The students can write a short, simple postcard, for example sending
holiday greetings. They can fill in forms with personal details, for example entering their
name, nationality and address on a hotel registration form.
? use simple phrases and sentences to describe where they live and people they know.
They can use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in simple terms their
family and other people and their living conditions. The students can write a series of
simple phrases and sentences linked with simple connectors such as “but”, “and”.
Self-learning skills
? autonomously acquire new vocabulary and apply their grammatical knowledge onto
new subjects.
? autonomously expand their knowledge into new subject areas.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
GerI expanding knowledge of the German language
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: Tutorial
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Partner/group talk
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
107
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h 10 h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 10 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: electronic self-
assessment tests
3 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Others: partner/group
talk
1 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75 % Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others: partner/group talk 25 %
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Reimann, M. (2012). Grundstufen-Grammatik für Deutsch als Fremdsprache
(+Key). Ismaning: Hueber. (Also available in English, French, Italian,
108
Russian, Spanish and Turkish versions)
Recommended Reading - Stang, C. & Stief, C. (2013). German Grammar in a Nutshell. Berlin:
Langenscheidt.
Comments
109
German Intermediate
Module Code w.BA.XX.1GerI.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Incoming Students
Legal Framework Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29/01/2009 / Appendix to the exam regulations Bachelor
degree courses, passed on 12/05/2009, adapted on 10/10/2013
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Philipp Gwerder, gwee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
J eannette Philipp, phij
Prerequisite Knowledge Successful completion of w.BA.XX.1GerB.XX or equivalent knowledge:
Vocabulary: basic vocabulary related to everyday situations:
- greetings, personal interests, giving personal information, giving basic information
about towns and countries
- shopping, eating and drinking, traveling
- clock times, dates
Grammar: basic grammatical subjects:
- present and perfect tenses of regular verbs, separable verbs and the most
frequent irregular verbs; past tenses of auxiliary and modal verbs
- personal and possessive pronouns in the nominative, accusative and dative case
- articles in the nominative, accusative and dative case
- adjective comparison
- prepositions with accusative, dative and varying case
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding,
Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (High)
? Expanded knowledge of the German language structures; expanded vocabulary,
particularly in the fields of Business German and German for the J ob
Application of knowledge and understanding (High)
? Autonomous application of the most relevant vocabulary and grammatical rules
Communication skills (High)
? Oral interaction in German with dialogs about everyday topics and about basic
110
economical subjects
? Giving information on a company in a presentation
? basic written business correspondence
Self-learning skills (High)
? Developing the ability to autonomously acquire and apply new vocabulary
Primary Module Aim Students build upon their general knowledge by focusing on the use of German in business
contexts. New vocabulary is mainly related to expressions used in a professional
environment. Students’ knowledge of grammar is consolidated and expanded.
Module Content ? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
? Letter writing
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? understand the main points of clear standard speech on matters regularly encountered
in a working environment. They can understand the main points of monologs and
dialogs on topics of personal or professional interest.
? understand short texts that consist mainly of high frequency everyday or job-related
language. They can understand descriptions of work-related events and processes.
? understand and apply grammatical structures (building upon the basics) which allow
them to express themselves in a more sophisticated way: All grammatical cases of:
articles; adjectives; nouns; personal, possessive and reflexive pronouns; subordinate
and infinitive clauses; the passive voice; conditional sentences.
? understand and apply expanded vocabulary, particularly concerning fields related to
business German.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? apply their new knowledge orally and in writing.
? transfer the application of their new knowledge onto new vocabulary.
Communication skills
? deal with basic professional situations likely to arise whilst travelling in an area where
the language is spoken. They can enter unprepared into conversation on topics that
are familiar, of personal interest or pertinent to everyday life (e.g. family, hobbies, work,
travel and current events).
? write shorter texts in which they describe experiences and impressions. They can
express their opinions and wishes about subjects that are relevant to them. They can
react to contact initiation.
? participate in basic business correspondence.
? connect statements to describe experiences, events and situations. They can give
reasons and explanations for opinions and plans.
? prepare and give a short presentation on a basic business-related subject.
Self-learning skills
? autonomously acquire new vocabulary and apply their grammatical knowledge onto
new subjects.
? autonomously expand their knowledge into new subject areas.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
GerB Basic knowledge of German
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
111
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: Tutorial
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
All tests, oral presentations
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h 10 h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 10 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 5 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: short written
tests
3 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75 % Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s) 25 %
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
112
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Reimann, M. (2012). Grundstufen-Grammatik für Deutsch als Fremdsprache
(+Key). Ismaning: Hueber. (Also available in English, French, Italian,
Russian, Spanish and Turkish versions)
Recommended Reading - Dreyer, H. & Schmitt, R. (2012). Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen
Grammatik. Ismaning: Hueber. (Also available in Chinese, English, French,
Italian and Russian versions)
- Grigull, I. & Raven, S. (2012). Geschäftliche Begegnungen A2+. Leipzig:
Schubert.
- Guenat, G. & Hartmann, P. (2010). Deutsch für das Berufsleben B1. Stuttgart:
Klett.
Comments
113
Global Marketing Management for Incomings
Module description Global Marketing Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1GMM-Inc.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for Marketing Management (IMM)
Module responsibility Martina Rauch
Deputy Brian Rüeger
Prerequisites Good knowledge of the principles of marketing. Students should have completed an
introductory marketing class; the course builds on the concepts of the marketing process
(market analysis and market research instruments, marketing goals and marketing
strategy,, marketing mix, marketing controlling).
Aims The students understand and are able to assess the marketing challenges of international
or global expansion strategies for multinational companies.
Students understand the key task of a global marketer in developing a globalization
strategy and can apply the key steps to real life cases (esp. assessing the global
marketing environment, conducting global marketing research, global target market
selection, global segmentation and positioning, defining the mode of entry and the
marketing mix strategy).
Learning goals
25
Students are able to:
? Identify marketing aspects in the context of globalization strategies (CI)
? Develop a specialist knowledge in the area of global marketing (SPK)
? Understand and assess the challenges of global marketing (REC)
? Analyze and solve problems in global marketing, working on real life cases (PC)
? Develop or strengthen their international thinking and multicultural competence,
working on real life cases in multicultural teams (IMC)
? Improve English language skills in terms of marketing terminology (IMC) for non-native
speakers
Learning content ? What is globalization and global marketing? (Introduction)
114
? Which factors facilitate or hinder global marketing activities of multinational
companies? (Global economic, financial, political and legal environment; cultural
diversity and consumer buying behaviour)
? What steps are required to develop a global competitive strategy? (Global marketing
research, global segmentation, target market selection and positioning)
? Which modes of entry are most appropriate for a given multinational company?
(Global market entry modes, e.g. exportation, licensing, franchising, joint venture,
direct investments)
? To what extent can the global marketing strategy and marketing mix be globalized
(standardized) or need to be localized (customized) to the target countries?
(Global overall marketing strategy and marketing decisions as to the 4P)
? What type of global marketing organization is most appropriate for a given company?
What do companies have to consider when planning human resources for global
marketing and sales activities? (Human capital management; marketing organization)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MB1_IM
w.1BA.XX.1MKT-IM.XX
w.1BA.XX.1ISMGT-IM.XX
International Business & Management
Markets & Marketing
International Strategic Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
5. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80% (recommended)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56 h 84 h 40 h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 h 84 h 40 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Group presentation (case) 20
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Class participation
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script as published on Moodle
Case studies and other handouts
115
Additional literature Kotabe, M., and Helsen, K., Global Marketing Management, 6th Edition, 2015,
International Student Version, J ohn Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, NJ , USA (course textbook);
Kotler, Ph., Armstrong, Principles of Marketing, 15
th
Global Edition, 2013, Pearson
Education Limited
Remarks The module includes a variety of business examples (short cases; class exercises;
discussion questions) to illustrate the practical side of Global Marketing Management.
Active student contribution in class to cases, class exercises and discussion topics is
requested.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
116
Human Capital Management
Module Code w.BA.XX.2HCM-PiE.XX
Degree Programme and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Centre for Human Capital Management ZHCM
Module Coordinator Maja Bailer, blej
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Hans Willi, wilh
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Programme
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge, ability to make judgements,
communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions of the
module to Programme
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? Insight in human behaviour in organisations
? Broad and actual expert knowledge in the fields of (strategic) HR-Management
and Organizational Behaviour
? Sound knowledge of the HCM-concept
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? Problem-Solving on the basis of scientific concepts (HCM-model)
? Analysis of HR-related tasks in companies and public administrations;
development and implementation of solutions
Ability to make judgments (high)
? Correct interpretation of data
? Decision-making, implementation and communication
Communication skills (low)
? Deal with conflicts; negotiate as a part of group work
Self-learning skills (medium)
? Establish learning strategies for independent acquisition of new knowledge in the
future
Primary Module Aim Students gain a profound understanding of Human Capital as a central part of corporate
management. They gain an understanding concerning how the human capital a company
requires can be obtained, deployed and developed (in line with the company strategy) so
that the result is an optimal company performance.
This knowledge enables students to promote and shape both the contribution to human
capital per se as well as the contribution of the management of human capital to a
117
company’s value creation and competitiveness. Students get to know three areas of HCM
(HR-marketing, Competence management and Performance management). They expand
their knowledge on managing company’s competences which is a prerequisite for
sustainable competitive advantage as well as deepen their knowledge on HR-marketing
which plays a leading role in attracting and securing the required human capital. Insights
into performance management provide students with opportunity to recognise and
understand motivational aspects of individuals and organisational units and their
interdependence and alignment with corporate objectives, which in turn has a positive
impact on company’s value creation. A further module objective is to show the close links
between three areas of HCM and how they should be managed in order to make Human
Capital Management effective as a whole.
Module Content ? Introduction to Human Capital Management
? Coordination and Motivation of Human Capital
? HR-Marketing
? Compensation and organisational Fairness
? Performance Management
? Competence Management and Employee Development
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? reproduce broad and up-to-date expert knowledge in the areas of Human Capital
Management and Organisational Behaviour
? explain the elements of HCM and the links between them
? dispute on practical relevance of the topic referring to learning materials and case
study
Application of knowledge and understanding
? transfer content of the modules in a practical setting based on discussed case
studies
? transfer the HCM-Model and its instruments on current or future professional
activity
? develop and assess HCM-based alternative solutions to problems of business
administration, and to implement the chosen solution
Ability to make judgments
? analyse complex situations based on the HCM-concept
Communication skills
? present clear-cut and unequivocal arguments in groups, respond to arguments of
others, develop together joint solution alternatives and justify them
? present joint solutions
Self-learning skills
? independently acquire new knowledge in the area of Human Capital Management
based on the learning strategies that have been developed during the module
? practice independent learning approach
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Introduction St.Galler management model, processes and functions in
to business administration business administration, organization in its environments,
general policy, ethical responsibility
Leadership and Ethics Leadership, communication, human capital management
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction Guided Self-Study
118
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h 20 h 42 h
Small Class h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 20 h 42 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
119
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Reader of ZHCM on Human Capital Management
- Excerpts from Meyer, P. (2015): Human Capital strategisch einsetzen. Köln: Wolters
Kluwer Luchterhand
Recommended Reading none
Comments
Innovation & Entrepreneurship
Module Code w.BA.XX.1InE-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Innovation & Entrepreneurship, CIE
Module Coordinator Adrian W. Müller, muad
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Claudio Cometta, come
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2ASM.XX, w.BA.XX.2Strat.XX
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
Ability to Make J udgments
Communication Skills
Self-Learning Skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (Medium)
? Gain insights into the basics and challenges of entrepreneurial innovation
? Know important concepts and approaches for business development
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Apply knowledge of important concepts for business development based on a business
case
Ability to Make Judgments (High)
? Assess the feasibility and practicability of a business case
Communication Skills (Low)
? Pitch an own business case
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Acquire the skills for the self dependent and reflective development of an own business
case as a member of an entrepreneurial team
Primary Module Aim The students are able to understand and to evaluate important stages in the development
of a company by applying common business concepts, starting with a business idea, to the
foundation of a company, till its growth. By applying appropriate methods in the different
phases, they learn about the possibilities and limitations of these methods.
Ultimately, students should be encouraged to become entrepreneurs themselves.
Module Content (a) Field of Innovation: Understanding business innovation and seeking business
opportunities
? The imperative of innovation for competitive advantage and long-term success
? Basic concepts of innovation management: success factors, models, strategies,
121
processes, systems
? Sources of business opportunities and innovation
? Identification and development of new product / service innovations
(b) Field of Entrepreneurship: Developing and realizing business concepts
? The nature of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneur
? Instruments and platforms of entrepreneurial activities
? Business plans and the precursors
? Business model and business plan development
? Formation of a company
? Financing and financial planning of ventures
? Legal considerations of business formation and implementation
? Protection of knowledge and intellectual property
? Development of exit and/or growth strategies
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? …explain relevant challenges and concepts of entrepreneurial innovation
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? …develop an own business idea.
? … plan the realization of an own business idea.
Ability to Make Judgments
? …evaluate new business opportunities and business models.
Communication Skills
? …pitch and defend an own business idea in front of potential investors.
? …collaborate (target-oriented) in a team of founders
Self-Learning Skills
? …initiate and control an own process of entrepreneurial innovation
? …adopt different perspectives to evaluate entrepreneurial challenges and issues.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
w.BA.XX.2Strat.XX Inhalt: Environmental Analysis, Strategy Development
w.BA.XX.2ASM.XX Inhalt: Innovation, Entrepreneurship
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: own business case
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
80%
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h 40 h 84 h
Practical Work h h
122
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 40 h 84 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 30 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
3 Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s) 100%
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Slide script of module
Recommended Reading - Tidd, J oe/Bessant, J ohn (2009). Managing Innovation. 4
th
ed., Chichester: Wiley.
- Kaplan, J ack M./Warren, Anthony C. (2010). Patterns of Entrepreneurship
Management. 3
rd
ed. Chichester: Wiley.
- Osterwalder, A./Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business Model Generation. 1
st
ed. Chichester:
Wiley.
Comments
123
Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module description Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module code w.BA.XX.1IcM-Inc.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for International Business
Module responsibility Patricia Enzmann-Vollenweider
Deputy Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Prerequisites
Aims This module aims to encourage students to:
? Understand culture’s impact on human behavior and how cultural values and
communication styles influence international business
? Foresee the dilemmas of global managers and prepare themselves accordingly
? Helps students to make the most out of their stay abroad
Learning goals
26
The students …
? Recognize, respect and reconcile intercultural conflicts and create synergy out of
diversity (PC)
? Understand culturally and socially diverse employees and how to overcome
cultural barriers in the organizational setting (IMC)
? Reflect and build on personal experience through an in-depth, rigorous
exploration of current theory and practice in the field. Analyze their own culturally
conditioned behaviors and behavioral changes within cultural contexts (REC,
SSC)
? Develop job-specific cultural skills (IMC, PC)
? Learn to differentiate between description, interpretation and evaluation (SC)
? Learn new skills relevant to building successful relationships at an operational
level with international partners (PAC, IMC)
? Share specific experience with students from other countries (REC)
Learning content ? Intercultural management
? Cultural awareness and self-reflection
? Communication styles across cultures
124
? Cultural dimensions – value orientations
? Multicultural teams at work
? Corporate culture
? Reconciliation
? Special focus on Doing Business in the Middle East, China and India
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
International Business
Cross-cultural Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: weblecture
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
6. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
none
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 48 90
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 48 90
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Riding the Waves of Culture: Understanding Cultural Diversity in Business
Fons Trompenaars / Charles Hampden-Turner
N. Brealey Publishing; revised 3
rd
edition (2012)
ISBN: 978-1904838388
Remarks The written exam takes place in the last week of the lectures (i.e. lecture week 14)
125
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
126
International Accounting and Finance
Module description International Accounting / Finance
Module code w.BA.XX.1IAF-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module responsibility Marco Canipa-Valdez
Deputy Felix Blaser
Prerequisites Introduction to Accounting (1. semester, IM)
Introduction to Finance (2. semester, IM)
Intermediate Accounting, (3. semester, Study abroad)
Intermediate Finance, (4. semester, Study abroad)
Aims The Module International Accounting & Finance Management is designed to promote a
basic understanding of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Students
are able to understand the underlying concept of IFRS, to apply specific standards and to
make differentiation between IFRS and other accounting rules. Moreover the module
International Accounting & Finance is designed to deepen the know-how on corporate
finance concepts. The course prerequisite includes a solid understanding of financial
accounting and corporate finance. Advanced supporting techniques including advanced
mathematical and statistical skills are required as well.
Learning goals
27
Students
? Understand the reasons for different accounting standards in Europe
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Analyse harmonization process of accounting rules within Europe and understand the
implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as final outcome
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Analyse different perspectives on financial accounting and reporting
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Apply the basic techniques of financial accounting and reporting on a higher level
(CI,SC)
? Apply specific IFRS and make differentiation between IFRS and other accounting rules
127
(CI, SC, IMC, REC)
? Have a basic understanding of the functionality of derivative financial instruments
(SPK, PC, PAC)
? Apply main principles of corporate finance (SPK, PAC, REC, IMC)
? Have an understanding of a bank’s credit assessment and rating process (SPK, PAC,
REC)
? Describe financial instruments and are able to judge on use cases (SPK, REC)
? Assess when to use bond financing for companies while assessing the impact on BS
and P/L
? Understand the impacts of term structures and can hereof derive decisions
Learning content Introduction to Corporate Finance:
Knowledge of basic topics in corporate finance including case studies on selected topics.
The main focus lies on terminology of corporate finance, sources and providers of
financing, risk and financing structure and debt financing instruments.
Credit Assessments / Bank financing:
Overview of the credit assessment principles of banks and the rating process.
Functionality of Pricing Grids, Covenants and the debt capacity model as a tool to assess
the applicable leverage.
Introduction to Derivatives:
Knowledge of the fundamental functionalities of derivative financial instruments including
trading positions; base products and pay-off diagrams.
IFRS:
Strengthen IFRS fundamentals by presentation of IFRS implementation in Europe and
analysis of IFRS concept and main principles. Application of specific standards as well as
specific items by emphasizing most relevant regulations and making differentiation
between IFRS and other accounting rules.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Introduction to Accounting (1. semester)
Introduction to Finance (2. semester)
Intermediate Accounting (3. semester)
Intermediate Finance (4. semester)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
-
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 22 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
128
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script (Derivative Financial Instruments; blel)
? International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 2013: English & German
edition of the official standards approved by the EU
Additional literature ? Richard Brealey, Stewart Myers, Franklin Allen. Principles of Corporate Finance.
London: Prentice Hall (2013).
? Christopher Nobes, Robert Parker. Comparative International Accounting (12e).
London: Prentice Hall (2012).
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
129
International Business
Module description International Business
Module code w.BA.XX.1IBus-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Department International Business (Regional Competence Center Asia-Pacific)
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Deputy Peter Qvist-Sorensen
Prerequisites ? Introduction to Management
? Foundations of Marketing
? Principles of Strategic Management
? Advanced Strategic Management
Aims This module provides a systematic introduction to concepts and thinking of international
business. The module focuses on cross-border economic activity which involves all
commercial transactions between individuals, private organizations and governments
across two or more countries. Furthermore does the module integrate analysis of the
competitive environment and the internal resources of the firm to provide a strategic view
of international business.
Learning goals
28
The students…
? understand how the international business environment impacts on the operations of
an international firm (SPK / CI)
? understand differences in business systems and what they mean to international firms
(SPK / CI)
? analyze a nation's or industry's competitiveness (PC / PAC)
? analyze a firm's strategic position and recognize international opportunities and threats
(PC / PAC / CI)
? develop international strategies and the necessary organizational structures and
processes (PC / PAC)
? understand the effects of cultural differences on international business (SPK / REC /
IMC)
? understand the effects of international activities on the firm's value chain (SPK / IMC)
? understand the risks associated with international operations (SPK / PAC)
? apply the basic concepts with regard to doing business in select regions of the world
(PC / PAC)
Learning content ? Economic Environment of International Business
? Political/Legal Environment of International Business
? Cultural/Social Environment of International Business
130
? Strategy and Organization in the International Firm
? Global Market Opportunity Assessment and Market Entry
? Supply Chain Management in the International Firm
? Marketing Management in the International Firm
? Financial Management in the International Firm
? Regional Focus Asia (China) / Latin America / Middle East
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Contents(s):
Introduction to Management
Micro-/Macroeconomics
Law
Principles of Strategic Management
Finance (Fin. and Mgmt. Accounting)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 64 60
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 64 60
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
International Business: The New Realities, 3/Ed.
Tamer Cavusgil / Gary Knight / J ohn Riesenberger
ISBN-13: 9780132991261
Prentice Hall
Additional literature See Moodle
Remarks
131
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
132
International Negotiation for Incomings
Module description International Negotiation for Incomings
Module code w.BA.XX.1INO-Inc.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for International Business
Module responsibility Khaldoun Dia-Eddine
Deputy
Prerequisites None
Aims The module International negotiation provides the students with insights and practical
advices on negotiations aspects in international context. It gives the students an
introduction to the key concepts, principles, and basic skills needed to conduct
international negotiations mainly in a business context.
Learning goals
29
Introduce students to the basic principles and major types of negotiations including the
principled negotiation model. (SPK)
Introduce students to the strategic issues in negotiation and the relevant elements for
planning negotiations.(SPK)
Build the needed skills and increase the awareness of the students to the soft elements
involved in negotiations including communication, persuasion, questioning techniques,
emotions and problem solving methods. (REC, SSC)
Train students to develop and conduct negotiation in phases up to the conclusion. (PAC,
LC, SSC)
Apply the previous knowledge to contract negotiation. (CC, SSC, PC, CI)
Introduce the notion of cross cultural negotiation to the previous learned elements. (IMC,
SSC, CC, PC)
Provide students with knowledge about the usage of negotiation in conflict management
and third party negotiations (SPK,PAC).
Learning content Introduction to negotiation and negotiation models
Preparing for negotiation (strategies, tactics, BATNA, resistance points, power, alliances,
etc.)
Conducting and closing deals
Soft factors in negotiation (communication, perception, persuasion, emotions)
133
Cross cultural aspects in negotiation
Conflict management using negotiations
Play roles, large case (6X 2 sessions) covering all the theoretical parts of the course
Analysis of an international business negotiation case with ethical context and issues
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
International Business Cross cultural management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: weblecture
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
7. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 12 20
Seminar/exercises 20 60
Practical work 12
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s): class participation,
contribution to role plays and large
case
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Essentials of Negotiation (ISBN 007-125427-7)
Negotiation, reading, exercises and cases (ISBN 007-297310-5)
Contract negotiations, skills, tools and best practices (ISBN 08080-1246-0)
The handbook of negotiation and culture (ISBN 08047-4586-2)
Getting to Yes, Negotiating Agreement Without Giving In (ISBN 978-
0143118756)
The Art of Negotiation, (ISBN-13: 978-967-0610-91-7)
134
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
135
International Political Economy
Module description International Political Economy
Module code w.BA.XX.1IPE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Dominique Ursprung
Deputy Flroian Keller
Prerequisites -
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Gain an understanding of how political and economic factors interact on the global
level.
? Analyse globalization from an interdisciplinary point of view
? Understand the trend towards regionalism and free trade agreements
Learning goals
30
After completing the module students should be able to:
? Understand the emergence of the multilateral trading system (SPK)
? Place specific International issues in a broader political, economic, and legal context
and evaluate them critically (CI)
? Assess trade and non-trade concerns and their challenges for businesses (PC)
? Critically evaluate the benefits and drawbacks of preferential liberalization (SPK)
? Understand Switzerland’s free trade policy and its role as a member and host state
(SPK)
? Evaluate the potential and challenges of new trading blocks and agreements such as
the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) and Transatlantic Trade and Investment
Partnership (TTIP)
? Gain an understanding of trade in services and relevant agreements such as the
Trade in Services Agreement (TiSA)
Learning content ? International Political Economy
? Multilateral Trading System, World Trade Organisation (WTO)
? Economics of preferential liberalization
? Free Trade Agreements and Regional Economic Arrangements:
o Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP)
o Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP)
o Free Trade Policy of the EU and of Switzerland
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
136
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
8. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
-
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 24 24 42
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 24 24 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam (55%) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation (45%) 10
Written paper(s)
Other(s): Two-page background
paper on the presentation
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed Course Reader will all compulsory texts
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Gilpin, R. (2001), Global political economy : understanding the international economic
order, Princeton University Press
Ravenhill, J . (2014), Global political economy, Oxford University Press, 4th ed.
Walter, A. and Sen, G. (2009), Analyzing the global political economy, Princeton
University Press
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
137
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
138
International Strategic Management
Module Code w.BA.XX.1ISMGT-IM.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department International Business
Module Coordinator Anna Nikoulina, niku
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Hanka Heimpold, heha
Prerequisite Knowledge None
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Gain an understanding of the strategic position of an organization and explain the
impact of the external environment (international or global marketplace) on the
organization’s strategic capability, goals and culture.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Can apply strategic management theories, concepts and models in an international
business context
Ability to Make Judgments (High)
? Evaluate a set of strategic options that a company can pursue based on solid and
objective analysis of evidence.
Communication Skills (Medium)
? Communicate orally and in a written form e.g. present and support arguments
supported by evidence
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Develop the capability to independently carry out research in field of international
strategic management
? Promote autonomous learning by enabling students through autonomous and self-
guided study.
Primary Module Aim The primary aim of the module is to enable students to understand the importance of
strategic management for the company's success in a global or international market and be
able to apply appropriate strategic management frameworks, concepts and tools to a
specific business problem or a situation. Students should be able to analyze the strategic
position of a company and develop a set of alternative competitive strategies that would
139
enable the firm to remain (become) competitive in an international marketplace. In addition,
students should be able to make judgments based on solid analysis of internal and external
data and present recommendations as to how organizations’ structures and systems of
control should be set up or adjusted to fit firm’s internationalization. Furthermore, students
should be able to communicate and present their arguments and appreciate that strategic
management or strategic formulation is not a linear process and the activities that
companies undertake and the challenges they face interact and inform each other.
Module Content ? International trade and competitiveness
? Elements of strategic management in MNCs, international companies and those about
to internationalize
? Strategic capabilities
? Strategic purpose
? Culture and strategy
? Business and corporate level strategies
? International strategy and strategies for born-global companies
? Strategic evaluation and strategy development process
? Organizing for international activities
? Mergers, acquisitions and alliances in the globalized marketplace
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
After completing this module, students will be able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? …explain the effects of globalization on the firm’s value chain.
? …distinguish between corporate, business and operational strategies.
? …compare organizations in terms of their competitive business strategies in
international markets.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? …analyze an organization’s position in the external environment.
? …analyze the determinants of strategic capability in an international context.
? …apply strategic management theories, concepts and models in an international
business context.
? …examine how organizations pursue strategies through organic development
acquisitions or strategic alliances.
? …use criteria and techniques that can be used to evaluate possible strategic options.
Ability to Make Judgments
? …make judgments based on solid analysis of internal and external data.
? …make recommendations as to how organizations structures and systems of control
should be set up or adjusted to fit firm’s internationalization.
Communication Skills
? …use the relevant vocabulary appropriately.
? …present and justify your arguments in a written or oral form.
Self-Learning Skills
? … independently carry out a research in the area of international strategic
management.
? …learn and work independently during autonomous and self-guided study.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
International Business & Management
International Environment of Business
Content:
operations & supply chain, value chain,
international business context, principles of
management, business administration and
leadership
international business context, external
environment, globalization, regional economic
integration and international trade
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
140
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
n/a
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 56 h h h
Small Class h h h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h 44 h 80 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
1 Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Assignments
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 70% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s) 30%
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
141
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify): Textbook (see compulsory reading below)
Compulsory Reading
Recommended Reading none
Comments J ohnson, Scholes, & Whittington (2014). Exploring Corporate Strategy. 10th Ed.
Pearson Education.
Articles and Cases that are used during the in-class discussions can be found on Moodle.
142
International Trade and Policy
Module description International Trade and Policy
Module code w.BA.XX.1ITrPo-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit DIB
Module responsibility Max Schweizer
Deputy Dominique Ursprung
Prerequisites -
Aims The overall objectives of the module are for students to:
? Gain an understanding of world trade and its impact on organizations acting in an
international context.
? Understand the role of the World Trade Organization
? Know the trend towards regionalism and free trade agreements, worldwide and also
in the case of Europe and Switzerland
Learning goals
31
After completing the module students should be able to:
? Understand the basic structure of the WTO, its history, and its agreements (SPK)
? Place specific WTO issues in a broader political, economic, and legal context and
evaluate them critically (CI)
? Assess trade and non-trade concerns and their challenges for businesses (PC)
? Know the WTO dispute settlement system to specific cases and understand its
relevance and mechanism for world trade (PC)
? Critically evaluate the benefits and drawbacks of preferential liberalization (SPK)
? Understand Switzerland’s free trade policy and its role as a member and host state
(SPK)
Learning content ? Introduction to international trade
? International trade policy
? Introduction to the structure and law of the WTO: GATT, GATS, TRIPS
? Trade and non-trade concerns
? WTO dispute settlement system
? Economics of preferential liberalization, PTAs, RTAs & FTAs
? The European Free Trade Association EFTA
143
? Swiss Free Trade Policy
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 22 40
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 22 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 10
Written paper(s)
1 Other(s): Background paper on the
presentation (2 Pages)
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Amrita Narlikar (2005), The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford
University Press
Remarks
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
144
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
145
Introduction to Business Studies
Module Code w.BA.XX.2IBS-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 of 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009; last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit CID
Module Coordinator Andreas Butz, butz
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Anna Nikoulina, niku
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Gaining insight into issues of business administration
? Knowledge of key management models
? Understanding of management processes and functions as well as generating
knowledge of different business sectors
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Application of knowledge by choosing a theoretical approach and linking it to a
practical application as well as categorizing management issues according to different
perspectives
? Advanced application of knowledge to case studies.
Ability to Make Judgments (medium)
? Arriving at independent judgments by applying integrated thought and knowledge in
the context of business administration
? Taking into account different perspectives in analyzing problems and finding effective
solutions
Communication Skills (medium)
? Ability to present the knowledge acquired
? Ability to give an oral presentation involving a specific area of study
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? Developing a readiness to immerse oneself in issues of business administration
? Advancement of autonomous learning by means of guided and independent self-study
Primary Module Aim Students are able to name the various topics of business administrative theory. They know
one approach to business management and are able to categorize business-related
146
problems according to different perspectives. Students are able to explain the many
interrelationships between operative functions and identify key differences between
different sectors of the economy. They develop a curiosity to explore and integrate
knowledge gained in different areas.
Module Content ? The study of business administration as a systemic management approach
? The St. Gallen Management Model as a business management approach
? The enterprise in its different environments
? Normative management and ethical responsibility
? Business processes
? Business functions
? Economic sectors
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and Understanding
? …list key issues of business administration as a discipline
? …explain how enterprises operate and its core processes
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … analyze specific management issues based on the theoretical concepts they have
been taught
? … develop solutions to specific management problems
Ability to Make Judgments
? … evaluate solutions to management problems using specific criteria
Communication Skills
? … present the knowledge they have acquired and give an effective oral presentation
? … defend a point of view
? … work effectively as a member of a team
Self-learning Skills
? …develop a readiness to continue to deal with issues of business administration
? …consider different perspectives in evaluating issues of business administration
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 56 h h
Small Class h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
147
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 72 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 10 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
1 Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. the e-learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Boddy, D. (2014). Management: An Introduction. 6th ed. Pearson Education Limited
- Rüegg-Stürm, J . (2005). The New St. Gallen Management Model. Palgrave
Recommended Reading
Comments In working in depth on complex case studies dealing with different issues in the context of
business administration, students apply and transfer the knowledge they have acquired.
148
Introduction Banking & Finance
Module Code w.BA.XX.2BF-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Banking & Finance, ZBF;
Institute for Wealth & Asset Management, IWA (from about autumn 2015)
Module Coordinator Anita Sigg, sian
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Hans Brunner, brnh / Roland Hofmann, horo
Prerequisite Knowledge All material from assessment level, especially w.1BWL1;
Prior knowledge and experience in the financial and banking sector.
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgments, Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? win insight into the problems financial institutions face (macro view) and bank
management (micro view)
? know the central management approaches and challenges in the banking sector and
the framework conditions in the financial services industry (institutional, regulatory and
infrastructural)
? know international and national structures and frameworks
? develop and complement the terminology (in English)
? repeat principles of scientific working
Application of knowledge and understanding (high):
? applying of knowledge by linking and selection of the existing knowledge (economics,
finance, law) on bank business problems (micro view) and on institutional, regulatory
and infrastructural issues (macro view)
? recognize the differences and similarities of international and national views
? connect the theory with the practice through analytical outline of the situation
? in-depth application of cases, exercises and a term paper
Ability to make judgments (medium):
? judgements through interconnected economic and legal thinking and understanding,
both on the micro - and macro-level
? take into account differences and similarities of the international and national views in
the assessing of a situation
149
Communication skills (medium):
? be able to present and explain acquired knowledge and developed solutions in receiver
adequate language and form
? hold a presentation in the corresponding discipline
? discuss with experts issues and integrate solutions
Self-learning skills (high):
? Development of readiness to independently continue to deal with the technical and
methodological development of the discipline
? Promoting autonomous learning by autonomous and supervised self-study
Primary Module Aim Students gain an overview of the financial industry in general and the banking sector in
particular. They learn bank business management theories and concepts of an operating
financial industry and what businesses and divisions are industry-specific. Furthermore, the
students perceive the diverse relationships and dependencies between bank structure,
bank-regulating, banking crises and business fields. Students link the international and a
national appearance as well as the micro and the macro level to a holistic picture of
"Banking". This module shall build a bridge from the assessment study period to the
following other BF-modules.
Module Content • Cash and cash economy
• Theory of banking and intermediation, financial crises
• Bank management
• Regulation and supervision, banking structure and infrastructure
• Foreign exchange markets, international financial system
• Banking activities, bank types, customer segments
• Accounting
• Business models
? Bank risks and risk management
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? … enumerate key business challenges and issues of the banking business administration
? ... explain the operation and economic value of the intermediation of banks
? ... examine the questions and challenges in modern banking from different optics light:
internationally and nationally, micro and macro
? ... explain interdependencies and interfaces to the individual expert fields and related
fields
Application of knowledge and understanding
? ... analyze concrete business issues on the basis of theoretical knowledge in practice
? ... analyze developments at the macro level (institutional questions) and to derive the
action for practice
? ... outline possible solutions based on theoretical considerations for practice.
Ability to make judgments
? ... evaluate possible solutions based on theoretical considerations and its impact on
practice
? ... clearly define their skills and include network partners and subject matter experts
for solution development
Communication skills
? ... present knowledge and solutions in a customizable way and present acquired
knowledge and developed solutions in appropriate language and form
? ... talk with network partners and specialists
? ... provide technically sound and theoretically justified feedback and discuss issues
Self-learning skills
? ... maintain methodical and technical knowledge constantly a-jour
? ... develop a willingness to engage constructively and theoretically deal sound with the
150
challenges of modern banking in the international and national context
? ... reflect their own situation and the situation of the industry
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
? Financial Instruments & Portfolio Management: financial instruments, portfolio
construction
? Statistics / Quantitative Methods: Fundamentals of statistical and econometric analysis
of research questions
? Wealth Management & Compliance: business models in Wealth Management, legal
and regulatory framework of business activities
? Corporate Finance & Risk Management: Principles of Corporate Finance, Risk
Management of Banks
? Bank Management: bank management, accounting of banks
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Basically, there is no presence obligation (self-responsibility). However, individual events
can be declared as such with attendance requirement. We apply the same absence
regulation as at final module examinations. Failure to comply results in the non-admission
to the final module examination and thus to the failing of the module.
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 72 h 52 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
151
Others: individual
portfolio
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 0.666 Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s) 0.333
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Bienert & Ziegler (in the current edition): Swiss Banking Management. Compendio
- Mishkin (in the current edition): The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial
Markets. Pearson (in extracts)
- Casu/Girardone/Molyneux (in the current edition): Introduction to Banking. PrenticeHall (in
extracts)
Recommended Reading -Meier, H.B., Marthinsen, J .E., Gantenbein, P.A. (2013): Swiss Finance. Capital Markets,
Banking, and the Swiss Value Chain. Kolb Series in Finance, Hoboken: Wiley
Comments
152
Legal English 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2LE1-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Carrie Wollscheid ([email protected])
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Rhi J ones ([email protected])
Prerequisite Knowledge Evidence of English language competence at B2 level of the Common European
Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), e.g.:
? Baccalaureate (Matura) or vocational baccalaureate (Berufsmatura), including
English
? Cambridge First Certificate in English, Grade B or C
? Cambridge BEC Vantage, Grade B or C
? TOEFL: IBT >54 points, CBT >157 points, paper-based >480 points
? BULATS: taken at a certified center; B2 level
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To develop a broad knowledge base in current and internationally-oriented business
law through language analysis of legal issues
? To acquire fundamental language knowledge of legal English with its productive and
receptive skills by focusing on basic legal terminology
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business contexts
(application of legal terminology)
? To be able to analyze issues of business law in organizations and public
administrations and to respond to those successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully, make
153
correct judgments, and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making, act responsibly, and be able to justify an
approach and results using appropriate arguments
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English at a B2+level
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and to various target
groups
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To develop effective self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow
students to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on
teacher feedback
Primary Module Aim The students have a fundamental vocabulary of legal topics and use it competently. They
gain insight into certain areas of the law and give oral presentations on a legal topic related
to them. These presentations are discussed and evaluated by the other students. In
addition, students read, discuss, and analyze a variety of texts, including authentic articles
on current legal cases. They write a clear, well-structured paragraph summarizing the facts
of a legal case. After completing the module, the students’ English language skills are at
Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) B2+level.
Module Content ? Key vocabulary of legal and business English; specific topics; texts on basic
concepts of the focus legal areas
? Topical articles on main topic areas
? Structure and design of an oral presentation
? Structure and design of a paragraph summarizing the facts of a case
? Revision of basic grammatical structures
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? acquire a basic legal and business vocabulary.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? use the acquired vocabulary correctly and appropriately.
Ability to make judgments
? deal with authentic texts on legal and business topics.
Communication skills
? express themselves effectively at B2+level of the CEFR.
? write a clear, well-structured paragraph on the facts of a legal case.
? give a well-structured, informative 5-minute presentation on a legal or business law
topic.
Self-learning skills
? identify and study usage of key vocabulary items.
? develop personal learning strategies to master the topics covered in the course.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2StR-BL.XX Criminal Law 1
w.BA.XX.2OR-BL.XX Civil Law 1
w.BA.XX.2IPPL-BL.XX Comparative Law
w.BA.XX.2SVR-BL.XX Swiss Constitutional Law
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
154
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
For Compulsory Tasks only (otherwise attendance is recommended)
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Compulsory tasks:
CT1: writing
CT2: presentation
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
155
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Introduction to International Legal English by Amy Krois-Lindner, Matt Firth and TransLegal
(CUP).
Business Grammar Builder, 2nd edition, by Paul Emmerson (Macmillan)
Self-study materials: Moodle, Legal English Online (http://www.translegal.com/)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
156
Legal English 2
Module Code w.BA.XX.2LE2-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009, dated 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Naomi Sikorski ([email protected])
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Nico Spahni ([email protected])
Prerequisite Knowledge ? University admission (higher vocational diploma/Berufsmatur or Swiss federal
school leaving diploma/Matura including English) OR
? Cambridge First Certificate in English, Grade B or Grade C, OR
? Cambridge BEC Vantage, Grade B or Grade C, OR
? TOEFL: IBT - over 54 points, CBT - over 157 points, paper-based - over 480
points
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To develop a broad knowledge base in current and internationally-oriented business
law through language analysis of legal issues (see links to other modules)
? To acquire fundamental language knowledge of legal English with its productive and
receptive skills by focusing on basic legal terminology
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and business communication skills in various business contexts
(application of legal terminology)
? To be able to analyze issues of business law in organizations and public
administrations and to respond to those successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully, make
correct judgments, and adjust communication accordingly
? To demonstrate responsible decision-making, act responsibly, and be able to justify an
approach and results using appropriate arguments
Communication skills (high)
? To develop communication skills in English at a B2++level
157
? To be able to communicate successfully in different situations and to various target
groups
Self-Learning Skills (high)
To develop effective self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow
students to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on
teacher feedback
Primary Module Aim Students acquire a more extensive knowledge of the language of international law and, at
the same time, of related concepts of business law (see links to other modules). Using the
knowledge acquired in the first semester, students expand their vocabulary and their
knowledge of grammar. They read, discuss, and analyze texts on various legal and
business concepts. They produce e-mails to clients explaining aspects of a legal case and
making recommendations.
After completing the module, students’ English language skills will be at Common European
Framework of Reference (CEFR) B2++level.
Module Content ? Clarification of basic principles and terminology of specific legal topics (see links to
other modules)
? Development of business law vocabulary, set expressions, and collocations
? Development of reading skills through current texts on related legal topics
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly e-mails of advice
? Revision and practice of core grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through pair and group discussion on topics
related to business law
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and understanding
? understand the key aspects of Anglo-American contract law, employment law, litigation
and arbitration, and international law
? understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings, and interviews
delivered at a natural speed
Application of knowledge and understanding
? read and understand standard contract clauses and use plain English to explain their
content
? apply their business law vocabulary confidently and appropriately
? discuss basic facts and issues of legal cases as presented through written articles
Ability to make judgments
? read and understand articles which are related to business law topics
? identify and agree on similarities and differences between two articles on legal cases
during discussions
Communication skills
? apply the terminology that is typical for these legal fields and use it confidently
? write legal e-mails of advice to a client
Self-learning skills
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2RGPR-BL.XX Contract Law
w.BA.XX.2IPPL-BL.XX International Law
w.BA.XX.2ASVR-BL.XX Employment Law
w.BA.XX.2ZPR-BL.XX Litigation and Arbitration
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
158
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
For compulsory tasks only (otherwise attendance is recommended)
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 36 h 26 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Compulsory tasks:
CT1: e-mail
CT2: oral task
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
159
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Introduction to International Legal English by Amy Krois-Lindner, Matt Firth and TransLegal
(CUP).
Business Grammar Builder, 2nd edition, by Paul Emmerson (Macmillan)
Recommended Reading As specified on Moodle
Comments
160
Legal English Advanced 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2LEA1-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations, dated 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit CMML
Module Coordinator Nico Spahni (shnc)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Adam Thomas (thom)
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2LE1-BL.XX and w.BA.XX.2LE2-BL.XX
(CEF B2++)
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? To further develop a knowledge base in current and internationally oriented business
law through language analysis of legal issues (see links to other modules)
? To acquire language knowledge of legal English with its productive and receptive skills
by processing advanced academic texts on legal topics
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? To apply English and legal communication skills in specific contexts (advanced
application of legal terminology)
? To be able to analyze issues of business law in organizations and public
administrations and to respond to those successfully in written and spoken form
Ability to make judgments (high)
? To apply their communication skills to interpret a communicative context successfully,
make correct judgments and adjust communication by paying particular attention to
successful argumentation to a defined target audience
? To demonstrate responsible decision making, act responsibly and be able to justify their
approach
Communication skills (high)
? To develop their communication skills in English at a C1/C1+level
? To be able to communicate successfully to peer and professional target groups and in
different situations
161
Self-Learning Skills (high)
? To develop their self-learning skills through guided self-study exercises that allow
students to experience and experiment with different learning strategies based on
teacher and peer feedback
Primary Module Aim The students
Acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the language of Private and Public
International Law, including comparison with Swiss law.
Develop the active and passive use of international legal language in connection with the
above.
Module Content ? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court
decisions and other legal sources
? development of legal writing skills
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-
authentic audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Knowledge and understanding
? understand specific legal concepts and terms
Application of knowledge and understanding
? read and interpret academic texts on legal topics (see links to other modules)
Ability to make judgments
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
Communication skills
? write texts in a legal context
? participate actively in discussions regarding various topics
Self-learning skills
? develop learning strategies how to interpret complex academic texts on topics of
course (see links to other modules)
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2PPIL-BL.XX Public and Private International Law
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Attendance is highly recommended, but required for all compulsory tasks
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction Guided Self-Study Autonomous Self-Study
162
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 26 h 36 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) (50%) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Compulsory
Tasks
CT1: Oral task (25%)
CT2: Writing task (25%)
1
1
10min
60min
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 50% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others: Compulsory Tasks 2x 25%
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
163
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Will be on Moodle organized by week
Self-study materials: Moodle
Recommended Reading Will be specified on moodle
Comments
164
Luxury Goods Management
Module description Luxury Goods Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1LGM-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week)
3 2
Organizational unit International Business
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Cary Steinmann
Deputy
Prerequisites Advanced Business English 1 and 2
Aims Objective: Luxury Goods Management requires specific knowledge and the marketing of
luxury products differs from the standard techniques that are used to market similar
products for a different target segment. The module “Luxury Goods Management”
provides the students with the basic and essential industry-specific knowledge needed to
understand and develop successful luxury strategies.
Learning goals
32
The students
? become familiar with the luxury goods sector
? learn about the significance of luxury for culture, society, and the economy
? get to know the different luxury consumer markets and their most important features
and stakeholders
? grasp the principles of successful marketing strategies in the luxury market
? understand the buying behavior and expectations of luxury goods customers
? understand the strategic challenges of the international luxury industry and use that
knowledge to develop product and market strategies
Learning content ? Basis of the luxury industry (definition, history)
? The luxury consumer (cultural aspects, international differences)
? Important players and sectors in the luxury goods industry
? Insight into essential business areas of luxury goods management (product
management, distribution/retail, marketing & communication, etc.) with a strong
international focus
? Legal aspects (patents, trademark protection, counterfeit)
? Trends in the luxury industry such as E-Commerce, digital marketing, sustainability
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
165
Consumer Behavior and Communication
International Business
Market Research and Marketing
Controlling
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 10.5 40
Seminar/exercises 10.5 29
Practical work
Total 21 29 40
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) (70%) 15-20
1 Written paper(s) (30%)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Literature according to semester plan
Kapferer, J .-N. / Bastien, V. (2012) The Luxury Strategy, 2nd edition, Kogan Page Limited
Additional literature
? Wiedmann, K.-P. / Hennigs, N. (2013) Luxury Marketing, Springer Gabler, Wiesbaden
? Chevalier, M. / Mazzalovo, G. (2012) Luxury Brand Management, 2nd edition, J ohn
Wiley & Sons, Singapore
? Chevalier, M. / Gutsatz, M. (2012) Luxury Retail Management, J ohn Wiley & Sons,
Singapore
? Lent, R. / Tour, G. (2009) Selling Luxury, J ohn Wiley & Sons, Hoboken
? Kotler, P. / Keller, K.L. / Brady, M. / Goodman, M. / Hansen, T. (2012) Marketing
Management, 2nd edition, Person Publication Limited, Harlow
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
166
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
12. Communicative competence (CC)
13. Leadership competence (LC)
14. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
15. Ethical competence (EC)
167
Management Accounting and Financial Management
Module Code w.BA.XX.2MAcc-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Center for Accounting and Controlling (FAC)
Module Coordinator Niccole J ordan, lerh
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Oliver Vögele, voeg
Prerequisite Knowledge Financial Accounting and Financial Analysis (w.BA.XX.2FinAcc.XX)
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgments, Communication skills, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? Understanding the differences in management, financial and cost accounting.
? Learning and understanding the concept of cost allocation in the various costing
systems.
? Understanding costing and pricing within various timespans.
? Learning the time value of money and understanding capital budgeting.
? Understanding an in-depth variance analysis.
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? Constructing and allocating costs according to the various costing systems.
? Performing break-even analysis based on differing timespans.
? Perform a detailed variance analysis.
Ability to make judgments (middle)
? Differentiate between costing systems and recognizing their respective advantages
and disadvantages.
? Perform budget analysis.
? Develop decision-making skills in capital investing.
Communication skills (middle)
? Ability to communicate the acquired knowledge.
Self-learning skills (high)
? Ability to solve independently simple to complex management accounting problems.
? Ability to apply acquired knowledge in an accounting setting.
Primary Module Aim Students strengthen the foundations of management accounting and learn the concepts of
controlling. They are able to put the findings into a higher-level context. They recognize that
168
management accounting is an important management tool and are able to apply their
knowledge to case studies.
Module Content
- The accountant’s role in the organization
- An introduction to cost terms and purposes
- J ob-costing systems
- Process-costing systems
- Cost allocation
- Income effects of alternative stock-costing method
- Cost-volume-profit relationships
- Activity-based costing
- Pricing, target costing and customer profitability analysis
- Capital investment decisions
- Flexible budgets, variances and management control
- Control systems and performance measurement
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students can…
Knowledge and understanding
? differentiate between management, financial and cost accounting.
? distinguish between direct and indirect, variable and fixed costs.
? perform calculations (weighted average method, first-in, first-out method) and
understand process-costing systems, also in terms of standard costs.
? explain how cost allocation functions and differentiate between budgeted versus actual
allocation rates.
? compare activity-based costing and department-costing systems.
? understand costing and pricing in the short and long run.
? understand the time value of money concept and opportunity costs in terms of capital
budgeting.
? describe and illustrate a static and flexible budget, as well as analyze variances.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? describe and understand the concept of costing systems, especially normal costing.
? construct income statements according to standard absorption and variable costing.
? calculate the breakeven point and explain the relationship between operating and net
profit.
? calculate and understand discounted cash-flow methods.
? explain variable- and fixed overhead costs.
? understand and calculate the return on investment and EVA method, as well as
distinguish between financial and non-financial performance measures.
Ability to make judgments
? differentiate between costing systems and recognizing their respective advantages and
disadvantages.
? perform a detailed budget analysis.
? develop decision making skills in capital investing.
Communication skills (middle)
? communicate the acquired knowledge.
Self-learning skills (high)
? independently solve simple to complex management accounting problems.
? apply acquired knowledge in an accounting setting.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: w.BA.XX.1VWL1.XX Content: Concept of Micro-economics (supply & demand,
pricing)
Module: w.BA.XX.2FinAcc.XX Content : Concept of Accounting (internal / external
approach, booking sentences, valuation)
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction Guided Self-Study
169
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h 70 h 27 h
Small Class 28 h h 27 h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 70 h 54 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 min. Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
170
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Bhimani, A., Horngren C., Datar S., Rajan, M. (2015). Management and Cost
Accounting. 6
th
Edition, Italy: Pearson Education Limited.
Recommended Reading - Meyer, B., Fehr, M., Passardi, M. (2010). Management Accounting – A practice-based
introduction. 2. Auflage. Zürich: Schulthess.
- International Group of Controlling (Hrsg.) (2010). Dictionary for Controllers. 4. Auflage.
Stuttgart: Schäfer-Poeschel.
Comments
171
Management Consulting
Module description Management Consulting_as_a_Profession
Module code w.BA.XX.1MC.XX.
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Kerstin Pichel (piet)
Deputy Gunther Kucza (kuca)
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management (w.1PrSTM)
Advanced Strategic Management (w.1ASM)
Aims Students get to know appeal and challenge of management consulting (mc). The
information about management consulting that is taught is reflected in cases and
discussions with consultants and clients. Topics are for example: mainstreams of
management consulting, processes in mc, roles and competencies in mc.
The combination of general information-input and specific discussion-insights enables
students to develop recommendations for the selection and assignment of management
consultants
Learning goals
33
Students
? Transfer their knowledge about strategic changes to topics of management
consulting and equivalent approaches of mc.
(FW, PHK, PAK,RUK, KI, EK)
? Identify and describe strategic positions of consulting companies,
(FW, PHK, PAK,RUK, KI, EK)
? Transfer the mc information to cases and discussions with consultants and
customers,
(FW, PHK, WK, PAK,RUK, SSK,KI, KK, FK)
? Present their findings and ongoing interpretations in a consultancy-like way
(FW, PHK, WK, PAK,RUK, SSK,KI, KK, FK)
172
Learning content ? Swiss consultancy industry
? typical consultancy approaches and well known consultancy companies
? Consultancy-processes and new mainstreams
? Consultancy-roles, -hierarchies and their challenges
? Consultancy-marketing and some tips
? Working on cases concerning topics above
? Conducting precise discussions with consultants and clients
? Presenting striking findings
? valuable contributions in discussions
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Principles of Strategic Management
(w.1PrSTM)
Advanced Strategic Management
w.1ASM
Strategy processes/portfolio management
g
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises 32 30
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
1 Other(s): valuable contribution
Language of instruction German
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Script
various scientific or semi-scientific articles published on moodle
173
Additional literature
Dietmar Fink, Bianca Knoblach: Die großen Management Consultants: Ihre Geschichte,
ihre Konzepte, ihre Strategien. Verlag Vahlen, München 2003.
Niedereichholz, C.: Unternehmensberatung, Band 1, 4. Aufl. (Oldenbourg) München 2004
Wohlgemuth, André C.; Gfrörer, Roger (Hrsg.): Management Consulting: Perspektiven am
Puls des Wandels. Zürich: VerlagNeue Zürcher Zeitung (NZZ Libro). 2008. S. 17-46
DeWayne J . Kurpius, Dale R. Fuqua, and Thaddeus Rozecki (1993): The consulting
process A multidimensional approach, Vol 71(6), J ul-Aug 1993, 601-606
NORA J ACOBSON, DALE BUTTERILL,and PAULA GOERING (2005): Consulting as a
Strategy for Knowledge Transfer, The Milbank Quarterly, Vol. 83, No. 2, 2005 (pp. 299–
321)
Steven H. Appelbaum, Anthony J . Steed The critical success factors in the client-
consulting relationship, J ournal of Management Development Vol. 24 No. 1, 2005, pp.
68-93
J osef Kramer, Falko von Ameln & Heike Stark: Hidden Agendas in Beratungs- und
Veränderungsprozessen, Gruppendynamik und Organisationsberatung, 38. J ahrg., Heft
3, S. 234-246
Diverse Internetseiten
Remarks
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Management of an Insurance Company
Module description Management of an Insurance Company
Module code w.BA.XX.1MVU.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Risk and Insurance (CRI)
Module responsibility Daniel Greber (greb)
Deputy Angela Zeier (zeie)
Prerequisites All previous modules of the CRI major
Aims The students will get an overview of the most important elements and processes to
successfully manage an insurance company, including internal and external influencing
factors.
Learning goals
34
The students
? know the important aspects of managing an insurance company (SPK, PC, CI, LC)
? recognize how an insurance company can position itself successfully (PC; PAC,
REC)
? develop innovative business models (SPK, PC, PAC, REC, SSC)
? understand the challenges for insurers to implement strategies (PC, CI)
? recognize, why and how an insurance company communicates with its external
stakeholders (SPK, PC, SSC, CC)
? understand how insurers manage risk (SPK, PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Strategic Management: General Management Navigator®
? Positioning: Development of strategic options
? Business models and innovation
? Value Creation and implementation
? Leadership and change
? Management by objectives
? Governance and risk management
? PR / Communication
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.1RI.XX
w.BA.XX.1BWL1.XX
w.BA.XX.1FinAcc.XX
Risk management
Basic knowledge
Basic knowledge
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
9. Group work
175
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS (56h) 56h 68h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 56h 68h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 min
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
1 Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature ? Müller-Stewens / Lechner (2011): Strategisches Management – Wie strategische
Initiativen zum Wandel führen (4. Auflage). Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking 7 multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
176
Managing People in an International Context
Module Code w.BA.XX.1MGP-IM.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.5.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department of International Business
Module Coordinator Monika Rohrer
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Siliva Alig Boesch
Prerequisite Knowledge
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Develop students’ understanding of the role and tasks of human resource
management in organizations and emphasize the link between corporate strategy and
the choices made in management of human resources.
? Enable students to identify factors which impact on developing and implementing
effective and consistent people management policies and practices.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (Medium)
? Apply theories models and concepts of human resource management to people
management problems in international business environments.
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? Make independent judgements on people management issues in an organization in an
international setting, supporting recommendations with sound evidence.
Communication Skills (Low)
? Present acquired knowledge in a written form.
177
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Promote independent learning through guided and autonomous self-study.
Primary Module Aim The students are better able to contribute to ability of their organizations to effectively hire,
deploy, retain, develop, and motivate and manage the people to achieve business
objectives regardless of geographical boundaries.
Module Content Definition and Role of Human Resource Management
Linking Corporate Strategy and Human Resource Management
International Human Resource Management
•Global Staffing
•Performance Management
•Developing People
•Total Reward
•Managing and being on an International Assignments
Organizational Behavior
•Leadership and Influence
•Perception, Learning, Communication
•Motivation and Retention
•Working in and with Teams
•Change Management
Integrative Case
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
After completing this module, students will be able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
•…explain the role and tasks of human resource management in organizations.
•…demonstrate the link between corporate strategy and the choices made in
management of human resources.
•…identify factors which impact on developing and implementing effective and
consistent people management policies and practices.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … apply theories models and concepts of human resource management to people
management problems in international business environments.
Ability to Make Judgments
? … evaluate and assess people management issues in organizations in international
settings, supporting recommendations with sound evidence.
Communication Skills
•…present acquired knowledge in a written form, clearly articulating arguments and
presenting supporting information.
Self-Learning Skills
… set goals by selecting, managing and assessing their own learning activities in
guided and autonomous self-study.
178
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
International Business & Management
International Strategic Management
Corporate Culture & Crosscultural
Management
International Environment of Business
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility
Value chain, management in
organizations
Strategic role of HRM, organizing for
international success; elements of
strategic management in organizations
Cross-cultural competence and theory;
Impact of culture on business and
management
Political and socio-economic analysis
Globalization, internationalization,
transnationalization
Ethical issues of managing of people;
international regulations and policies on
corruption, labour practices, etc.
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
179
Market Research, Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness
Module description Market Research, Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness
Module code w.BA.XX.1MaFEE-PIE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Institute for Marketing Management (IMM)
Module responsibility Bettina Beurer-Züllig (beur)
Deputy Steffen Müller (muef)
Prerequisites Required mandatory and elective modules
Aims Students get to know the methods and applications of market research. After completing
this module, they can develop appropriate study designs for different information needs
that companies have and can apply and evaluate basic quantitative and qualitative
methods. Moreover, students learn how to leverage market research to control the
efficiency and effectiveness of marketing activities. Also, they are prepared to write an
empirical Bachelor thesis.
Learning goals
35
Students should …
? … know the methods of primary and secondary research (SPK, SC)
? … be able to develop appropriate study designs and questionnaires (SPK, SC, PAC)
? … be able to conduct representative surveys (SPK, PC, SC)
? … be able to analyse data with univariate and bivariate statistical methods and to
… present results in a practice-oriented way (SPK, SC, CC)
? … know what kind of multivariate statistical methods exist (SPK, SC)
? … be able to apply customer satisfaction, customer value and brand image controlling
… (SPK, PC, CI)
? … know trends and limitations of market research (CI, EC)
Learning content ? Market research process
? Primary and secondary research
? Representative surveys and questionnaire design
? Experiments
? Univariate and bivariate (correlation coefficients, cross-tabs) statistical methods
? Multivariate statistical methods (overview)
? Guest lecture on the market research industry and on working in market research
? Measuring and controlling customer satisfaction and customer value
? Measuring and controlling brand image
? Online and mobile market research
180
? Competitive intelligence
? Trends and ethical aspects in market research
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
? Consumer Behavior and
Communications
? Strategic Management
? Marketing
? Statistics
? Typology of customers, perception of
customers
? Business and competitive strategies
? Marketing mix
? Numerical measures to describe data,
hypothesis tests, relationships between
variables
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
guided self-study
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
10. Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 58
Seminar/exercises 28 8 58
Practical work
Total 56 8 116
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script (required reading) with selected chapters from English textbooks (to
be defined)
Additional literature Additional articles will be provided where needed
Remarks The written exam counts for 70% of the final grade. Another 30% are based on group
work in the exercise course, which is about conducting a market research project incl.
presentation of results.
181
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
182
Marketing
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Mark-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Institut für Marketing Management, Abteilung General Management
Module Coordinator Helen Vogt (vogh)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Martina Rauch (raum)
Prerequisite Knowledge Program entry requirements
Relevant Program
Objectives
Students gain basic knowledge of marketing and are able to utilize current methods and
concepts. They are able to compile, evaluate and interpret marketing-relevant information.
They are able to develop marketing concepts and participate actively in marketing projects.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding
? High - Understand basic principles, concepts and processes in marketing
Application of knowledge and understanding
? High - Develop solution-oriented and practical marketing concepts (goals, strategy,
measures) on the basis of systematic market data
Ability to make judgments
? Medium - Evaluate marketing strategies and choose best alternative
Communication skills
? Medium - Explain marketing concepts and strategies to internal and external
stakeholders
Self-learning skills
? High - Convert learnings in order to solve challenges in their own professional
environment and enhance personal skills
Primary Module Aim The module aims to:
? introduce students to the key concepts and principles of marketing
? give students a solid theoretical and practical foundation in marketing, including
the latest theories, models and concepts as well as “best practices” in this field.
? enable students to compile, evaluate and interpret marketing-relevant information
? introduce students to marketing planning, implementation and controlling
Module Content The module explores key marketing concepts and shows how they apply to today’s
business practices. The course covers the essential knowledge and techniques managers
183
need to compete successfully, whether in large companies or small businesses, profit-
oriented firms or not-for-profit organizations. Topics include customer-oriented marketing
strategies, buyers and markets, target market selection, and the marketing variables of
products and services, price, promotion, and distribution. Quite a few case studies, practical
examples and guest lectures from practitioners feature in the course.
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? explain the role of marketing in an organization
? identify the appropriate marketing mix elements for the target market
? describe the interactions and synergies of the various marketing tools
Application of knowledge and understanding
? define and construct a problem-oriented and practical marketing plan
(goals/strategy/measures) on the basis of systematically gathered information about
the target market
? demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which a company’s marketing activities
can be implemented, monitored and controlled
Ability to make judgments
? compile, evaluate and interpret marketing-relevant information
Communication skills
? communicate in a concise and logical manner – through regular group presentations
Self-learning skills
? work on their own and in groups on assignments and after-class readings
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
? International Business and Management
? Strategic Management
? Intermediate marketing
? Advanced level marketing electives
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
80% Attendance
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h
Small Class 28 h h
Group Instruction h h
Practical Work h 8 h
Seminar h h
Total 56 h 8 h 116 h
184
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
1 20 Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s) 25%
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify): Recommended additional readings
Compulsory Reading Kotler, Philip and Armstrong, Gary (2013), Principles of Marketing, Global Edition.
15th Edition. 2013. Pearson.
Recommended Reading Readings put on Moodle or distributed in class
Comments
185
Mathematics 1
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Math1-en.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations 2009 of 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective module
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main Study Period
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Mathematics in Management and Law
Module Coordinator Beat Scherrer, scee
Deputy Module
Coordinator
J ohannes Becker, bece
Prerequisite
Knowledge
Mathematical knowledge at the level of the commercial vocational baccalaureate
Program Objectives
(relevant to module)
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module provides students with the foundations of mathematics expected of
graduates of Business Administration as well as a solid understanding of specialized
literature.
? The module provides students with the foundations of mathematics they need in order
to understand modern concepts of economic studies.
? The module is the basis for the advanced study of empirical methods, such as in
statistics.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module delivers the mathematical skills essential in applying the quantitative
analysis and problem-solving procedures of business administration, such as in
procurement and production, in marketing, and in the financial sector.
? The module promotes students' ability to develop models and abstract constructs.
Thus it makes an important contribution towards the integration of the program's
different subject areas.
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? The module provides the basis for understanding quantitative analyses, interpreting
results, and critically evaluating results and methodology.
Communication Skills (Medium)
? The module provides students with the foundations of mathematics necessary for
communicating with specialists in the business world as well as with scientists,
186
engineers, technologists, etc.
? The module develops students' ability to express themselves in an organized and
logical manner and enables them to discuss abstract subject matters clearly and
effectively.
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? The module teaches students to acquire knowledge and methods independently and to
understand specialized literature.
Primary Module Aim Students know, understand, and use the basic mathematical instruments of analysis in
subject areas like sequences and series, financial mathematics, functions, and differential
calculus. They are able to apply these instruments in formalizing, modeling, and solving
quantitative problems of business administration and economics.
Module Content ? Sets, intervals
? Summation notation
? Sequences, in particular geometric sequences and their role in financial mathematics
? Limiting values
? Series
? Summation formulas for arithmetic and geometric series
? Compound interest, simple and compound interest
? Pensions and perpetuities
? Functions, definition set, and image
? Characteristics of functions, operations on functions, in particular linking of functions
and inverse functions
? Linear functions, polynomials, rational functions, root functions, exponential and
logarithm function
? Euler's number, exponential function, natural logarithm
? Constant interest rate
? Economic applications of the concept of function, in particular of the cost function and
its characteristics
? Continuity
? Introduction to differential calculus: Difference quotient and differential quotient
? Sum rule
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students…
Knowledge and Understanding
? … explain the terms "set" and "sequence" and list and explain important application
examples
? … explain the term "limiting value"
? … explain the term "series" both generally as in the example of the geometric series
They can apply the sum formula for the geometric series
? … explain the financial-mathematical application of series
? … explain the terms "pension" and "perpetuity" and use them in practical examples
? … define the concept of function
? … explain important characteristics of functions, in particular concavity, convexity, and
monotony
? … explain the significance of reversibility and the inverse function
? … explain and apply composite functions
? … define and visualize special types of functions (linear functions, polynomials, rational
functions, root functions, logarithm functions, and exponential functions) and recognize
them from graphs
? … explain logarithms and list and explain examples of applications
? … explain the meaning of Euler's number, exponential function, and natural logarithm
and their interrelationships.
? … explain a cost function as well as its characteristic flow and its characteristics
? … describe other important economic fields of application of the concept of function In
particular, students can define the terms "production function" and "demand function”
187
and explain the relationship between the production and the cost function.
? … explain the term "constant interest rate" use it in an example
? … explain the term "continuity" and explain its relationship with the term "limiting value"
? … explain and interpret the term "derivative"
? … quote and apply the factor and the sum rules. They are able to interpret the content
of the sum rule
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … read and write down mathematical statements using formal notation
? … state the limiting values of sequences and describe the characteristics of sequences
? … calculate the value of arithmetic and geometric series
? … apply the content delivered in the area of financial mathematics in the context of
simple practical examples
? … examine functions to determine their characteristics
? … carry out algebraic reformulations and calculations in the context of the function
types covered in the module and visualize the process
? … effectively apply the concept of function in the context of economic examples
? … apply the logarithmic rules
? … differentiate polynomials and determine the differential of simple functions using the
differential quotient
Ability to Make Judgments
? … evaluate the possibilities and limitations of a formal model
Communication Skills
? … produce logically correct arguments and explain mathematical solution approaches
effectively, in writing as well as orally.
Self-Learning Skills
? … independently examine and analyze whether the path they take to arrive at a
solution is correct by following different procedures and verifying them against each
other
? … acquire abstract and mathematical knowledge independently using appropriate
sources
? … identify and fill gaps in their own knowledge
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following modules:
Module: Content:
Mathematics 2 All topics mentioned above, in particular the concept of
function, special functions, and differential calculus
Statistics Summation notation, the concept of function, special
functions, differential calculus
Marketing Demand function, economic applications of functions
Management Accounting Interest rates, linear functions, polynomials, exponential
function, and differential calculus
Operation & Process Mgt Concept of function, polynomials, differential calculus
Macro-/Microeconomics Sums, concept of function, special functions, economic
applications of functions, differential quotient, and differential
calculus
Quantitative Methods all topics mentioned above
Fin. Instr. & Portf. Theory Series, interest rates, concept of function, special functions,
differential calculus
Act. Investment Mgt Series, interest rates, concept of function, special functions,
differential calculus
Corp. Fin. & Risk Mgt Series, interest rates, concept of function, special functions,
differential calculus
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lecture
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group project(s)
188
Presentation
Group project(s)
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Attendance not compulsory, but highly recommended
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h
Small Class 14 h 16 h 32 h
Group Instruction
Practical Work
Seminar
Total 42 h 16 h 32 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources (according to the guidelines on the use of examination
aids/resources ("Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse")
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
189
Others: Formulary (to be issued with the exam paper; students may not bring their
own copies)
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Course Materials Lecture slides
Script
Electronic Resources
Others: Formulary
Compulsory Reading - Becker, J ohannes; Hobein, Günter A.; J ud, Markus; Scherrer, Beat; Sickinger,
Wolfgang; Stahl, Michael (2015): Mathematics 1 for Business. Theory and Worked
Examples. ZHAW School of Management and Law, Winterthur.
- Becker, J ohannes; Hobein, Günter A.; J ud, Markus; Scherrer, Beat; Sickinger,
Wolfgang; Stahl, Michael (2015): Mathematics 1 for Business. Exercises and Solutions.
ZHAW School of Management and Law, Winterthur.
Both texts will be provided in the first lecture.
Recommended Reading - Purkert, Walter (2011): Brückenkurs Mathematik für Wirtschaftswissenschaftler.
7th edition. Wiesbaden: Vieweg+Teubner.
- Tietze, J ürgen (2013): Einführung in die angewandte Wirtschaftsmathematik.
17th edition. Wiesbaden: Springer Spektrum.
Comments A refresher course covering the mathematics curriculum of the vocational baccalaureate is
offered in August and September. A self-assessment test to assess your level of
mathematical knowledge is available online.
190
Mathematics 2
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Mathe2.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Communication & Mathematics in Management & Law
Module Coordinator Prof. Günter A. Hobein, hogu
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Dr. J ohannes Becker, bece
Prerequisite Knowledge Mathematics 1
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module conveys the basic mathematic knowledge expected of a university
graduate and required to understand the relevant literature.
? The module conveys the basic mathematic knowledge required to understand modern
concepts of economics.
? The module is the basis for advanced topics of empirical methodology, e.g. statistics.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? The module conveys the basic mathematic knowledge essential for the application of
quantitative analysis and problem-solving procedures of business administration, such
as in procurement and production, marketing, and finance.
? The module conveys the ability to develop models and abstract concepts. Thus it
makes an important contribution to the integration of different study areas.
Ability to Make Judgments (Medium)
? The module forms the basis for the ability to understand quantitative analysis, interpret
findings, and critically assess results and methodology.
Communicative Skills (Medium)
? The module conveys basic mathematical knowledge needed to communicate
effectively with experts in other disciplines (science, natural science, and technology).
? The module enables students to acquire the ability to express themselves logically and
concisely, and to present abstract subject matter adequately and effectively.
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? The module enables students to acquire new knowledge and methods independently
and to understand the relevant literature.
191
Primary Module Aim Students know, understand, and master the basic set of tools of mathematical analysis in
the area of differentiation and integration. They can apply this set of tools in formalizing,
modelling, and solving quantitative problems of business administration and economics.
Module Content ? Tangent as approximation
? Product, quotient, and chain rule
? Differentiation of exponential and logarithmic functions
? Monotonicity, curvature, extrema, and inflection point
? Determination of the equation of a function from given conditions
? Interpretation of the derivative as a marginal value
? Elasticities, their significance, and their application
? Theory of cost function, revenue and profit maximization
? Foundations of the differentiation of functions of several variables
? Definite and indefinite integral
? Elementary rules of integration
? Integral as area
? Economic application: consumer and producer rent
? Separable differential equations and their economic applications
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
• … define and explain the significance of the terms “tangent” and “slope”.
• … indicate the derivation of the basic types of function.
• … name the main rules of derivation.
• … explain the difference between monotonicity and curvature and the derivation
functions. They can explain extrema and inflection points and interpret these terms
geometrically.
• … explain the concept of derivation and interpret it as approximation as well as in
terms of a marginal value (sensitivity).
• … interpret elasticity both mathematically as well as in terms of its application.
• … explain a cost function, its characteristics, and the terms “marginal costs”,
“operational optimum”, and “operational minimum”. They can name other economically
relevant functions and interpret their characteristics. They can explain the meaning of
derivation in an economic context.
• … explain price formation in a monopolistic and a polypolistic market as well as
revenue and profit maximization of vendors in such markets.
• … explain partial derivatives and interpret them geometrically.
• … explain the interrelationship between differentiation and integration.
• … interpret the definite integral as area.
• … explain the economic significance of producer and consumer rent.
• … explain the term “separable differential equation” and provide examples.
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
• … apply the derivation rules.
• … examine functions in terms of monotonicity, curvature, extrema and inflection
point.
• … create a function equation from set conditions.
• … calculate elasticities.
• … apply derivation and elasticity to estimate absolute and relative changes.
• … calculate partial derivations; they can use partial derivations to calculate
extrema of the functions of several variables.
• … determine the indefinite integral of simple functions.
• … calculate a surface area using the definite integral.
• … calculate consumer and producer rent.
• … solve separable differential equations using the technique of the “separation of
variables”.
Ability to Make Judgments
192
• … evaluate the possibilities and limitations of a formal model.
• … make estimates using approximation procedures and use them to make
plausibility considerations.
Communication Skills
• … use logically correct arguments and effectively explain formal mathematical
solution approaches both orally as well as in writing.
Self-Learning Skills
• … independently study abstract and mathematical topics using suitable academic
literature.
• ... be proactive in identifying and closing knowledge gaps.
Links to Other Modules The module has links to the following other models:
Module: Details:
Mathematics 1 all of “Mathematics“ 1, in particular the function, special
functions, and differentials
Statistics Differentiation and integration, area calculation
Macro-/Microeconom. All areas listed above, in particular marginal values, elasticity,
producer and consumer rent, monotonicity and curvature,
extrema
Mgmt. Acc. & Fin. Mgmt. Differentiation
Operations & Processes Differentiation, extrema
Quantitative Methods All areas listed above
Fin.Instr. & Portfolio Theor. Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Act. Investment Mgmt. Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Corp. Fin. & Risk Mgmt. Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Corp. Fin. & Valuation Differentiation, derivation as marginal value
Intr. Risk & Insurance Differentiation, integration
R&I: Product Mgmt. Differentiation, integration
R&I: Claims Mgmt. Differentiation, integration
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h
Small Class 14 h 16 h 32 h
Group Instruction
Practical Work
Seminar
193
Total 42 h 16 h 32 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading - Hobein, Günter A.; Renfer, Fritz; Scherrer, Beat; Stahl, Michael (2014):
Wirtschaftsmathematik 2: Theorie und Beispiele. Zürich: Compendio.
- Hobein, Günter A.; Renfer, Fritz; Scherrer, Beat; Stahl, Michael (2014):
Wirtschaftsmathematik 2: Übungen mit Lösungen. Zürich: Compendio.
Recommended Reading - Purkert, Walter (2011): Brückenkurs Mathematik für Wirtschaftswissenschaftler. 7th ed.
Wiesbaden: Vieweg+Teubner.
- Tietze, J ürgen (2013): Einführung in die angewandte Wirtschaftsmathematik. 17th ed.
Wiesbaden: Springer Spektrum.
Comments
194
Mergers and Acquisitions
Module description Mergers & Acquisitions
Module code w.BA.XX.MA-IM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit FCP
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Mehdi Mostowfi
Deputy Tbd
Prerequisites none
Aims This course aims to provide frameworks, techniques and examples to help
you participate successfully in the exciting and risky world of international
mergers & acquisitions.
Learning goals
36
The students
? show an understanding of the challenges of M&A transactions
? know the key success factors of M&A
? can apply finance concepts to real finance problems (SPK)
? are familiar with M&A terminology (SPK)
? can value cash flows (PV, NPV) to analyze the performance of key financial
instruments and investments (PC, PAC)
? can analyse LBO transactions
? understand the basics of structuring an M&A transaction1
? Apply their knowledge to develop solutions in corporate valuation, M&A and
international financial management (SPK; PAC).
Learning content ? Introduction (M&A market, types and financing of M&A transactions)
? Rationale and challenges of M&A transactions and key success factors
? Valuation methodologies
• DCF methodology
• Comparable companies analysis
• Net asset value methods
• Case studies
? Leverage Buyout (LBO) transactions and LBO analysis
? Cross border M&A transactions
? M&A process and due diligence
195
? Legal structuring of M&A transactions
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Introduction to Accounting
Introduction to Finance
Content:
Working Capital, Cash-Flow
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28 34
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 28 34
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90 (75% of grade)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 25% of grade
(15 minutes)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides (mandatory)
Lecturer’s script
Textbook
Additional literature T. Koller, M. Goedhart & D. Wessels (2010). Valuation: Measuring and Managing the
Value of Companies, University Edition, 5th Wiley
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
196
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
197
Operations and Process Management
Module description Operations and Process Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1OP-PiE.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Edgar Heim - heid
Deputy Michael Lustenberger - luse
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management; Advanced Strategic Management; Fundamentals of
Marketing; Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis
Aims Students are able to design, monitor and improve simple processes in praxis. Established
practices will be presented and applied to practical cases in industrial and service
environments. In addition the course will demonstrate to the students the interrelationship
between Operations and other process in the company and encourage interdisciplinary
thinking and action. Students will be able to choose optional courses to explore specific
topics in depth.
Learning goals
37
Students
? Are able to design simple processes building upon customer needs and corporate
strategy. (SPK, PAC, REC, CI)
? Learn to think in terms of processes and can explain the most important processes in
industrial, trading and service companies. (SPK, REC, CI)
? Can apply frequently used tools in process management and are able to independently
analyse and improve existing processes.(SPK, PC, PAC)
? Understand the basic interrelationship between Operations Management, Supply Chain
Management, Lean Management and Quality Management and can correctly apply
these concepts in daily business life.(SPK, REC, PC)
Learning content ? Operations in organizations
? Process Management
? Process and Product Design
? Supply Chain Management
? Planning and Managing Operations
? Lean Management
? Quality Management
? Continuous Process Improvement
198
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module
? Strategic Management
? Marketing
? Information Technology
Content
? Corporate strategy; Business Unit
Strategy; Core competencies
? ECR, Distribution, Customer orientation
? Process analysis; ERP systems; Process
automation
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 h
Seminar/exercises 28 h 72 h
Practical work
Total 56 h 72 h 52 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) (90%) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
8-11 Other(s): Result self studies (10%) weekly questionnaire
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Slack, N., Brandon-J ones, A., J ohnston, R. (2013): Operations Management – 7
th
edition,
Pearson Education: London, 978-0-273-77629-1
Additional literature Heizer, J ., Render, B. (2014): Operations Management, 11th Edition, Pearson Prentice
Hall: New J ersey, 978-0-273-78707-5
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
199
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
200
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module description Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module code w.1PMOB_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Human Capital Management)
Module responsibility Hans Willi
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites None
Aims Students can lead a straightforward project by learning best practice approaches. For
more complex project, the students learn how to assist effectively the project leader.
(project management).
In addition, students understand how the behavior within organizations is influenced by
individuals, groups and structures and are capable of increasing the effectiveness of an
organization through the application of this knowledge (organizational behavior).
Students gain an understanding concerning how the human capital a company requires
can be obtained, oriented and promoted (in line with company strategy) so that the result
is an optimal company performance.
This knowledge enables students to promote and shape both the contribution to human
capital per se as well as the contribution of the management of human capital to a
company’s value creation and competitiveness.
Learning goals
1
Students:
? Gain the competence to lead straightforward projects and to assist the project leader
in more complex projects (SPK, PC, PAC, REC, CI, CC, LC)
? Gain the knowledge to define, structure, plan, control and execute projects (PC,
PAC, CI)
? Know tools, methods and success drivers of project management (SPK)
? have gained, thanks to knowledge of concepts, theories and models, an
understanding of the behavior of individuals in organizations. (SPK, CI, SC, REC)
? can analyze social phenomena and assess alternative development and
management principles in view of their effectiveness and efficiency within
organizations. (SPK, PC, REC, CI, SSC)
? have gained an understanding of one of the models used in this module for the
management of human capital and are capable of both assessing the human capital
management of a company and shaping this company’s future development. (SPK,
SC, PAC, REC, CI)
Learning content Project Management:
? Introduction to project management
? Management of integration, content, time, risk, cost in projects (theory and case
studies)
? Exercises in project initiation, stakeholder management, network planning
? Internet-based project simulation “Simultrain” – a simulation for training project
managers with special focus on the project execution phase
Organizational Behavior:
201
? human capital management as a company function.
? organizational theories.
? structural and staff leadership within a company.
? motivation and its implementation in human capital management (HR-Marketing,
performance management including compensation management)
- Motivational theories and organizational justice
- Models and instruments of HR marketing
? competence management
? performance management
- goal-setting theory and MBO
- Groups and teams
- What is a group?
- Phases of group development
- Group processes
- Group decision-making
The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Integration 1 and 2
Operations and processes
Project Management
Process Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance during project management group coaching
Otherwise 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 86
Seminar/exercises 38
Practical work 28
Total 56 38 86
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Reader concerning Organizational Behavior and Human Capital Management
Pinto, J . K., (2010). Project Management, Achieving competitive Advantage. 2. Edition.
New J ersey: Pearson Education.
Additional literature Meyer, P (2010). Human Capital strategisch einsetzen. Köln: Wolter Kluwer Luchterhand
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
202
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
203
Public & Private International Law
Module Code w.BA.XX.2PPIL-BL.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 of 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations of 12.05.2009, last modification: 05.05.2015
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Department of Business Law
Module Coordinator Peter Münch (mchp)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Prerequisite Knowledge State and administrative law
Legal remedies in private law
Legal transactions in private law
Legal English 1 and 2
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, communication skills, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Understanding international law as the interaction of different legal sources and levels
of standards of national law and the law of nations
? Know the material and constitutional foundations of applicable international law, in
particular the law of nations (general law of nations and selected areas of international
business law) as well as international private law (applicable law and international law
of civil procedures).
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (high)
? Ability to classify specific cases with an international context within the legal framework
of international law.
? Ability to solve specific legal issues and legal cases with an international context by
working in a target-oriented, systematic manner, using the correct legal norms and the
relevant case law and literature.
Ability to Make Judgments (high)
? Ability to recognize and evaluate differences and similarities of different national legal
systems and the law of nations.
? Ability to analyze and critically assess the prevailing order of international law.
204
Communication Skills (medium)
? Ability to express oneself appropriately in English, both verbally and in writing, and to
understand the relevant English legal terminology.
Self-Learning Skills (medium)
? Advancement of autonomous learning by means of guided and independent self-study.
?
Primary Module Aim Students know and understand the basic principles and the systematic order of
international law and are able to solve cases involving the law of nations and international
private law.
Module Content ? The system of international law
? The law of nations (general law of nations and selected areas of international business
law)
? International private law (applicable law and international law of civil procedures)
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? describe international law as the interaction of different legal sources and levels of
standards of national law and the law of nations
? describe material and procedural principles of applicable international law, in particular
the general law of nations, selected areas of specific law of nations, and international
private law (applicable law and international law of civil procedures)
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? solve specific legal issues and legal cases with an international context by working in a
target-oriented, systematic manner, using the correct legal norms and the relevant
case law and literature.
Ability to Make Judgments
? evaluate differences and similarities of national law and the law of nations (in terms of
content, procedures, and methods)
? classify specific cases with an international context within the legal framework of
international law.
? Thoroughly analyze and critically assess the prevailing order of international law
Communication Skills
? express themselves appropriately in English, both verbally and in writing, and
understand the relevant English legal terminology.
Self-Learning Skills
? acquire by themselves the relevant foundation knowledge that enables them to solve
cases and critically reflect on them, using literature and judicature.
Links to Other Modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
? State & Administrative Law: State law, administration law
? Legal Remedies in Private Law: Liability law, tort law
? Legal Transactions in Private Law: Contract law
? Civil Procedure Law and the Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy Act: law of civil
procedures
? European Law
? Contract Formation and Succession Planning: contract formation
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
205
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h 62 h
Small Class 28 h h 62 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h h 124 h
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
1 20 Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s) 100%
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others: Compendium of international legal decisions, without annotations, in
accordance with "Hilfsmittel"
206
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others: Reader of literature, cases, and assignments, compendium (see above)
Compulsory Reading
Recommended Reading
Comments
207
Public & NPO Financial Management
Module description Public & NPO Financial Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1PFM.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Fuchs Sandro (fucs)
Deputy Stoelker Reithaar Barbara (stoe)
Prerequisites w.1FinACC, w.1MAcc
Aims The students gain insight into the field of public financial management as an academic
discipline. They are first introduced to the special basic conditions of financial
management in the public/NPO sector. They are provided with an overview of the
individual aspects of financial management. In addition, they are confronted with the
significance and scope of reforms affecting financial accounting and public controlling
bodies. They discuss the newest developments and current fields of research such as risk
management and public-private partnership.
Learning goals
38
The students are able to:
? Manage public enterprises as a special case at the intersection between public and
corporate finance (PC)
? Actively participate in the implementation of international and national reforms of
financial accounting systems (PAC)
? Establish a public controlling system based on the needs of an administrative unit (PC,
PAC)
? Apply in practice the latest knowledge of public financial management such as risk
management and private-public partnership. (PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Nature and context of public financial management
? Financial reporting in the public/NPO sector
? Public controlling (controlling, general, KLR and budget)
? Risk management and internal audits
? Private-public partnership
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1FinAcc
w.1FinAcc
w.1MAcc
Profitability
Financing
Capital budgeting
Instruction mode(s)
Class instruction Guided self-study
208
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
28 64
Seminar/exercises
28 60
Practical work
Total
56 60 64
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
2 Oral presentation(s)
Evaluation: Pass/Fail
Passing the two presentations is a
prerequisite for the admission to
the written exam
5min each
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Andreas Bergmann, (2008). Public Sector Financial Management.1
st
ed. Essex (UK:
Financial Times Prentice Hall.
Additional literature H.M. Coombs und D.E. J enkins, (2002). Public Sector Financial Management. 3
rd
ed.
London: Thomson
Urs Bolz (Ed.), (2005). Public Private Partnership in der Schweiz. 1
st
ed. Zurich:
Schulthess Verlag
Lynn T. Drennan und Allan McConnell (2007). Risk und Crises Management in the Public
Sector. 1
st
ed. Oxon: Routledge.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
209
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
210
Quantitative Methods
Module description Quantitative Methods
Module code w.1QMeth_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Armin Bänziger
Prerequisites Mathematics 1; Mathematics 2; Statistics
Aims The students learn important quantitative methods to come to terms with central
mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? master elementary matrix algebra and use matrices in the portfolio context (SPK, PC,
SC, PAC)
? are capable to find partial and total derivatives of functions (with several variables)
(SPK, SC, PAC)
? are able to find first and second order Taylor series approximations of functions and
use them to facilitate computations in finance (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to handle linear transformations of (sums of) random variables and apply
them to measure portfolio risk and return (SPK, PC, PAC)
? recognize the significance of utility theory for finance (SPK, SC, REC)
? comprehend the difference between the arithmetic and geometric mean (of returns)
and know, when to use what measure (PAC, REC)
? annualize returns (mean, variance and standard deviation) (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable of calculating shortfall and value at risk (given normal returns) (SPK, PC,
PAC)
? realize the problems of “fat tails” in return distributions for portfolio theory and risk
management (SPK, PAC, PUK)
? understand the basic arbitrage principle to price options (SC, PAC, REC)
? estimate prices of European and American options with a one- and two-step binomial
model (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to interpret the option “Greeks” (SPK, PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Elements of matrix algebra
? Mean-variance portfolio theory
- Measures of central tendency and variability
- Linear transformations of random variables
- Risk and return of a single asset
- Portfolio risk and return (sum of random variables)
- Using matrices to model portfolios of several assets
? Functions of several variables
- Partial derivatives
- Total differentials
- Taylor series approximations
? Foundations of utility theory
- Utility functions, indifference curves
- Expected utility, certainty equivalent of a gamble
211
- Risk aversion, risk premium
- Measures of absolute and relative risk aversion
- Mean-variance utility
? Aspects of risk management
- Skewness and kurtosis of return distributions
- Normal and lognormal distributions
- Time aggregation of returns
- Shortfall risk, safety-first criterion
- VaR methods
? Options
- Binomial model (one- and two-step trees, no-arbitrage argument, risk neutral
valuation)
- Option “Greeks”
- Hedge ratios, delta hedging
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
w.1MatBO1&2
w.1MatBO2
w.1Stat
w.1FIPT/ w.1Aim
w.1CFRM/ w.1KM
w.1BA_BO
Algebraic manipulations, equations,
functions
Calculus
Theoretical foundation (descriptive and
inductive statistics)
Financial mathematics (discrete and
continuous compounding, discounted cash
flow, matrices, moments of distributions,
random variables, utility theory, normal
distribution, options)
Risk measures, skewness and kurtosis,
shortfall risk, VaR, partial derivatives,
Taylor series
Quantitative skills
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
Seminar/exercises 28 34
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction German / English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture notes, lecture slides
Problem set
Additional literature J ournal articles and book sections (see course reserves in library)
Remarks
212
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Statistics
Module Code w.BA.XX.2Stat-PiE.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Studienordnung Bachelor 2009 vom 29.01.2009 / Anhang zur Studienordnung
Bachelorstudiengänge beschlossen am 12.05.2009, angepasst am 10.10.2013.
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 6
Organizational Unit Institut für Wealth & Asset Management (IWA)
Module Coordinator Armin Bänziger, banz
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Norbert Hilber, hino
Prerequisite Knowledge w.BA.XX.2Mathe1.XX, w.BA.XX.2Mathe2.XX
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, application of knowledge and understanding, ability to make
judgments, self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding (high):
? Fundamental knowledge in statistics
? Knowledge of key statistical methods
Application of knowledge and understanding (high):
? Applying statistics to summarize data
? Using statistical methods to of examine business-related issues
Ability to make judgments (medium):
? Analyze and judge business- and economic-related issues by estimation and
hypothesis testing
Self-learning skills (medium):
? Developing the willingness to address statistical problems autonomously
? Enhance self-learning skills supported by the guided self-study
Primary Module Aim Students understand the fundamental concepts of descriptive and inferential statistics to
summarize and analyze data and apply the methods in business and economics.
Module Content ? Graphs and tables to describe qualitative and quantitative data
? Numerical measures to describe data (measures of location and variability)
? Elements of Chance: Probability Methods
? Measures of association between two variables
? Discrete probability distributions (binomial distribution)
? Continuous probability distributions (uniform and the normal distribution, normal
approximations of discrete probability distributions)
? Distribution of sample statistics
? Confidence interval estimation of a single population parameter
? Hypothesis tests of a single population
? Relationships between variables
- Cross Tables and scatter plots
214
- Covariance and correlation
- Two variable regression analysis
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
The students know…
Knowledge and understanding
? … how measures of central location and dispersion are used to describe data.
? … key concepts of probability theory.
? … the relevance of confidence intervals and hypothesis testing in empirical work.
? … methods to statistically describe linear relationships of two variables.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? …. how to present data in appropriate graphs.
? … how to calculate key figures of empirical and theoretical distributions.
? … how to find probabilities of basic events of chance.
? … how to apply probability distributions case-related.
? … how to construct confidence intervals for the mean.
? … how to test hypothesis concerning the mean of a distribution.
Ability to make judgments
? … how to analyze data with appropriate statistical methods.
? … how to judge hypotheses with sample data.
? … how to interpret results from simple linear regression analysis.
Self-learning skills
? … how to acquire the necessary skills for analyzing data with the statistical software
gretl.
? … how to handle applied statistical assignments from the problem set independently.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.BA.XX.2Mathe1.XX Algebra, functions
w.BA.XX.2Mathe2.XX Differential calculus, integration
Foundation for most following modules, especially in finance
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
None
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h h
Small Class 28 h 56 h 68 h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 56 h 56 h 68 h
215
Performance
Assessments
Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s) 1 60 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others:
Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 100% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify): Open book
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify):
Compulsory Reading Newbold, P., Carlson, W., Thorne, B. (2013). Statistics for Business and Economics (Global
Edition). 8/e. Upper Saddle River, N.J .: Pearson Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-273-76706-0.
Recommended Reading Wonnacott, T. H., Wonnacott, R. J . (1990). Introductory Statistics for Business and
Economics. 4/e. New York: J ohn Wiley & Sons. ISBN: 978-0471615170.
Comments
216
Strategic Management for Incomings
Module description Strategic Management for Incomings
Module code w.1STM_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations: Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
39
SWS G
40
SWS K
41
#classes/G
42
6 4 1
Organizational unit Center for Strategic Management
Module responsibility J acques Hefti (hefj)
Deputy Stefan Schuppisser (sste)
Prerequisites Introduction to General Management
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims The students understand the relevance of Strategic Management for the success of a company
and develop independently or with guidance solutions for different design areas in the strategic
decision making process. The students are able to analyse the strategic position of a company
by using the correct analysis instruments. Furthermore they develop various competitive
strategies and assess challenges in relation to strategy implementation.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Analyse the external environment and define critical success factors (SPK, PAC)
? Describe internal competences and resources (SPK, PAC)
? Assess expectations of stakeholders (SPK, PAC)
? Understand mission and vision of a company (SPK)
? Understand the mechanism of corporate governance (SPK, PAC)
? Understand the goals and design areas of corporate level strategy (SPK)
? Understand the goals and design areas of business level strategy (SPK)
? Analyse various competitive strategies and business models (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Distinguish between development directions and methods of the strategic development of a
company (SPK)
? Understand evaluation tools to select the best strategic option (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Understand the challenges of strategy implementation (SPK)
? Describe design elements of a strategy focused organisation (SPK)
? Create a strategy map and balanced scorecard (PC)
? Understand the relevance of change measures (SPK)
? Use selected models and instruments in case studies and develop alternative solutions
217
independently (PC)
Learning content ? Business environment (macro environment, industry, competition, markets)
? Analysis of demand
? Development of critical success factors
? Internal analysis and assessment of strength and weaknesses (financial ratios,
competences, resources, value chain, company culture)
? SWOT analysis
? Corporate Governance, Stakeholder Management, Corporate Social Responsibility
? Corporate level strategy
? Business level strategy, competitive strategies
? Development directions (growth, consolidation, disinvestment) and methods (internal growth,
M&A, strategic alliances)
? Assessment of strategic options
? Mission and Vision
? Design elements of a strategy focused organisation
? Interface strategy and control systems (planning, budgeting, reporting, incentive systems)
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
? All other functional disciplines
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 40h
Exercises 50h 34h
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 50h 74h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Gerry J ohnson, Kevan Scholes, Richard Whittington: Fundamentals of Strategy, 2nd edition,
Pearson, 2011
Additional literature J .D. Hunger, T.L. Wheelen: Essentials of Strategic Management, 5th edition, Pearson 2011
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
218
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Sustainable Corporate Responsibility
Module code w.BA.XX.1ISCR-IM.XX
Degree program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 09 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Department International Business
Module Coordinator Herbert Winistörfer, winh
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Katharina Hetze, hetz
Prerequisite Knowledge none
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgments, Communication skills, Self-learning skills.
Contributions to Program
Objectives
Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Understand the strategic relevance of Corporate Responsibility in an international
environment
Application of Knowledge and Understanding (High)
? Analyze challenges for internationally operating companies related to Corporate
Responsibility issues
Ability to Make Judgments (High)
? Collect and interpret data on company‘s Corporate Responsibility approach and
discuss results in a broader context
Communication Skills (Medium)
? Present findings in a written report
Self-Learning Skills (Medium)
? Acquirement of knowledge on one's own responsibility by reading specialist literature
Primary Module Aim Students understand Corporate Responsibility as a cross-sectional function within a
framework of good management practices. They understand that certain stakeholders
expect from companies to take responsibility for business impacts on society. They are able
to assess risks and opportunities for enterprises arising from these stakeholder
expectations.
Module Content - Examples of sustainability issues relevant to companies (climate change, human
rights violations, poverty, …)
- Business case: value drivers related to investments in Corporate Responsibility
- Common concepts and models of Corporate Responsibility: Sustainability
Management, Corporate Social Responsibility, Corporate Citizenship
- Meaning and content of selected voluntary standards for Corporate Responsibility
(e.g. ISO 26000)
- Best practice for Corporate Responsibility management: stakeholder management,
issues management, strategy development and implementation, controlling and
reporting, auditing and certification
- In-depth analysis of an internationally active company with regard to their Corporate
Responsibility approach
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
After completing this module, students will be able to…
Knowledge and Understanding
? … explain why companies are assigned a joint responsibility for the solving of
societal problems (Corporate Responsibility)
? … identify strategic risks and opportunities related to Corporate Responsibility issues
220
? … explain how Corporate Responsibility is implemented in selected
corporate functions (e.g. supply chain management, human resource
management)
Application of Knowledge and Understanding
? … develop an economic rationale (business case) for Corporate Responsibility
related activities of companies
? … identify basic management methods used to integrate Corporate Responsibility
into business practices (e.g. stakeholder management)
? Analyze a company‘s Corporate Responsibility approach based on publicly
available information
Ability to Make Judgments
? … critically evaluate a company‘s Corporate Responsibility approach
against theoretical concepts and best practice examples
Communication Skills
? … present findings of a company analysis in a report
Self-Learning Skills
? … compile results by working in small groups
Links to Other Modules
The module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
International Business & Management
International Environment of Business
Content:
Shareholders` and stakeholders` demands
Ethics in International Business
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others:
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
80%
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class 28 h h h
Small Class h h h
Group Instruction h h h
Practical Work h h h
Seminar h h h
Total 28 h 22 h 40 h
Performance Assessments Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
Written exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s) Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s) 1 Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Assignments Grade
Pass/fail
221
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s) 100%
Others: Assignments
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (pleae specify):
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources
Others (please specify): Textbook (see compulsory reading below)
Compulsory Reading Printed copy of lecture slides
Selected book chapters and articles
o Sigmund, K., Fehr, E., Nowak, M.A.. (2002): The Economics of fair play.
Scientific American 286: 82-87.
o Carroll, A. (2008). „A history of Corporate Responsibility – Concepts
and practices“, in: Andrew Crane, Abagail McWilliams, Dirk Matteen,
J eremy Moon und Donald Siegel (eds.). The Oxford handbook of
Corporate Responsibility. New York, 20–46.
o ISO (eds.) (2011): Discovering ISO 26000. Geneva:
International Organization for Standardization
o Oskarsson K. and von Malmborg F. (2005): Integrated Management
Systems as a Corporate Response to Sustainable Development. Corp.
Soc. Responsib. Environ. Mgmt. 12, 121–128 (2005)
o GRI (ed.) (2013b): Sustainability Reporting Guidelines.
Implementation Manual. Amsterdam: Global Reporting Initiative.
Porter, M.E. and Kramer, M.R. (2006), “Strategy and society: the link between competitive
advantage and corporate social responsibility”, Harvard Business Review , Vol. 84, pp. 78-
92.
Recommended Reading Further reading referenced in lecture slides
Comments none
222
Turnaround Management
Module description Turnaround Management
Module code w.BA.XX.1TM.XX
Degree program and
its specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam Regulations Bachelor 09 as of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix as of 12.5.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module responsibility Felix Blaser
Deputy -
Prerequisites Accounting modules of semester 1 – 5
Aims The students are able to early detect the indications of financial crisis in order to ensure
that business may continue successfully. They have an understanding of the most
common financial restructuring measures and are able to develop a basic turnaround
plan. They also understand the main issues with regards to the applicable legal
framework. On top the students have an understanding of the role of the banks in
turnaround situations.
Learning goals
43
Students
? understand, how financial crisis materialize and develop; they know how to early
detect such indications of a crisis (PAC, SPK).
? will obtain an understanding of the legal framework applicable for turnaround situations
in Switzerland (SPK, PC).
? will also learn what a turnaround concept is and how such a concept is to be
developed (SPK, REC).
? will have a basic understanding of Tax issues involved in such turnaround situations
(SPK, PAC).
? A major part of this course is dedicated to financial restructuring measures with
regards to liabilities and equity. The students will understand the functionality of such
restructuring measures and the pros and cons of each instrument (SPK, SC, CI, REC).
? In almost each turnaround situation in Switzerland the involved banks play a major role
in the development of a turnaround concept. The students will understand the issues
surrounding bank financing in a turnaround situations (CI, EC, PAC).
Learning content ? Definition of financial crisis; development of a crisis.
? Legal frameworks; Art. 725 of Swiss Code of Obligations; Illiquidity and liability issues
for the Board of Directors; issues of the legal framework for debt collection and
223
foreclosure/execution.
? The Turnaround concept; preparation and contents.
? Financial restructuring measures on the Liability side:
- refinancing / restructuring loans
- subordinations
- renunciations
- debt/equity swaps
- reduction agreements
? Financial restructuring measures on the Equity side:
- capital increase
- à-fonds-perdu payments
- capital reduction
- revaluations
? Selection of restructuring measures
? Role of the banks / bank consortiums
? Tax aspects of the restructuring measures
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Law
Tax
Accounting and Finance
Commercial Law
Corporate Tax
Debt and Equity Instruments
Instruction mode (s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case Studies
other: exercises
Guided self-study
individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance (class
instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study
Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 10
Seminar/exercises 14 30 22
Practical work
Total 28 30 32
Performance
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of
Instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
lecturer’s script
scripts and exercises in English
224
Additional literature Principles of corporate finance, by Brealey Myers (McGraw Hill, 6
th
ed. or later)
Remarks Expected total working hours:
? dependent on precognition level and experience
? presence studies, preparation, review and exam preparations 50 h
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
225
War, Economics and Business
Module description War, Economics and Business
Module code w.BA.XX.1WEB.XX
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Department International Business
Module responsibility Dr. Petra Y. Barthelmess, base
Deputy Khaldoun Dia-Eddine, diak
Prerequisites none
Aims Knowledge and understanding
Application of knowledge and understanding
Ability to make judgments
Communication skills
Self-learning skills
Learning goals
44
Knowledge and understanding
? Students acquire in depth knowledge on the ongoing strategic and geopolitical power
shifts, on contemporary security challenges as well as on specific processes of global
conflict emergence, conflict escalation, conflict resolution, and their subsequent
consequences on business, finance, and economy.
? The module gives insights into the new nature of conflicts and wars with a focus on
the privatization and asymmetrization of modern warfare and what it means for
business, finance, and economy.
? Students know about the specifics in warfare finance and business and learn about
the destructive side of entrepreneurship and its effect on society as well as on
legitimate business.
Application of knowledge and understanding
? Students are able to connect the political with the economic dimension of modern
day warfare and thus apply a interdisciplinary approach toward crisis analysis and
crisis solution.
? Students understand the economic dimension of modern day wars and conflicts and
develop an awareness of what it means and what risks this trend entails for legitimate
international business activities.
? Students are able to apply theory to actual conflicts and ongoing wars
Ability to make judgments
? Students are able to establish a critical understanding of world politics and the
political environment of international business.
226
? Students know about worldwide social interdependencies on the issue of wars and
conflicts. They are able to identify the overlap of war, economics, and business and
thus raise an awareness of the ethical dilemmas in international business. They are
able to develop solutions in this regard.
Communication skills
? Students are able to develop a written communication that presents information in an
organized and concise manner. Ideas are clearly stated, arguments logically
developed, and statements differentiated.
? Students learn to apply learnt theory by presenting subject oriented case studies of
ongoing conflicts in the world.
Self-learning skills
? Students learn to observe and understand actual happenings and to relate them to existing
information schemes.
? Students develop awareness as global citizen.
Students learn to set goals by selecting, managing and assessing their own
learning activities.
Learning content ? Global geopolitical power shifts and the new nature of wars.
? Expansion of modern day wars into the economic and financial sphere and its
impact on business.
? Instruments of economic warfare.
? Instruments of war finance.
? Possibilities, incentives, and profitability of destructive entrepreneurial activities and
means of the latters’ containment.
? Responsibilities and best practice for legitimate business in context of conflicts and
wars.
? The economic dimension of conflict resolution, peace processes, and
reconstructions.
? Various case studies to exemplify theory.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Brennpunkte des Zeitgeschehens
Modulleitung: Christoph Ebnöther
1. Contextualization of wars and conflicts.
Two clear differentiations: Language
and content.
2. This module focus lies in the economic
impacts of conflicts and wars and what
it means for business whereas
Brennpunkte des Zeitgeschehens focus
on the political and historical dimension
of modern day conflicts and wars.
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: discussions
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 22
Seminar/exercises 20
Practical work 20
227
Total 28 40 22
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature tbd.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
Web Engineering
Module Code w.BA.XX.2WEng-Win.XX
Degree Program and
Discipline
BA – General Management
BA – General Management - Program in English
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Banking and Finance - Program in English
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
International Management
Business Law
Business Information Technology
Legal Framework Academic Regulations Bachelor 2009 dated by 29.01.2009
Appendix of Academic Regulations dated by 12.05.2009, last modification: 04.03.2014
Module Category Type of Module
Compulsory
Consolidation
Compulsory Elective
Elective
Module Level
Basic
Intermediate
Advanced
Specialized
Program Phase
Assessment
Main study program
ECTS 3
Organizational Unit Institute for Business Information Technology, IWI
Module Coordinator Alexandre de Spindler (desa)
Deputy Module
Coordinator
Thomas Keller (kell)
Prerequisite Knowledge from module Software Engineering 1
? Modelling using UML
? Data Structures
? Procedural Programming
? Object-Oriented Programming
? Event-based Programming
? Design and Methods
? Development Tools
from module Software Engineering 2
? Fundamentals of Software Design
? Model-driven Engineering
from module Information Management
? Data representation (XML, RM, OO).
? Data models (XML, RM, ER, OO).
? Mapping among models
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of technologies and in order to
design, analyse, evaluate and realise software systems.
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of iterative, model-driven
engineering processes.
Relevant Program
Objectives
Knowledge and understanding, Application of knowledge and understanding, Ability to
make judgements, Self-learning skills
Contributions to Program
Objectives
(high, medium, low)
Knowledge and understanding (high)
? Know the fundamentals of internationally recognised standard web technologies.
Application of knowledge and understanding (high)
? Apply web technologies in the context of exercises and projects.
Ability to make judgments (medium)
? Ability to position and choose web technologies.
Self-learning skills
? Ability to learn web technologies on their own.
229
Primary Module Aim The students understand the need for web information systems. They know basic
technologies that cover the fundamental aspects of web information systems including
client, server and database technologies. They understand the fundamental concepts of
each technology and are able to apply and combine them. They are able to realise simple
web applications on their own.
Module Content ? Architecture of web information systems (components and their interaction, HTTP)
? Technologies per component
o Client-side: e.g. HTML, CSS, J avaScript or equivalent
o Server-side: e.g. PHP, MySQL or equivalent
? Web application development libraries and frameworks, e.g. J Query, Symfony or
equivalent
? Application and combination of web technologies in simple settings
? Design and realisation of web information systems
? Application of iterative and model-driven engineering processes in the scope of web
information systems
Competence-Oriented
Learning Goals
Students are able to …
Knowledge and understanding
? Know and understand the need for web information systems.
? Know and understand different web technologies
o Client-side: e.g. HTML, CSS, J avaScript or equivalent
o Server-side: e.g. PHP, MySQL or equivalent
o Libraries and frameworks: e.g. J Query, Symfony or equivalent
? Know and understand the concepts of web technologies as well as what they have in
common and how they differ
? Understand the use of web technologies in the context of iterative and model-driven
engineering processes
Application of knowledge and understanding
? Apply the different data models per web technology
o semi structured (e.g. HTML, J SON, CSS)
o structured (e.g. J avaScript, PHP, MySQL)
o unstructured (e.g. Text)
? Ability to design web information system components and implement these using web
technologies
? Ability to choose and make use of web technologies in order to realise web information
systems
? Ability to map among models
? Ability to define and carry out iterative and model-driven engineering processes
Ability to make judgments
? Ability to compare, choose and apply the different web technologies according to their
intended use in order to design and implement web information systems
Self-learning skills
? Ability to learn web technologies on their own.
Links to Other Modules The module is linked to the following module(s):
Software Engineering 1
? Modelling using UML
? Data Structures
? Procedural Programming
? Object-Oriented Programming
? Event-based Programming
? Design and Methods
230
? Development Tools
Software Engineering 2
? Requirements Engineering
? Fundamentals of Software Design
? Model-driven Engineering
Information Management
? Data representation (XML, RM, OO).
? Data models (XML, RM, ER, OO).
? Mapping among models
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of technologies and in order to
design, analyse, evaluate and realise software systems.
? Ability to apply know how and skills in the context of iterative, model-driven
engineering processes.
Teaching Method(s) Classroom Instruction
Lectures
Interactive instruction
Exercises
Discussion
Presentation
Group project
Case studies
Review of literature
Simulation(s)
Others: Exercises
Guided Self-Study
Individual work
Working with a partner
Group work
Classroom Attendance
Requirement
Will be communicated separately as part of the course.
Type of Instruction Classroom Instruction
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Guided Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Autonomous Self-Study
(1 x 45 min. lesson =1 h
workload)
Large Class h h
Small Class h h
Group Instruction 28 h 14 h 48 h
Practical Work h h
Seminar h h
Total 28 h 14 h 48 h
Performance Type Number Length (min.) Evaluation
231
Assessments
Written exam(s) 1 90 Grade
Pass/fail
Oral exam(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Talk/oral
presentation(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Paper(s)
Grade
Pass/fail
Others: Project
1 Grade
Pass/fail
Type Weighting Form
Written exam(s) 75% Open book
Specified materials
Closed book
Oral exam(s)
Talk/oral presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others: Project 25%
Permitted Resources acc. to the guidelines on the use of examination aids/resources
(“Merkblatt Hilfsmittel SML Intranet Prüfungen/Zeugnisse“)
Free choice of calculator
Calculator supplied by ZHAW
Non-programmable calculator
Dictionary
Others (please specify): Self- and handwritten summary (max. 6 A4-Sides, 3 A4-
Pages)
Language of
Instruction/Examination
German English French
Teaching Materials Lecture slides
Script
Online resources (incl. E-Learning tool “Assignment”)
Others (please specify): Additional material and references to online material will be
given throughout the course.
Compulsory Reading -
Recommended Reading
Comments
doc_718442410.pdf